AT THE REFERENDUM

WHICH MUST BE HELD IN THE FOUR NATION STATES

VOTE TO LEAVE THE UNDEMOCRATIC

NAZI-PLANNED EU.

 

 
 
 
MAJOR ISSUES BULLETIN

 

 

 
 

VIEWERS -TOP TOPICS-WKLY/ARCHIVE/*HOME-PT 2

 

A PEACEFUL ENGLISH REVOLUTION IS ON THE WAY-ALERT-1

 
RON PAUL_THE LIBERTY PARTY 9-11+(1) GLOBALWARMING SCAM USA IRAQ/AFGHAN LONDON BOMBINGS COMMON PURPOSE CONSPIRACY CENTRAL BANKS  +(1)
IMMIGRATION ARCHIVE

HOME

 MAIN BULLETINS E U  ENGLAND +(1) BILDERBERGERS+(1) ILLUMINATI +(1)-(1)

GLOBALIZATION

NEW WORLD ORDER +(1)
 
1)U.S. Concentration Camps

2)DEC-2011- MADE-READY

3) PLANS

1)

FEMA

2)

1)Protocols

of

ZION

 

2)

ZIONISM

 

CITY

OF

LONDON

 

 A STATE WITHIN ENGLAND

+(2)

 Dr.

John

Coleman

WHO OWNS

THE FED

 

POWER

OF 1)HAARP FOR GOOD   2)EVIL

Mind Control Henry Makow 1)Chemtrails

2)CREATED

C3)

1)

PRIVATE CENTRAL BANKS

 

2)

(1)

War

is a Racket

 

(2)

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula

http://educate-yourself.org/mc/deeperinsightsbook.shtml

  11 He pulled me in pieces: he hath made me desolate.

12 He hath bent his bow, and set me as a mark for the arrow.

13 He hath caused the arrows of his quiver to enter into my reins.

14 I was a derision to all my people; and their song all the day.

15 He hath filled me with bitterness, he hath made me drunken with wormwood.

16 He hath also broken my teeth with gravel stones, he hath covered me with ashes.

17 And thou hast removed my soul far off from peace: I forgat prosperity.

18 And I said, My strength and my hope is perished from the LORD:

19 Remembering mine affliction and my misery, the wormwood and the gall.

20 My soul hath them still in remembrance, and is bowed down within me.

21 This I recall to my mind, therefore have I hope.

22 (It is of) Jehovahís loving kindnesss that we are not consumed, because his compassions fail not.

23 They are new every morning; great is thy faithfulness.

24 The LORD is my portion, saith my soul; therefore will I hope in Him.

25 The LORD is good unto them that wait for Him, to the soul that seeketh him.

26 It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the LORD.

We are in a battle for our minds, are we willing to seize the hope that is before us, or will we resign and say "all is lost"? Discouragement is not of faith. Do you think Almighty God is a discouraged person? He is calling people to serve others, because God knows that you will never find happiness in selfishness. God is calling people to bind up the broken shattered multiples and to let their deeper parts know that they are loved and worthwhile. To adopt an attitude of defeat before freedom loving men and women have exhausted all potential remedies for this mind-control is inexcusable.

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

DEDICATION

This book is dedicated to the two million Americans and counting who have been programmed with Monarch-type trauma-based mind control. This book is written to destroy trauma-based mind control before it destroys the human race. Itís time for this horrendous secret to end. It is also written as part of Godís end time work to propel people of faith to the high calling that is prophecied of the Body, but cannot be attained without men of faith understanding these things. Humanityís great prophet said he came to heal those whose hearts had been broken--literally split and crushed, and to free those who are captive. That work needs to go forward. Blood, sweat and tears are associated with this book. The blood of the innocent victims of this mind-control cries out in a single unison, along with the pungent sweat of those who have tried to minister help to the shattered humanity left by the sadistic programmers, and the pools of tears shed as this book was written, "How long, O Lord, holy and true, do you not judge and avenge our blood on earth?"

 

 

HOPE

.... Thou shalt know that I am Lord: For they shall not be ashamed that wait on Me. Shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive delivered? But thus saith Yahweh, even the captives of the mighty shall be taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered: for I will contend with him that contendeth with thee, and I will save thy children. Isaiah 49:23b-25

 

 

WARNING, READ THIS FIRST BEFORE READING THE BOOK.

IF THERE IS ANY CHANCE you the reader have had mind-control done to you, you must consider the following book to be DANGEROUS. If you are consulting a therapist for DID (also known as MPD), it is recommended that you consult your therapist before reading this book. The complications that could result for those under mind control learning the truth--could be fatal. The co-authors take no responsibility for those who read or misuse this information. The readerís mind is like a garden. It may not be time to plant the truth in your mind. Perhaps you need some weeding or ground preparation, before the garden of your mind is ready. Perhaps the weather is too stormy to plant the truth. Pray to the Lord of the Harvest. The blessings that flow from planting the information of this book in your mind, will require the presence of living waters of love. If you do not have love in your heart, this book is not for you. The information contained in this book is the biggest news-story of the 20th century, and still the biggest secret. It will challenge you, shock you, horrify you and hopefully motivate you to redouble your efforts to humble yourself and seek strength from God Almighty.

The programming procedures which are described in this book are based on research and consultation with deprogrammers, ex-programmers, therapists, counselors and pertinent literature. To the best of our knowledge the statements made in this book are factual, although they may not reflect the latest or currently accepted methodology among each and every faction of the New World Order which carries out Monarch-type programming. This book tends to devote more emphasis to Illuminati programming, which is the highest level of programming. For individual application in understanding a survivor of Monarch programming, therapists are admonished to use this material with consideration for the Monarch victimís personal case and situation. The authors disclaim any responsibility for therapeutic work based upon this material.

Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler have co-authored They Know Not What They Do, An Illustrated Guidebook To Monarch Mind Control. Both Fritz and Cisco bring years of experience in dealing with Monarch programming to bear on the writing of this book. Fritz has researched the Illuminati, while he has worked with victims of its programming. He has authored The Top 13 Illuminati Families, and several other books.

 

 

INTRODUCTION by Fritz Springmeier

There are many dangers to the human race, some real and some imagined. I believe that the trauma-based mind control which this book exposes is the greatest danger to the human race. It gives evil men the power to carry out any evil deed totally undetected. By the time the astute reader finishes this book, they will be as familiar with how to carry out trauma-based mind-control as some of the programmers. Ancient and more recent secrets will no longer be secrets. Over the years, I have spent thousands of hours studying the Illuminati, the Intelligence agencies of the world, and the occult world in general. The centerpiece of these organizations is the trauma-based mind control that they carry out. Without the ability to carry out this sophisticated type of mind-control using MPD, drugs, hypnosis and electronics and other control methodologies, these organizations would fail to keep their dark evil deeds secret. When one of the mind-control programmers of the Church of Scientology, who has left Scientology, was asked about MPD, he said, "Itís the name of the game of mind control." Research into this subject will never be complete. This book has tried to give a comprehensive view of how the programming is done. The basic techniques were developed in German, Scottish, Italian, and English Illuminati families and have been done for centuries. Some report that some of the techniques go back to ancient Egypt and ancient Babylon to the ancient mystery religions. The Nazis are known to have studied ancient Egyptian texts in their mind control research. The records and secrets of the generational Illuminati bloodlines are very-well guarded secrets.

Even when Iíve learned about the location of secret depositories of some of the Illuminatiís secrets in Europe, America, and Asia, their records and secrets are too well-guarded to be examined. The intelligence agencies, such as MI-6 began investigating these mind-control techniques early this century, but their records have been routinely destroyed and tampered with. There are some survivors and professionals who know that the British used programmed trauma-based MPD (DID) agents in W.W. I. In Jan., 1987, Richard Kluft submitted an article to the American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis about 8 MPD patients who were between 60 and 72 years of age. Traugott Konstantin Oesterreich (1880-1949), who was professor of philosophy at Tubingen University, Germany studied MPD and demonic possession and wrote a classic study of it in 1921 entitled Possession Demonical & Other, which was translated into english in 1930. His classic work on this subject provides documented cases which reveal that the basic trauma-based mind-control was going on in Germany, France & Belgium long before the 20th century. Although he is unable to put together all the pieces and the clues for what they are, the reader of this book might enjoy reading the 1930 English translation of his classic work after they finish this book. Oesterreichís research in early 1900s was the type of research that the Nazi mind-control programmers were very aware of. In 1921, the Germans such as Oesterreich would describe personality switches, by the term "somnambuliform [hypnotic states] possession" or "demonical somnambulism" or what might be called "Besessenheit von Hypnotismus und bŲsen Geistern."

The ability to study both the spiritual & psychological aspects of mind-control phenomena, is often lacking today. There are exceptions such as Dr. Loreda Foxís book The Spiritual Dimensions of MPD. In the 1920s, the Germans also were aware that the human mind has a variety of ego-psycho-psysiological states rather than one unified mind, which they termed "Sub jecklose Psychologie" or the psychology of having correlated psychological states rather than the concept of a single ego. The Germans and Italians under the Nazi and Fascist governments began to do serious scientific research into trauma-based mind control. Under the auspices of the Kaiser Wilhelm Medical Institute in Berlin, Joseph Mengele conducted mind-control research on thousands of twins, and thousands of other hapless victims. Himmler supervised genetic research. The Nazi research records were confiscated by the Allies and are still classified. A trip can be made from downtown Washington D.C. on a gray-government van which serves as a shuttle to the Suitland Annex where the governmentís secrets are buried including research papers captured from the Nazi Mind-Control research. Most of Mengeleís concentration camp research is still classified. Much of it dealt with mind control. A researcher can visit the top floor, but underground below the top floor are the real secrets. The real secrets are lying in millions of sheets of classified documents hidden behind blast proof doors. There they have vault after vault, and row after row of top-secret files that only a few privileged persons with security clearances above COSMIC--such as with a "C3" or "MJ" security clearance can visit. Everyone with these high security clearances which I have identified is connected to the Illuminati. Each underground area at Suitland Annex has its own subset of secret access words, known only to the initiated. Most of the OSS records have been destroyed, a few have been left, the important ones have been misfiled or remade. (This is according to a reliable British intelligent agent.) Also according to reliable inside sources the CIA is working night and day to remake old records, to expunge all the real dirty secrets from their records. The basement of CIA HQ is known as "the Pit," In the Pit documents are being shredded and burned on a round the clock basis. The large remains of these secrets are sold for landfill. The Illuminati have developed secrecy to a fine art. They train their people in the art of secrecy from the time they are born. Most everything they do, is done orally. They are trained not to write rituals and other things down. There is very little paper trail left by the Illuminati.

The creation of slaves with photographic memories facilitates this secrecy. But this book is not about how they have managed to keep their trauma-based Monarch Mind-Control a secret. They have managed only to keep it a secret to the general public. They have not been able to completely cover-up the millions of wasted lives that their programming has ruined. For many years, they were able to shut-up and quietly discard their programmed multiples by labelling them Paranoid Schizophrenics. But therapists are now correctly identifying these people as programmed multiples and are not only diagnosing them better but giving them better treatment. After Candy Jonesís husband deprogrammed her enough that she could participate in writing a book exposing some of what had been done to her, the secret was out. (See The Control of Candy Jones Hypnotism and the CIA by Donald Bain.) Ever since then, the intelligence agencies and the Illuminati have been carrying out damage control. Their biggest damage control campaign has enlisted the power of Hollywood and the controlled Media. This campaign is known as the False Memory Syndrome campaign, or as those of us who know the facts like to call it ""the false memory spin-drome." The headquarters of the False Memory Spin-drom Foundation is located at 3401 Market St., Suite 130, Philadelphia, PA 19104. Some of the original founders were doctors of the University of Pennslyvannia. The inside story about these early FMS doctors of the University of Pennslyvannia is that they practiced Satanic Rituals during their work days. What is unusual about this--is that generally satanic rituals are performed at night, but these doctors did their coven work during the day. I know about these men. Now you can see why these men started the FMS! They started it to cover their own sins, because many of them were abusers themselves. In other words many of the EMS people are abusers of trauma-based mind-controlled slaves, or the victims of abuse who are in denial about their own abuse from trauma-based mind-control. Martin T. Orn (the person credited with founding the FMS) had ties to the CIA. Two members of the EMS advisory board, Ralph Underwager, Ph.D. and theologian, along with Hollida Wakefield, M.A. let the cat out of the bag when they publicly supported pedophilia (that is adults having sex with children). Their support of pedophilia came in an interview with a Dutch magazine Paidika, The Journal of Paedophilia (Winter, 1993).

Although the False Memory Syndrome Foundation gets upset at any mention that there might be a conspiracy by the perpetrators of mind-control, because conspiracies supposedly donít and canít happen, they want us to believe that all therapists are conspiring together to implant false memories of abuse into their clients, which could not be further from the truth. Monarch slaves typically run into a great deal of denial by their therapists that anything like this could be happening. The bottom line is that Multiple Personality Disorder (now refered to as Dissociative Identity Disorder) is a recognized bona fide diagnosis. False Memory Syndrome is not a recognized medical or psychological diagnosis and does not appear in the American Psychiatric Associationís Diagnostic and Statistical Manual III-R nor the recently released DSM-IV. Those who followed Fritzís writings have learned about the close working relationship between the Mondaviís and the Rothschilds (see his article about the Mondavi/Rothschild Napa Valley winery). Guess who got the court precedence which gives the EMS some legal ground to attack therapists? The precidence was supposedly a wife who went to a doctor who told her she had syphilis. The wife assumes she got it from her husband and divorces him. Then she learns she doesnít have syphilis. The husband then sues the doctor. Upon this bizarre case rests the legal precedence for a third party to sue a person who gives advice, such as family members suing a therapist.

Upon this weak precedence, an abusive father who worked for Monday in a winery in California successfully destroyed a legitimate therapist who was trying to save his daughter who was a programmed Monarch victim. Supposedly the therapist had implanted false memories of rape in his daughter, when the record shows that the daughterís mother told the therapist the girl had been raped by the father. When a valid case of SRA and repressed memories went to trial in Washington state involving a police officer whose family was MPD, Dr. Richard Ofshe of the False Memory Spindrom showed up to cause mischief. And mischief he did work. The case involved the children of a ""Christian"" police officer named Ingram who had satanically ritually abused his family for years. The daughter won in court, but Dr Ofshe of the EMS was not above writing a book full of lies and distortions about the case. Lynn Crook, who was the abused daughter in the case wrote up a paper exposing what EMS person Richard Ofshe did to her, The controlled media is giving full license and great coverage to the EMS people. Rather than fighting the government for scraps of declassified documents which have had their secrets marked out, and which may even be fake documents manufactured by the CIA, I have decided that there is a much better approach to expose the Monarch Mind Control to the world. If a person could never go to Nepal, he can see pictures of it and believe it exists. If a person can not get into the top secret records of the CIA and Office of Naval Intelligence and MI6, they can be given the exact RECIPE for creating a Monarch slave. I believe that by giving the step by step recipe, people will see that A. all the ingredients are available, B. it is possible to combine the ingredients, C. all it takes is the motive to do it, and that motive is self-evident. Weíll even provide some of the names and places as we go along. This book will provide the step-by-step recipe for making a Monarch Mind-Controlled slave, It is a trauma-based mind control which programs multiple personalities using every known technique of mind-control. Every type of mind-control technique has been combined into a group package which makes the total package almost impossible to break. It is this ability to synthesize all these methods into a group package which is so powerful.

Edward Hunter, author of Brainwashing In Red China, testified in 1958 before a U.S. Congressional House Committee on Un-American Activities: "Since man began, he has tried to influence other men or women to his way of thinking. There have always been these forms of pressure to change attitudes. We discovered in the past thirty years, a technique to influence, by clinical, hospital procedures, the thinking processes of human beings. Brainwashing is formed out of a set of different elements ... hunger, fatigue, tenseness, threats, violence, and in more intense cases...drugs and hypnotism. No one of these elements alone can be regarded as brain washing, any more than an apple can be called apple pie. Other ingredients have to be added, and a cooking process gone through. So it is with brainwashing..." Hunter said brainwashing was a Red Chinese threat. He said that the chinese were the ones using these tactics. In reality, this mind control was being done in the U.S. and Hunter was a pawn to help justify the criminal activities of the programmers should they ever be found out behind their cover of "National security." The handlers of mind-controlled slaves carry around a black or grey 3 ring notebook or a lap top computer with the access codes and triggers. Some of the programmers and handlers have this all memorized. The deepest parts, core/gems/executive committee, false trinity etc. are charted in esoteric language such as Enochian, Hebrew (which is considered magical), and Druid symbols. I have never gotten the opportunity to look at one of these, although a number of the slaves who Iíve talked with have while they were being programmed. These notebooks have color-coded graphs showing the arrangement of alters, the structure of the system, the training of the alters, the history of the alters and other details. All the primary tortures carried out on a slave are coded using dates/no.s so that the memories can be pulled up by the programmers. There is a standard set of hand signals, gestures, and codes that allow a handler to work with someone elseís slave, but the accepted code among the handlers is to leave another manís slave alone. As one leading psychiatrist put it, "Different ideologies use the same methodologies of mind control."

The Illuminati have secretly put in base programming that allows them ultimate control over many of the other groupsí slaves. This will be described within this book.

For both the ease of reading and the ease of writing, I have dispensed with most footnotes. To provide my sources would double the size of the book, and many of them are confidential. (In the past, when I have attempted crediting information, some people have gotten bruised feelings for having been passed over or for being named. When information comes in from several sources, it becomes difficult to pass out credit.) I have made conservative judgement calls about what material I could use. Most of this information has been verified by several reliable sources. Confidential eyewitnesses are often the only source, when there is such a powerful conspiracy to keep this vast NWO mind control secret. Paper trails were not left or are not available. Programmed slaves who have worked for the military as mind-controlled slaves have witnessed their files expunged and sanitized. The New World Order in 1981 made training films for their novice programmers. Monarch slave Cathy OíBrien was used to make both the film "How to Divide a Personality" and "How To Create a Sex Slave." Two Huntsville porn photographers were used to help NASA and the NWO create these training films. Undoubtedly, other porn training films exist too. In others words, there is film evidence of the Monarch Total Mind-control but these porn films are kept in very secure sites. During the last few years, I have visited with ex-programmers, I have visited with hundreds of victims of the Monarch type programming. I have gone to programming sites, I have visited with therapists who work with the victims of this mind-control, and I have met several of the programmers of the CIA/Illuminati face to face in the adventures of trying to save people from their programming.

I hope that God gives me the strength and the opportunity to get the information I have learned out to the world in general. When this information gets out, hopefully it will help lift some of the secrecy of the Monarch Programming. The Monarch Programming is a foundation rock of the New World Order that when pulled up, will reveal the most evil two-legged bugs and slimy critters. When their rock is lifted, they will have to scurry to hide. Because the authors know what the programmers do, they must honestly record several areas of programming that will be controversial. The programmers are very much into demonology. Before therapists close their minds to this subject, the authors would like to point out, that they personally know of cases where Monarch slaves whose Christian personalities & other alters didnít believe in demonology were talked into participating in real deliverance, and the slaves discovered much to their surprise that work they had unsuccessfully tried to do for years with their therapist was accomplished in a day or two. Some prestigious researchers have decided the subconscious doesnít exist because they canít find it--its mysterious. To the man in the street the concept "subconscious" is as mysterious as the concept "demon". Both have been the objects of intense research by U.S./Brit./Ger. Intelligence groups. In fact, many of the concepts in this book have been purposely obscurred by the Illuminatiís control over the media and universities. These obscurred concepts include M.P.D. (DID), recovered memories, hypnosis, demonic possession, aliens, mind-control, the subconscious, a conspiracy to bring in a NWO, truth, etc. The smokescreens of controversy will continue; but those who love the truth, if they seek it, will realize the importance of this book. Itís on public record that MK ULTRA, the mind control research which CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner admitted to in 1977 spent millions of dollars studing Voodoo, witchcraft, and psychics. On August 3, 1977, at a Senate hearing the then CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner disclosed that the CIA had been conducting mind control on countless numbers of unsuspecting victims for years, without their knowledge or consent. These CIA mind-control operations were carried out with the participation of a least 185 scientists and at least 80 American institutions, including prisons, pharmaceutical companies, hospitals, and 44 medical colleges & universities. Many of Americaís most prestigious institutes of medical research, had cooperated with the CIA. as well as numerous big name corporations. Casey admitted that day that the CIA did mind-control consisting of drugs, hypnosis & electro-shock. A few of the victims of the Monarch Project were even awarded financial compensation for their misery. But what was admitted was admitted in the spirit of covering up the extent of the full truth. The compensation was actually hush money, because victims were given "gag orders" by judges not to talk about what had happened to them. Itís been a disaster for Monarch victims that so many ministers have ignored those words of their Scripture, "For we are not ignorant of the devilís devices." 2 COR 2:11 This book is a must for those ministers who seriously believe "Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God." 2 COR 7:1. In 2 TIM 2: 19-21, believers who "nameth the name of Christ" are asked to purge themselves of their uncleanliness ( unclean spirits). There are many top notch Christians in the churches today who are under mind-control, incl. many of the Christian leadership. I would like to remind Christian ministers that Isaiah the great prophet said, "The Lord GOD hath given me the tongue of the learned that I should know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary: he wakeneth morning by morning; he wakeneth mine ear to hear as the learned." Ignorance is not godliness. Isaiah learned to speak with the great learned men of his day, just as Paul the great apostle could speak to the learned men of his time. One of the character traits of God is that He is all-knowing. WHO says it is godly to be ignorant? The prophet Daniel said Yahweh God "reveals the deep and secret things." (Dan. 2:22a) Godís instruments will do this revealing. Jesusí advice to his disciples was in effect to "Be wise as serpents, and gentle as a lamb". This advice certainly applies in helping the victims of trauma-based mind-control. Paul in his letter to the Thessalonians (1 Thes 5:14) says that in effect that different people need different counseling, but they all need to be treated with patience. The first step in suggesting a cure is to find out what happened. That is what this book is about. This book is about how the Occult Network creates the problem that therapists and a few ministers try to deal with. But the keys to open doors to healthy solutions for the victims of trauma-based total mind control will reveal themselves in this book for the reader as this book reveals the nitty-gritty of how the total mind-control happens. Christ came to free the captives (Isaiah 61:1). Satanic ritual abuse has a history that is almost as old as history itself. Good King Hezekiah was a victim as a child of SRA. (2 Chr. 29) who got free. Moses confronted the satanic magic of Pharoahís magicians who could create live snakes from sticks. The Apostle Paul had to deal with Simon Magus, a leader of what is now known as Satanism. Solomon, one of the greatest men of faith, backslide and became one of the greatest satanists of all history. We have "no fellowship with unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them" (as per EPH 5:11). While we have no fellowship with evil, the mind-control programmers are counting on us being so ignorant of their devices that they can hide their control devices behind perversion & filth that many people shy away from. We must be strong enough to face evil and not shy away from it. The victims of mind-control must look evil in the face & not look away to gain their freedom. We, who want to help them, must be courageous & strong enough to do this too. This book is written for that divine goal "till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ." Eph. 4:13 If the body of Christ is to attain fullness, we need this book to weed out the hidden terrible cancer that is consuming the body from within. This book is written for ministers, secular and Christian therapists, and truth lovers of all kinds. If you love the truth this book is for you. If you see something good in the human race so that our species should be preserved as well as the spotted owl and the sand flea, then this book is for you. IF YOU LOVE THE TRUTH, this BOOK is for YOU.

 

GLOSSARY OF HOW BASIC TERMS ARE USED IN THIS BOOK

For those readers who are not familiar with these basic terms let us introduce you to the definitions under which this book uses them.

Alter-Our usage is trying to follow the programmers usage of this word. A dissociated part of the mind which has a seperate identity and is given cue codes by the mind-control programmers to trigger that dissociated part of the mind to come to the front of the mind. The alterís identity may be a gem, rock, a tape recorder, a poodle, a white kitten, a dove, a horse, or even think of itself as a person or a demon. It all depends on its programming. An alter is different from an alter fragment in that the alter fragment is a dissociated part of the mind which serves only a single purpose. The programmers will give an alter a history, and insure that shadow alters will provide a full range of accessible emotions. Sometimes the distinctions between alters and alter fragments is vague, but examples from the two ends of the spectrum are easy to tell apart. We use the word alter in this book to conform to what the programmersí charts are encoding as alters. A typical main Mengele-created grid would be a grid of 13x13 principal A-coded alters, which is 169 principle alter personalities. In Illuminati systems, ceremonial "alters will consist of 3 alters placed on a spinning pedistal together into triad goddesses or gods. That means that an A-coded alter on some levels is actually 3 alters spinning together, which must be locked in place to communicate with, and then rotated to communicate to the other two.

 

Beta--This is the second Greek letter, and it represents the sexual models and sexual alters that the Programmers are creating. The primitive part of the brain is involved in this type of programming. An early sexual abuse event will be used to anchor this programming. These sexual slaves will develop sexual abilities that are far beyond what the public is aware is even possible. They also receive the worst kind of abuse far beyond what most peopleís imagination can picture. Beta alters generally see themselves as cats.

 

Councils (llluminati)--The Illuminati has frequent meetings. Some of these meetings are organized to appear "acephalous" and "accidential" in their meetings, when in reality they are structured and planned. One group, MJ-12 has gone by the following names: the Group, the Special Study Group, the Wise Men, the Operations Coordinating Board (OCB), 5412 Committee, 303 Committee, 40 Committee, PI-40 Committee, and Policy Planning Group (PCG). Some of the formal policy and ritual groups have names that all Illuminati members who have gotten high enough to learn, will recognize:

The Council of 3, Council of 5, Council of 7, Council of 9, The Grand Druid Council, The Committee of 300, and the Committee of 500 (known as Fortune 500). Many of the meetings are conclaves without formal names. The Grand Druid Council is not something fictional, but an actual body of people who formally meet and whose membership, we have been trying to keep track of. The groups which make decisions to control this planet are networked together. Each decision has its own origin and route that it takes.

Delta--This is a Greek letter shaped like a triangle which symbolizes change in calculus. It has become a favorite word to use in naming things for the occult elite. Delta teams are 4 person assassination teams which usually are secret teams. Delta Forces is an elite unit that operates under the Joint chiefs of staff that is made up of highly trained total mind-controlled slaves. Delta models are slaves whose sole purpose is assassination. Delta alters are alters within an Illuminati alter system which are programmed to be assassins. These alters are often some of the deepest in a system and in a Genie bottle or with Umbrella programming.

Deliverance ministry-(This book is about HOW the mind-control is done, it is not a textbook on solutions.) The use of the term deliverance ministry in this book connotates any person(s) who via faith in God is able to pray for divine help in a fashion that a victim is helped from demonic activity. A deliverance ministry is a natural outgrowth of a life in harmony and fellowship with Yahweh God. However, this is not to be confused with Exorcism of the traditional Catholic or witchcraft nature in which certain spells and incantations are used in a prescribed method. "Deliverance" connotates divinely inspired faith, exorcism involves ritual. A deliverance ministry might perhaps teach a person about forgiveness, or how they can renounce an oath, or how to apply Jesus Christís atoning blood to their life. In this fashion, the person finds deliverance through biblical spiritual principles rather than the efficacy of some ritual or hocus pocus spell. This book is in no way meant as a blanket endorsement of every spiritual warfare tactic. If anything, this book suggests that ministers learn more about mind-control, as well as grow stronger in their walk with Almighty God.

Illuminati--The Illuminati are 13 elite bloodlines which have manuevered themselves into control over this planet. They lead double lives, one for society and a hidden one which is based on a gnostic luciferian philosophy which consists of lots of blood rituals.

Monarch Programming--This was a specific Project carried out by secret elements of the U.S. government and intelligence groups. There were, according to someone a few years ago who had access to the computer(s) which contains all the names of active monitored human slaves, 40,000 actively monitored Monarch slaves. However, this book uses the term generically to include all victims who have suffered this type of trauma-based mind-control. In the same way, that a brand name like "Hyster" is used to describe all lifts--when we use the term we use it in its broadest sense. This is the only way it can be used and technically correct, because as of this date, the authors have not seen who is on the active Monarch Program list of slaves.

System-- This term is used in several ways. It is frequently used to refer to a victim of total mind control because the victim consists of alters, programming, implant(s), internal computers, and numerous dissociative states which function together as a system. The word is also used in this book to refer to the bodyís functional physiological units, such as the respiratory system. The word is also infrequently used to denote the established social-economic-political system controlling the world, also known insiders as the Network. Other standard meaning may also occasionally be used for the word.

Multiple Personality (DID)--Multiple personalities or

MPD or Dissociative Identity Disorder is the situation where different dissociative parts of a single brain view themselves as separate persons. The DSM-IIIR definition of MPD is the guideline for determining MPD for this book.

New World Order-- The New World Order is the global design for a One-World-Government One-World-Dictator and its constituents. Insiders call themselves the "network" and "the neighborhood".

Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)--This is used to represent all categories of ritual abuse which would be inspired by the desire to rob, kill, or destroy something worthwhile in a person, especially their freedom of thought. Many groups carrying out SRA do not mention Satan by that name. They may make Pacts to Baphomet, and call upon Rex Mundi, or Belair, or Lucifer, or the Father of Light, God, or Kali or even "Jesus" or "Jesus Christ" (there are demons which call themselves "Jesus", who are not to be confused with Yeshua or Yehoshua ben Joseph who is known as Jesus Christ of Nazareth.) SRA is not a value judgement by the authors against some group, the victims themselves on some level know that he or she is being abused.

Switching--This is when one part (fragment) of the mind takes over from another, or in simple terms, this is when one alter personality (or alter fragment) takes the body from the alter which is holding the body. Switching can occur via the Programmersí codes for calling up alters, or by external or internal stimuli that trigger an alter to come out. Switching will usually cause at least a flicker of the eyes, and for outside observers, who know the different personalities, they will observe another personality take the body.

 

Pic p_cranial2.jpg

pic p_basic-structure1.jpg

Pic p_records2.jpg

 

Page 1 ...

 

INTRODUCTION

 

In Jan. '96, I bound the first copies of The Illuminati Formula Used to Create Undetectable Total Mind-Controlled Slave. Hundreds of people in the United States and other countries were reading this book, and were expressing their appreciation and praise for the work. Some also contributed more details about the Illuminatiís mind-control. It was also gratifying that the illustrated Guidebook to Monarch Mind-control, which contains my co-authorís art work done under programming, was translated and sold this year (í96) as a paperback in Japan. The word is getting out, and people with ears to hear are grateful. The original goal was to write the Vol. 2 book to be about 300 pages long, but it spilled into 500 pages. At 500 pages, it was brought to a grinding halt. In this DEEPER INSIGHTS book, I bring you more profounder mysteries of the Illuminatiís mind-control abilities. These deeper insights were some items left out of the Vol. 2 due to space, as well as some things that have been found out since the Vol.2 book was written. Those who were intrigued by the Vol. 2, and cut their teeth on the subject of mind-control via my writings over the past 5 years, will enjoy this further expose of the deeper secrets of Illuminati mind-control. For instance, scattered in several sections including Chapter 3 is a great deal about the base programs which are laid in using controlled LSD trips in sensory deprivation tanks. Another exciting set of new revelations are Ciscoís information on the core, and her revelations giving the chronology of layering in the mind-control programming. I have also done a great deal of research into Cranial manipulation (see Chapter 8), which has been an extremely well-hidden mind-control secret known only to a few select people worldwide. Another area of intense research has been to expose the role Disney played in mind-control. Although other writers have superficially touched on implants, nanobots, thought-transfer, soul entrapment and other secret technologies, I decided to provide many details to expose these new technologies that are being used in conjunction with the dissociative programmed multiplicity. Beside learning countless programming secrets, the reader will take another quantum leap into understanding what has been going on in this mixed-up world. If life is a riddle, then this book contains many answers to the riddle of life. During the summer of 1996, I had the privilege to speak on mind-control to audiences in 12 major American cities, as well talk on over 50 radio stations. The response was encouraging. People are beginning to wake up, and are hungry to learn the truth about how the movers and shakers of this world have developed sophisticated methods to make children into undetectable Illuminati robots (from the cradle to the satanic throne), as well as their extensive abilities to control the common personís thinking from the cradle to the grave. When Christ asked the question, will I find faith when I return? it was a serious question. We no longer live in a situation where we can depend upon our mind and our thoughts actually being our own. Our minds are under a constant assault and manipulation by those who control things. No one is exempt. Fortunately, there are still some rational thinking humans, who can challenge and expose their plans for total control over the minds of the entire human race. I, as a minister & researcher, along with the victims represented by Cisco Wheeler and others, canít expose this mind control on our own. We need the help of others. Will you help us get the message out about the New World Orderís/the Illuminatiís mind control? Cisco has consulted with me, and we decided to make two continuations. The

 

Page 2 ...

 

continuation of the Illustrated guidebook would be authored by her, and the continuation of the Vol. 2 book would be carried out by yours truly, Fritz Springmeier. We have combined these two continuations into this book called for short DEEPER INSIGHTS into the Illuminati Mind Control Formula. This volume is meant to be an extension of the previous volumes. IF YOU HAVE NOT READ the previous book entitled Vol. 2 The Illuminati Formula used to create an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave, THEN you are not really prepared to understand this material. In my previous books, I have shown how the intelligence agencies are simply prostitutes and fronts of the Illuminati. The Illuminati always "sterilize" their activities, so their actions canít be identified in the flurry of secret intelligence activities. Recently, at one conference on mind-control, victims of government mind-control were told that their stories were not welcome because the conference was on "cult" mind-control. Dear reader, the intelligence agencies are cults, and not only that, but they have a dark satanic side to them, which not only brands them as cults, but "occult cults." Witchcraft and Freemasonry refer to themselves as "the Craft"; how appropriate it was for Allen Dulles, DCI-head of the CIA, to entitle his book "The Craft of Intelligence". How appropriate it was that people within the CIA referred to their top management as the Knights Templars. As the Vol. 2 Formula book indicated, the intelligence agencies which work for the Illuminati have kept only the minimum of records, and the records they do keep are out of reach of people like you and I. But that doesnít mean that the researcher like myself canít work backwards. One of the side effects of the traumas that create multiple-personalities (DID) is that sadistic or criminal alters are often formed, and with careful research the historical record of criminals with multiple personalities can be traced back into history. The Illuminati have created trained-multiples for centuries, but insiders say that programmed DID (MPD) was developed in the Nazi concentration camps. The worldwide Illuminati planned the camps with the goal to determine what programs would work on children, and used the cover story of Nazi racial hatred to hide the real purpose of the camps--mind-control experiments which used large numbers of children traumatized by their separation from their parents.

With todayís sophisticated programming and structuring of MPD worlds, these evil alters can be controlled better than in the past, and yet we still have serial killers like Wayne Cox, and serial rapists like William Stanley Milligan, who were programmed multiples stalking our streets. Kenneth Biani, the LA Hillside strangler who killed 9 people was diagnosed as a multiple, but claimed he had faked the disorder. Thomas W. Piper in Boston in the 1870s, and Paul Miskamen, one hundred years later in California, are examples of multiples who had an alter capable of murder and another alter who was a good Christian. One of the best disinformation campaigns of the Illuminati, is to make people think programmed-multiples are just for espionage, prostitution and assassination. They have taken over our pulpits, like the Illuminati programmed multiple Jimmy Swaggart, and they have taken over our political offices, like Al Gore, and our universities. Even with the eliteís secrecy intact via their control of libraries, publishing houses, and newspapers, the record still shows the traces of the Illuminatiís history of creating controlled multiple personalities. The historical record of criminals with multiple personalities includes the Illuminati coke multimillionaire Harry K. Thaw. He was one of the elite of society, who had charming sophisticated front alters, and sadistic deeper alters. His position prevented him from being convicted of a murder he committed in public

 

Page 3 ...

 

on June 25, 1906. However, another multiple Henry Spencer, who didnít have such clout was hanged after killing Allison Rexroat in 1914. Another multiple William Heirens, who murdered two women in the í40ís, had one of his front alters write in the mirror after a murder, "For heavenís sake, catch me before I kill more, I cannot control myself." He had an alter George who was doing the murders. The story doesnít stop with evidence of physical murders, but includes the vast numbers of spiritual deaths that have resulted from the spiritual manipulation of the masses via programmed multiples. Programmed multiples have been great for carrying out religious deceptions. Many of the great spiritist mediums were multiples. In the 1920ís, Patience Worth was a famous name of an author. Patience was an alter of Mrs. John Curran. As a child Mrs. Curran had played the piano in her uncleís Missouri Ozark church when young and then she later grew up to be a famous medium and writer. A Dr. Charles E. Cory investigated her multiple-personality disorder. He discovered that her author alter was much more intelligent than the front alter who did the housekeeping & normally held the body. The occult world has manipulated MPD to manufacture validation for their theories of reincarnation, spiritism etc. Where once the Word of God was accepted as truth by society as a whole, now society questions whether there is such a thing as truth. When it has come to finding out about mind control from the first level of perpetrators, the government, there have been a number of manufactured (bogus), sanitized and original CIA documents released to the public under the nearly worthless Freedom of Information act. The Freedom of Information Act has been manipulated to lead people to think that the public has access to secrets.

A letter of inquiry in 1995 requesting declassified documents on Mind Control, Monarch, MK Ultra, Artichoke and Blue Bird got the following response from the CIA, "...as you might expect, we have already conducted broad-ranging and exhaustive searches and reviews on every conceivable aspect of human behavior, including mind control and brainwashing, and have located and released 11, 336 pages of material on the general subject of human behavior studies under MKULTRA. Most of the 11,336 pages of this previously released material are very limited in scope and consist primarily of financial records." (quote from a CIA letter of response in answer to a request for declassified mind-control information.) Yes, and long-story-short even those 11,336 pages only got released due to a mistake.

In one CIA document pertaining to mind control released under the Freedom of Information act, which is a memorandum dated 20 Oct. 1975 to the Director of Central Intelligence from the Inspector General Donald F. Chamberlain, the Inspector General states, "From his investigation of the project [MKNAOMI], Dr. Stevens has concluded that gaps in the files are the result of a conscious policy on the part of those involved to keep very little paper on the project from its inception in 1952 to its demise in 1970. People formerly connected with the project interviewed by Dr. Stevens asserted that the practice of keeping little or no record of the activity was standard MKNAOMI procedure." Philip Agee, who wrote an expose of the CIA entitled Inside The Company: CIA Diary (Toronto, Can.: Bantam Books, 1975), said that as an employee of the CIA "You get so used to lying that after a while itís hard to remember what the truth is." Philip Agee writes, "The life of a CIA operations officer ... There is not much time to think about the results of your actions and, if you try to do it well, the job of operations officer calls for dedication to the point of obsession. But itís a schizophrenic sort of situation. You have too many secrets, you canít relax with outsiders. Sometimes an operative uses several identities at once. If somebody

 

Page 4 ...

asks you a simple question, "What did you do over the weekend?" your mind goes Click! Who does he think I am? What would the guy he thinks I am be doing over the weekend? You get so used to lying that after a while itís hard to remember what the truth is. When I [Philip] joined the CIA I signed the secrecy agreement... [now] I may have violated that agreement. I believe it is worse to stay silent, that the [security] agreement itself was immoral." [bold added to quote] On Nov. 15, 1996, DCI Deutsch of the CIA paraded himself and some politicians before a public meeting in south L.A. (broadcast on C-Span) and told the people the CIA would investigate allegations that the CIA had run drugs. One man asked CIA Director Deutsch, "Everyone knows that the CIA was running drugs in Vietnam from the Golden Triangle, and that they have continued doing it to today, and you want to come here to south L.A. and pretend to us that this hasnít happened when everyone knows it did. Are you crazy?" Deutsch couldnít help but show a revealing smile. (The above quoted question was taken from C-Spanís broadcast & is a closely paraphrased version.) One of my questions to Deutsch would be, "When a drug addictís life gets out of control, heíll go into denial, and heíll steal from everyone in his life, including his own mother, and live a life of lies, and when an intelligence agency gets out of control, they are like an addicted person, they stay in total denial and keep secretly hurting everyone in sight, WHAT can and should the people do to get an out-of-control intelligence agency to stop its power addiction? Unfortunately, the problem with power addiction, addiction to lying & deception, and drug addiction began centuries before the CIA within the Illuminati families that started the CIA. The CIA is simply reflecting the problems of its parent. Their addiction to lying keeps the common gullible man in public ignorant. Their total mind-controlled slaves are used extensively for disinformation campaigns, and are helpful to disseminate WHITE, GREY, & BLACK propaganda for the New World Orderís Network. To coordinate their lies requires a special intelligence group that keeps meticulous records of the disinformation that has been disseminated, so that they donít get mixed up in their lies. It is extremely rare to get the truth out of the perpetrators, the mind-control programmers. Recently, on television a movie portrayed a victim of trauma-based mind control trying to get one of her programmers, who sheíd taken prisoner, to confess to what heíd done. He defied her, and did all he could to make her think her memory was her imagination. It was an excellent portrayal of how hard it is to get the truth out of the perpetrators. The sadistic programmers have exercised their power for decades in secrecy. They have understood the implications of their power for decades. However, the implications of this undetectable mind-control are staggering, actually overwhelming and beyond the man in the streetís ability to comprehend. It means every organization can be infiltrated ("penetrated" as they say), and used as a front or controlled. It means nothing is as it appears. It means that Russia can hate America on the surface, and be working hand in glove on the secret level. It means every one of the millions of new immigrants from Russia, China and Eastern Europe into the U.S. is a potential time bomb. It means much of what has been blamed on Christians has had its origin in Satan. Satanic programming has seriously damaged the reputation of Christians. The programmers are major players in how the worldís events unfold, while they receive absolutely no attention. These men are illegitimate rulers of the world. They have never gained from the common man the right to rule. Therefore they rule through puppets who owe their total allegiance to their mind-control masters. They are rapidly trying to establish legitimacy for themselves, and plan to

 

Page 5 ...

culminate their plans to gain legitimacy with the rule of the AntiChrist, who will rule based on mass-produced myths and fantasies that the Illuminati will articulate to the imaginations of millions of slaves worldwide. They have already begun to market the AntiChrist and his reign to the world. The campaign for the acceptance of homosexuality is just one part of this marketing effort. They are also skillfully justifying their AntiChristís rule, by creating problems that only his superior management abilities and leadership skills will be able to deal with. The strength of New World Order and the AntiChristís rule is the total and undetectable mind-control that is being carried out on a mass scale to little children and people who fit specific profiles. According to a reliable deprogrammed source: Adults, who have the following profile are subjected to mind-control. This profile is:

 

∑ alone without a support system of family or friends.

∑ an I.Q. above 120.

∑ good hypnotic candidate

∑ has other attributes worthwhile to exploit

More about this will be discussed in chapter 1, where an entire overview of how the intelligence agencies take adults and program them will be given. Adults who are used by the intelligence agencies for WET OPS or one-time one way missions are programmed in stages. These stages are designated levels 1-5. Level 4 is where these slaves begin to resemble the total mind-controlled slaves of the Illuminati who have been subjected to mind-control since they were defenseless babies. The men involved in the programming of little defenseless children are skilled. They have been earned their jobs on the basis of a dog-eat-dog environment. They are ruthless. They operate out a hidden zone, which I will call the twilight zone of believability. Anyone who tries to expose what they are doing, must write about things that are outside of that box of things commonly believed in. It is as they intentionally gauge what is believable and then step outside of that zone in which to operate. These ruthless programmers have egos which think they are god-men. Somewhere deep in their minds, they inwardly know they are worms. There is a part of themselves deep down that knows the truth, but Satan has buried that so deep, that they cannot face the reality of who they are. They seek eternal life by stealing the life force of innocent victims. They know that their father is Satan. They are victims of Satan. Where does one draw the line between who is a victim and who is an abuser? There is no line. The word of God indicates that God has turned many of these men over to Satan due to their wicked minds. Itís sad to think that some of these men are dependant on Satan for spiritual life. Many of the slaves still have a spark of reality and a spirit that cries for freedom. They have ears to hear the truth, should it come their way. This book is written for those who love the truth and love the liberty that Almighty God has given us to seek and to love the truth for ourselves. Although only a minority of the people today have Total Mind-Control, the Illuminati are attempting to confuse and manipulate everyone. One of their favorite tactics to scare people with is the ambiguous bogeyman of national security. They constantly use their spin-doctors to whip up fear, so that the public will gladly surrender their freedom to protect "national security". Unfortunately, or ironically, the very concept of "national security" is being used as a cover for the Illuminati to steal every last vestige of freedom left to the American people. American tax-dollars support secret conferences such as the classified conference sponsored by Los Alamos on Nov. 16-17, 1993 where the Applied Physics Lab of John Hopkins University taught our military about "non-lethal" weapons. The satanist/ ex-Green Beret Dr. John Alexander, now head of the Los Alamos National Lab, gave one of the opening talks on 11/16/93. The next day, the military men gave talks on

 

Page 6 ...

 

the technology involved in controlling peopleís minds electronically via both implants and energy beamed at them. Dr. Dave Morgan, of Lockhead Sanders also gave a specific talk on their "syntel--synthetic voices they place in the heads of victims with telemetry to auditory implants. You will read more on their implants in chapter 5. The battle for the freedom of the human mind must be fought now. The battle gets increasingly difficult, but we must fight it whether we win or lose, for the human spirit and the human mind was not created by God for slavery to Satan and his AntiChrist. Over and over, the truth of Jesusí words still shine forth, "And you shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free." Let us realize that the man who said those eternally powerful words also said, "I am the way, the truth, and the life." For His light shone in darkness, "and the darkness has not overcome it." If those of us who still have free minds must die--then let us die for the TRUTH, that the Truth in Christ Jesus shall live.

 

The hidden World Order government that increasingly controls our lives operates through many clandestine operations and groups. What you see is not what you get. In order to maintain total secrecy of such a vast scale of operations, they use millions of mind-controlled slaves world-wide as well as numerous willing servants who out of raw terror will not buck the system. On the surface, EPIC is just another secret military unit. The patch below belongs to the EPIC unit, a clandestine unit which is doing the real banking for part of Mexico, much of the U.S. and part of Canada. This agency (El Paso Intelligence Center--EPIC) is obviously not a U.S. jurisdictional agency, but operates under FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network- as in crimes against Big Brother). This unit is stationed at Ft. Bliss, which contains Army & Air Force units. American elections are rigged, and there is no longer a government of the people, for the people and by the people (if there ever was one). The American people are kept in place because they think they elected the government that rules them. Mind-control is pervasive and is being used not just to create sexual slaves, or banking employees, but to control society at all levels. Will we continue to allow a shadow government to rule us? Will we continue to let them tell us that these things have to be secret in the interest of "national security", when in reality they are only in the interest of NATIONAL SLAVERY?

 

 

 

 

 

EPIC is also involved with the NAFTA machinations, many of which were done with the help of mind-controlled slaves. Within the NAFTA agreement was the U.S./Mexico Border XXI Framework Document, (based on the La Paz Agreement signed in Ď83) which in effect ends American & Mexican sovereignity over all land within 52.5 miles of the border. Special international agencies have been created to regulate the various environmental and legal needs of the Border XXI region, as the border is dissolved into a border region. The U.S./Mex. Border XXI document created the Border Cooperation Project & the North American Development Bank. The World Bank will also provide financing, and some funds will come from Mexico. EPIC is well situated in the approx. geographic center of this border region.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 7 ...

CHAPTER 1.

SCIENCE NO. 1 - SELECTION &

PREPARATION OF THE VICTIM

 

The average person who has been spoon-fed what he knows from the controlled establishment (the establishmentís news, churches, and schools) is overwhelmed and in denial that mind-control can be happening. Who would want to carry out mind-control? One category are those groups who use the Cabala. Hasidic Judaism, Freemasonry, and Witchcraft are all based on the Cabala. Llewellynís magazine New Worlds of Mind and Spirit (a prominent witchcraft magazine) in their June/July í94 issue state on page 56, "The golem of Prague is perhaps the most famous example of Ďpractical cabalaí- the use of cabala for magical cabala." Golem are mind-controlled beings. There are several cabalistic and witchcraft written references that point out that the creation of mind-controlled zombies (golem) was the highest goal of the cabala. Albert Pike, perhaps the most important Freemason of all times, clearly stated as the head of Freemasons worldwide that Freemasonry is based on the Cabala. A cabalistic psychiatrist in Psychoanalysis Review, í44, issue 31, p. 180 wrote, "Victory over the world would be secured by any man who possessed the Shem...[We shall control the world (words to this effect)]...when we shall attain the consciousness of the Shem within us and will control the power of the Golem to regenerate the world." [The Golem are energized by the magic Tetragrammaton, which the Jehovahís W.s emphasize so much.] In The Worldwide Weekly, Defense News of 3/20-26/95, the Defense News an official military paper indicated that the navy was attempting to produce an "Army of Zombies". The Defense News stated:

"The research, called Hippocampal Neuron Patterning, grows live neurons on computer chips, William Tolles, the recently retired associate director of research at the Naval Research Lab, said March 15. This technology that alters neurons could potentially be used on people to create zombie armies, Lawrence Korb, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution, said March 16 .... The research has captured the attention of the U.S. Intelligence community."

I have taken the space to give you the reader a paper trail that shows that YES INDEED, there are groups of people that desire human zombies. So where do they select their candidates for their zombie creating programs? Thatís what this chapter will deal with. Youíll have to go to some of my other books to learn how these mind-control groups all interconnect.

The previous book by this author The Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines was intended to help people begin to understand the major role bloodlines play within the Illuminati. When this author was on speaking circuit, he ran into a number of researchers who had researched the New World Order and the Illuminati for years and not realized the significance of the bloodlines. In tracking the bloodlines, it became apparent that the European Illuminati bloodlines were trying to integrate some of the American Indian bloodlines into their own bloodlines. Why? They wanted the occult power that these bloodlines contributed. And it seems that not only do generational spirits help in many ways, but there are reasons to believe that the Aborigines of Australia, the Bushmen of the Kalahari, and some of the American Indian tribes such as the Cherokee have high paranormal abilities in addition to their demonic spiritual abilities. Some believe that the psi-gene was valuable for the survival of primitive hunter tribes, while tribes who went into agriculture lost some of the power of the primary and secondary psi-genes since natural selection would not have encouraged

Page 8 ...

psi-genes in agricultural based societies. The primary psi-genes are thought by some to be some genetic coding which enhances proteins to be better biophysical batteries, storage units, and other roles. The secondary genetic psi-coding are thought to be codes for creating richer and higher-functioning neural pathways, and neural capabilities. Whether this was true, if the Illuminati believed it was true, it could account for their penchant for mixing in American Indian blood with their elite "blue blood."

 

BREEDING GOOD SUBJECTS for HYPNOSIS-hypnosis as it relates to selection & preparation of the victim.

Hypnosis and programming work well in the alpha state of the mind. This is why the child is traumatized even in the womb, so that it will naturally be in that alpha state even before birth. The man in the street may think that the hypnotist looks for weak-willed subjects, however the mind-control programmers and professional stage hypnotists say that a "fighter", "a determined forceful personality" are the types they search for to have a successful hypnotic session. Weak-willed persons are usually incapable of seriously concentrating for the successful pursuance of any idea, and usually are the worst subjects. Intelligence is often helpful, and (as stated in the first volume) the ability to be creative is extremely important to the programmers. An extremely important factor for the subject of mind-control to have is the "emotional drive to pursue to its successful completion a given objective." (McGill, Ormond. Professional Stage Hypnotism. pp. 87-88.) One reason the programmers like to work with children who were preemies is that they are fighters. Another reason the programmers like to work with intelligent children, and not waste time trying to program lower-than-average intelligent children, is that they are easier to hypnotize.

This does not mean that only people who appear intelligent are programmed. During the programming process, many of the victims are programmed to appear stupid to others and to themselves. Only the master (and those who work with him) are to use the full potential of the victim. The victimsí talents are stolen from them. An intelligent child, who comes from an intelligent family, and who is programmed with total mind-control may grow up into adulthood thinking he or she is of average or below average intelligence.

 

GENETICS

Pres. Theodore Roosevelt, who was blood related to both President Martin Van Buren and to Franklin Delano Roosevelt, is on record, "Some day we will realize that the prime duty, the inescapable duty of the good citizens of the right type is to leave his or her blood behind him in the world; and that we have no business to permit the perpetuation of citizens of the wrong type .... The problem cannot be met unless we give full consideration to the immense influence of heredity .... I wish very much that the wrong people could be prevented entirely from breeding; and when the evil nature of these people is sufficiently flagrant, this should be done .... The emphasis should be laid on getting desirable people to breed." Many of the people within the Illuminati bloodlines have made statements like this, and have done all they could to leave many secret offspring behind, because these elite bloodlines have felt they were the chosen to lead humanity. Your ancient aristocratic families such as the Cabots, Lodges & Delanos have been in favor of placing the blame on societyís problems on the "bad blood" of the common man. They forget all the evils that have been perpetrated on these common people by the blue blooded aristocratic families that think they are so superior. For instance, Illuminati kingpin Harrimanís wife purchased land at Cold

Page 9 ...

Springs, NY to promote a eugenics program. She said that being raised around good race horses helped her appreciate good breeding in man. Eugenics is the philosophy that some humans are genetically superior to others, & that inferior genetic races/individuals should be destroyed. The first eugenics program started in the United States was by John Humphrey Noyes, the cult leader of communist Oneida communities. John Humphrey Noyesí father was a Vermont Congressman, and his mother was a relative of Rutherford B. Hayes, the 19th U.S. President. His family was from the burned out district, from Putney, Vermont. In 1833, Yale granted him a license to preach. Noyes began creating his communist communities around 1836, and he dictated all their major decisions, including their group sex and eugenics policies. In 1869, John H. Noyes selected 53 women and 38 men to be the only ones in his communities allowed to produce children. The goal was to perfect the genetics of the community by only allowing well bred children. This is believed to be the first eugenics program. All members of the community were encouraged to have sex with everyone else & not to form emotional attachments around it. However, they were not to have procreative sex. The Oneida group can clearly be tied in with European occult groups that tie in with the illuminati. The Oneida group used central committees and social control through mutual criticism to keep their members in line. Their social control methods were extremely effective. Years later, Chinese communism began using these innovations of Noyesí. Charles Guiteau, who assassinated Pres. Garfield, was a member of Noyesí Oneida community. He became a member because his father, a disciple of Noyes, took him there as a boy. Charles stated that at the Noyesí community, he came under the influence of Noyes and "I was unable to get away from that influence ... A man was just as isolated from the world as if he were confined in stateís prison or lunatic asylum. I suffered greatly in mind and body and spirits during incarceration in that community." He claimed he had never gotten free of the control that began when he entered the Oneida community. In 1880, he began hanging around the Republican Partyís NY HQ. This was a very strange thing, because Charles Guiteau had never had any interest in politics his entire life. He bought a pistol from a "gentleman", and then shot President Garfield. Knowing that Illuminati mind-control was already taking place at this time, certainly makes this assassination an area for further study. John Noyes had his groups conducting seances and carrying out initiation rites. He personally sexually initiated the girl children of his communities at these rites. In June, 1879, when the authorities came to arrest him for mass rape of little girls, he fled to British Canada, where the British government gave him asylum. After Noyes skipped the country, the community was incorporated as a joint-stock corporation called Oneida Ltd., which later burned a large amount of the personal records and the diaries of the members to keep their sexual activities forever secret. Itís interesting to note, that long before 1879, in June, 1847, Noyesí had treated a woman Harriet Hall for tuberculosis & dropsy by holding a seance ritual and sexually sealing the spiritual cure with intercourse with the woman. After the womanís husband reported this, a grand jury indicted Noyes. He skipped bail and an almost sure conviction by fleeing to New York. People have wondered how he managed to practice his odd sexual behaviors for years and never get into trouble with authorities.

Margaret Sanger, an early feminist, was also an advocate of eugenics. In their zeal to make her a hero, modern feminists have neglected to notice this side of her. Sanger advocated sterilization of the feeble-minded by

Page 10 ...

the government. This all sounded good at the turn of the century before legitimate research showed that genetics played only a partial role in how people turned out, and that environment and choices by individuals also played just as big of a role in how people turned out. Many of the people who were sterilized under eugenic laws were realized to have been victims of pseudo-science and hysteria. The Great Depression leveled many proud and haughty people down to the same level as the common people they had sneered down upon. Rich and poor found themselves in bread lines. The financial elite and the academic elite were humbled and the eugenics racial theories in the U.S. largely disappeared. Finally, H.J. Muller, a famous and respected geneticist, gave an outstanding and courageous speech to the Eugenics Society in NY in 1932 where he lambasted the eugenicists for using false better-breeding theories to rationalize the criminal behavior of the elite. The Illuminati had suffered a temporary setback in legitimizing their criminal rule over humanity. In recent years, the Illuminatiís evil ideas about superior and inferior blood lines are being given more credence again. The National Institute of Health funded a $1.7 million study at the University of Hawaiiís Behavioral Biology Lab to get solid information on how genetics relates to intelligence so that "informed decisions" about population control can be made in the future. Almost every state has now adopted genetic screening of new-born babies in the U.S. While the Illuminati may not be able to fully implement their superior blood theories in society in general, they have been secretly working feverishly in labs and in secret rituals around the world to redesign mankind to their preferences. Many Illum. members are the end result of carefully monitored genetic engineering. They want to manufacture the future via control over human genetics. Many years ago, the first step in the Illuminati genetic program was the creation of specifications. When these specs, these criteria, were set as goals, they then worked to realize them. They have been working at them, and refining the results as they continue to work toward specific goals. They have sought the perfect assassin. They have sought the perfect slave. They have sought the perfect baseball player and golf player. They have sought the perfect soldier. The borders between these manufactured Illuminati total mind-control slaves and an industrial robot are fast becoming blurred. The end of the human race as we know it, and civilization as we know it, is rapidly approaching. Via molecular biology and genetics, humanoids that are vastly different from normal humans have been created in secret underground installations. They have been modifying humans to design para-humans, and then applying mind-control to them. The Illuminati is not only controlling humanity, but under their control redesigning it. Lest anyone forget, the descendants of John Noyesí Oneida Colony, and the genetic model wonder children born in Nazi Germany are still around. According to one source, the Naziís produced numerous offspring of Hitler which were secretly taken to many countries and then later reassembled in certain special towns. These children received mind-control as well as being specially endowed with as many special traits as the Naziís could give them. If this is true, it could have some significance in the future. Illuminati kingpins are also able to store their semen via cryogenics for all kinds of scenarios. Frozen sperm can be used to create a son after the father had died. Should an Illuminati kingpin want to impregnate his grand-daughter 10 years after his death, it would be possible. On the flip side, single women can choose semen from sperm banks. Another twist that the Illuminati have taken advantage of is taking the fertilized egg of one set of parents and implanting it into a brooder slave to raise the child as a surrogate mother.

Page 11 ...

It should also be mentioned that ex-Illuminati members have explained how planned births are coincided to have the child be born on particular special occult dates. (The Illuminati have a intense lifestyle of secrecy, so most of their members do not carry the last name of the bloodline they belong to. Some members are given significant occult names for their legal name, and others use legal names which have no significance. Having a legal occult-significant name is not essential, because the alter system will receive a secret Illuminati occult name.) The bottom line is that bloodlines, genetics and genetic engineering is playing a role in the selection process of who is programmed a certain way. Also the Illuminati has particular research goals that have been structured into their 20 year, 30 year and 50 year plans. Case histories show that a child will receive education and programming in order to participate in secret research projects years down the road. Some of todayís marked children are invariably being quietly educated to help with future research goals. As might be suspected the inbreeding within the secret Illuminati bloodlines and their secret satanic lifestyles take their genetic toll.. How do the Illuminati get rid of their leftovers, the children their bloodlines have that arenít going to amount to a great deal? In terms of mind-control, the male children that are the programming leftovers, the ones that are not really fit to make into politicians, doctors and lawyers, will be made into stalkers, according to an ex-Illuminati programmer, who worked in this area of programming, the ratio of men to women that are programmed for stalking is about 90% to 10%. Why discuss how the Illuminati makes stalkers? First, many people doubt that there is a controlled conspiracy by the Illuminati to control the world, because in their limited understanding they think that there are too many uncontrollable people around for the world to be controlled. They donít realize that a large share of those crazy people were intentionally created by the Illuminati. The Illuminati programmers and handlers during the 40ís through the 60ís, according to insiders, had specific quotas on how many people to have go crazy so that the mental institutions (which were used for programming) could maintain their government financing. Readers, who have followed this authorís lectures, have heard him explain how a. the Illuminati make a decision to "solve" a problem they have created, then b. get the government and private groups to study the problem for years so that eventually it looks like their (secretly preplanned) decision is the best course of action for the country, and then c. their lackeyís in the political process implement the decision supposedly for the "good of the people". After 30 years of good financing for the mental institutions so they could do their assigned task of programming hundreds of thousands of people with tasks for the NWO, the Illuminati then set things up so that the mental institutions dumped their populations out onto the streets, where they can carry out the missions they had been programmed to carry out. They next step was to privatize the prisons, which are being used for mind-control (not to mention hard-core porn of women victims in prisons). The Illuminatiís long range plans for mind-control included that they would turn over the prisons to people like the Illuminatiís Order of the Skull & Boneís Wackenhut Services, Inc., Coral Gables, FL, (ph. no. 305-666-5656), and the Illuminatiís GE Government Operations, Cherry Hill, NJ under James Becker at 609-486-5042. In the 18 page Heritage Foundationís study of prison needs entitled "A Guide To Prison Privatization" (done on May 28, 1988, Wash. D.C.), the Heritage Foundations gives all the correct Illuminati answers to the question of privatization of prisons, including listing the following "corporations that provide prison services ... Behavioral Systems SW, Inc.,... Eckerd Family Youth Alternatives, Inc., ... GE Government Operations, Cherry Hill,

Page 12 ...

NJ.. .Wackenhut." All groups that this authorís research indicates are Illuminati and involved with mind-control. An example of several studies that this author has obtained that were done to show us that privatization of prisons is the best answer to our problems is The Development, Present Status, and Future Potential of Correctional Privatization in America by Charles W. Thomas, Prof. of Criminology & Dir, of Private Corrections Project; Charles H. Logan, Prof. of Sociology, Univ. of Conn., & Visiting Fellow, Fed. Bureau of Prisons. This paper was done May 1991. Our government also got into the act and the GAO wrote up a govt. report in Feb. 1991 stating that the government could save money by privatizing prisons. The Illuminati need their people seeded at all levels of society, at the gutter level as well as in palaces. This is where the stalkers, their leftover children used for programming are handy. Many of these stalkers had secret Illuminati lineages that are hidden via adoption. As one ex-Illuminati member said, "They are the weak links." The Illuminati must have dependable people everywhere, even in the gutter and prisons. Why create stalkers? There are a long list of reasons. It is somewhat difficult to explain unless readers are already familiar with the bigger picture. People, who have sat in on Illuminati meetings where their 20, 30, and 50 year plans were discussed, will explain how the Illuminati wanted to break down the family structures and bring violence into the schools. This is Ordo ab chaos. However, the schools had rules to protect themselves from dangerous violent activity done by children, so they had to create violence in the streets, to get violence into the schools by the backdoor. Stalkers were part of the program to create violence. Another purpose stalkers serve for the Illuminati is that they make excellent spies if they get attached to someone. They will find out everything they can about that person. Their minds will creatively invent all kinds of ways to get information about their fixation. How does the Illuminati program a child to become a stalker? They have the programming techniques to create a stalker down to a fine science. In short, it consists of 1. they bond the child extremely close to its mother or a woman as it grows up. This creates a side-effect of homosexuality. The mental mechanics of this side-effect are that the male has an unmet need for men. The Illuminati will manipulate this latent homosexuality but not allow its expression. They want to continue to strengthen the apron strings that attach the child to the mother image. Meanwhile they utterly destroy all self-respect and self-image of the child. It is totally disgraced so that its only identity is its identity with its mother figure. The child can not stand on its own two feet without the support of the mother-figure. When the boy approaches puberty, they are watched very closely by the Illuminati, be that in a military school or tightly controlled cult family setting, etc. They do not want the apron strings to ever be cut. They want them to remain dependent when they would naturally become independent. They want to insure that the young boy doesnít develop a sense of who they are. The victim of stalker programming will never emotionally grow out of that age of about 11-13 when boys would sever the ties to their mother. They stop growing emotionally at about age 12. This is all carefully crafted by the Illuminati. These young men never understand themselves or their programming. They donít understand the impulses and uncontrollable drives that hit them. They canít get off their programming merry-go-round, because it is rooted in the first brain, their maternal instincts, the "reptilian brain" which has no conscience. Their stalking of their mother figure is a survival instinct that they donít understand. They make good spies. They will persist in tracking and stalking a victim, until they break down the victimís walls of privacy by their sheer tenacity, persistence, and force of will.

Page 13 ...

This is because it is a survival instinct that has been harnessed by the Illuminati programmer. Because this programming is laid in at the reptilian first brain level, these stalkers can be violent without a higher brain conscience, and their minds will manufacture some justification to protect this survival need to stalk. The mind protects itself, so they have a strong denial system. Every time someone "rejects" them, it triggers their programming. Because they are driven by their reptilian first brain (the various brains are explained later in this book) they only think in the here-and-now, long-term projects bore them, they donít have the stick-to-itiveness needed for many jobs, except their eternal quest for an identity with the mother-figure they stalk.

TRAINING THE UNBORN CHILD

The Illuminati in its typical schizophrenic way, has not neglected the opportunities to begin the programming process in the womb. The scientific research in this area has been kept quiet, but from an ex-Illuminati programmer it is clear that they are aware of much more about the unborn child in the womb and its thinking processes than the public knows about. I was privileged to read the excellent book The Secret Life of the Unborn Child by Thomas Veiny, M.D. with John Kelly. This book is written from a loving Christian viewpoint and incorporates scientific research about the thinking of unborn children. Interestingly, Veiny studied research into the mind of the fetus from researchers at the Max Plank Institute, Munich, Germany, from the Esalen Institute, Big Sur, CA., from the Center for Research on Birth and Human Development, Berkeley, CA which are all institutions involved in mind-control and mind-control research. Just one example of the learning abilities of the unborn child, an autistic child remembered the english her French speaking mother was around during work while the child was in the womb. Veiny writes, "The fetus can see, hear, experience, taste and, on a primitive level, even learn in utero (that is, in the uterus--before birth). Most importantly, he can feel--not with an adultís sophistication, but feel nonetheless." (p. 12) Research has clearly showed that the fetus can think and is shaping its (his or her) personality while in the womb. Maternal thoughts, feelings, actions, and fears all reach the child in the womb and affect the child. The maternal bonding with the child while in the womb is also critical.

Researchers have been unable to pinpoint when a baby in the womb begins to think, and have a consciousness, but some theorize that it goes back clear to the beginning of conception. One study taught fetus babies to kick on the cue of a vibration. The researchers have determined that the unborn child hears what is being said around it, and is beginning to associate its language skills around the voices it hears. The unborn child hears and reacts differently to different music played. Soothing words and soothing music will calm a fetus. One conductor remembered into his adult years, the cello music that had only been played while he was an unborn child. According to excellent research, the start of awareness is clearly evidenced between the 28th and 32nd week. At that point, the brainís neural circuits are just as advanced as a newborns. This is why the Illuminati can get away with causing so many preemie births to enhance dissociative abilities. From the 32nd week on the child shows that it carries out REM sleep. It is also interesting the children, teenagers and adults have widely divergent sleep patterns but the time spent in REM sleep stays constant. Researchers have been able to trace memories going back to the sixth month of pregnancy. In other words, from the sixth month of pregnancy onward, some of what the unborn child learns will be remembered. (See pg. 23 of Varnyís The Secret Life of the Unborn

Page 14 ...

Child.) This is why the Illuminati has made a point of having the unborn child hear the voices of people who will play a role in the trauma and programming of the child. The child may already know the hypnotic voice of one of its cult programmers at birth. Researchers found that by playing a tape of a motherís heartbeat to new-born babies that the babies felt dramatically more secure, and were much healthier and did much better. A child who has been trained to its fatherís soothing voice in the womb, has been proven to remember it and hear it after birth and to respond to it in a positive way. In fact, the emotionally healthiest children have been found by researchers to have had their fatherís voice in their life prior to birth. Unborn children do not like to be poked at. In the eighth week of life, the unborn child is already using his physical abilities to show that he dislikes intensely to be poked. One of the early fetus traumas, that the Illuminati like to carry out is to poke the fetus with a sharp object to make it dissociative in the womb. By the fourth month, the unborn baby is making facial expressions. Four to eight weeks later they are sensitive to touch, and donít like to be tickled while in the womb. Sometimes children are tickled during medical exams. If cold water is injected into the motherís stomach, the baby intensely dislikes it. The child can be overwhelmed while in the womb with horrible sounds, bad tastes caused by what the mother eats, being touched in ways that it dislikes, etc. Rock music drives unborn children crazy. Programming drugs that cause particular thinking in the fetus can also be administered. Can one see that the traumatization to cause MPD can easily start in the womb? In fact, with many Illuminati babies, they do create womb splits, and have even started trying to teach Christ to the child while in the womb, to speed up the process of when they will purposefully make the child feel rejected by God and to experience the black communion with Satan. The foundation of trauma-based total mind-control is fear. A deep spirit of fear cripples a person spiritually & emotionally. The foundation of fear can begin to be layered in while the child is still unborn. The unborn child has near-sighted seeing. He can detect light shined on his motherís stomach. In fact, the fetusís eyes, which are living in a dark world, will hurt when light is shined onto the momís stomach. A long-term unresolved personal stress on the mother will be one of the worst stresses her unborn child has to deal with. Short term stresses donít seem to have the long term side effects that long term stress has. Short term stresses are soon forgotten by the child. Somehow, the love that the mother has for the child is transmitted to the child, and forms a protective shield so to speak for the child to resist traumas and stresses. When the mother is ambivalent (even though outwardly happy) or cool in their emotions, the babies have been proven by researchers to consistently have more physical and emotional problems.

If the Illuminati want to create an effeminate gay man, they can administer progesterone and estrogen to the mother during her pregnancy, and this will influence the development of male children to be effeminate. Certain researchers have been warning about the hormones that are in our daily food because modern techniques of raising cattle and producing milk include giving hormones to the animals.

It is also known that the childís concept of "I" the self starts in the womb. Those children who have had a secure womb feeling have been shown to be more confident with their sexual lives later on in life. While those who were terrified in the womb had a tendency to have sexual problems. The traumas that are induced into some of the babies for programming purposes may have a destabilizing effect on the sexual stability later on in life, and it may be that the programmers

Page 15 ....

take advantage of the unsure destabilized feelings that are a consequence of terror in the womb. Children born from induced labor have a statistically high relationship to sexual sadism, and males typically have masochistic personalities. (See pg. 19 of The Secret Life of the Unborn Child). Since certain Illuminati children have their birthís induced to match certain dates of the year, this is one contributing factor as to why Illuminati males, born into bloodlines that have for centuries considered certain birthdates important, have such a high incidence of sadistic tendencies. Verny believes that C-section babies, due to what happens to babies during the birthing process in contrast to a normal birth, have certain emotional needs that later as adults are expressed as promiscuous lives. Women due to their C-section birth, develop a deep seated desire to be held, and intercourse later becomes the price they have to pay to satisfy this deepseated need.

COMMON ILLUMINATI WORK WITH TWINS

The Illuminati mask the removal of babies from pregnant mothers with "alien abduction of fetus" cover stories. When twins are in the uterus, it is common for the Illuminati to skillfully take one of them. This is part of why the disappearance rate for a twin baby is 75%. It is so prevalent that it has been given the name "the Vanishing Twin Phenomenon". The Vanishing Twin Phenomenon is well established by statistics. Establishment doctors generally claim that one twin has absorbed the other twin. Some researchers claim that this can not be the real explanation for any part of the birthing process. Elizabeth Noble in her book Having Twins, (Houghton Mifflin, 1990) states, "With increasing use of ultrasound, it has been observed that more multiples are lost in the uterus than previously thought--some studies say as high as 80 percent of twin pregnancies. Considering that there are still 2 in 75 people born as twins, what a great number of twins would be born if the disappearance rate were not so high. There are many cases of two heartbeats being detected only hours before the delivery, and yet only one baby being born. Many mothers have been suspicious, but the doctors tell them that the second heartbeat "was only a mistake." The explanations that doctors give for disappearing babies who are never born often do not seem satisfactory. There are different kinds of twins:

a. There are dizygotic, also called fraternal twins. Two variations of this is when eggs from two consecutive ovarian cycles are separately fertilized, or a single egg divides and each of its halves gets fertilized.

b. There are monozygotic, which are identical, or clones so to speak of each other. Identical twins are always of the same sex. They share the same genes, the same fingerprints, dental characteristics, etc.

c. There are monozygotic mirror twins, which have identical characteristics on opposite sides of their body.

When one twin disappears, the surviving twin will often develop psychological problems around the disappearance, even if the child is never told that they had a twin disappear. The Illuminati believe that the soul of a dead twin goes into the live twin. They consider twins which have two souls very powerful individuals. One doctor, William Baldwin, has written in his book Spirit Releasement Therapy: A Technique Manual that he believes that the dead twin astrally attaches its soul to the surviving twin. Dr. Alice Rose believes that some eating disorders are the result of a twin dying in the womb due to competition for food.

To further complicate things, the Illuminati program their slaves to believe that they have a twin somewhere. Elvis Presley, a Monarch mind-controlled slave, believed he had a twin that communicated with him spiritually. In the Angel Times magazine, (Oct. issue), a childhood friend of Elvis states that

Page 16 ...

Elvis communicated with beings as a child. These being had showed Elvis a vision of dancing, and of people "dressed in white with colors all around." While it is popular to dismiss the vanishing twin phenomena with superficial medical explanations, or with alien theories, at least of some of the phenomena is the result of the Illuminatií s massive system of abuse, where they need babies for sacrifice, experiments and programming.

SELECTION OF ADULT CANDIDATES FOR MIND-CONTROL

There is an ongoing operation within the intelligence agencies to identify adults who would make good candidates for mind-control. For this reason, the CIA set up many years ago chains of weight-loss centers (as well as stop-smoking centers and stop-drinking centers) that help people with weight loss, & breaking drinking & smoking addictions. At these centers, people trained to identify clients with high levels of suggestibility have been identifying for the intelligence agencies, (esp. the CIA) potential mind-control victims. Intelligence assets are located around the country and even outside of the United States. The perpetrators try to look for individuals that come through immigration, who come into county clinics and hospitals, government hospitals, etc. who have the following initial attributes:

a. they are over 120 I.Q.

b. they are alone without a support team of family and friends

c. they do well on their first session where hypnosis is clandestinely perpetrated on the individual

d. they have other attributes that can be exploited to the advantage of the intelligence groups.

If a person is identified at a weight-reduction center (which is a CIA front) as having a weight problem that needs to receive hospital treatment AND they are also highly suggestible, they will be subjected to mind-control while hospitalized. According to one source, IF the individual, who has been a. spotted, b. singled out and c. placed under hypnosis without their consent, d. looks likes a useful candidate for mind-control to the psychologists and intelligence field officers, THEN a file will be started and they will be placed in a CALL FILE. The initial hypnotic session may be in a dirty doctorís office, or in some cases in emergency rooms. Dirty doctors working in emergency room settings are careful to work undetected by clean hospital workers. The hypnotic suggestion is implanted that the victim return at a particular date to a location where more detailed work can be done.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 1.

A proper candidate, that is one with an I.Q. above 120 and proper hypnotic abilities, will be given a code cue, that is an alpha-numeric code, or a number or a word code that identifies them. This is embedded hypnotically. If the person has no relatives that are important, they will be instructed and secretly helped to move to a location chosen by the intelligence agencies. The programmers will cover their tracks so that what has happened at this level is deeply embedded in the subconscious mind & canít be retrieved.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 2.

At this level the person is used operationally at very easy and unimportant tasks. He is also assigned someone. The hypnotist programmer is beginning to soften the victim up and make them more pliable to suggestions. If he successfully performs these small jobs that have been hypnotically written into the mind, then he will be given a RECALL SERVICE NOTICE by the person who is in contact with the victim. Now the person moves on to level 3, which is a fully operational level.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 3.

When the victim is instructed to come in, they do not realize what is in store for

Page 17 ...

them. Now their own personality will be re-written according to what script the programmers want it to have. The person will be set to carry out his instructions as needed. The slave will now be given specific trigger codes to carry out assignments. All field agents of the intelligence agencies get level 3 control.

GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 4

This level is reserved for candidates who are very intelligent and very loyal to hypnotic commands. Victims of this level of mind-control will follow out any command they are given, whether it be suicidal or harmful. Because these victims of mind-control are now under total mind-control, just as many members of the Illuminati grow up under, the intelligence agencies want to protect their level 4 slaves. They will be given a new life along with a total new identity. All the credentials and paperwork that the new identity needs will be created. The slave has now received a totally new life, and whatever SCRIPT (agenda) the intelligence agencies want. The programming that was placed in up to level 3 is erased in a sense and an entire new life script is placed in. This is done with the use of drugs, deception, and other sophisticated mind-control techniques described in Vol. 2 and this book. Complete areas of memory are erased at this stage and then a new history is written into the pre-puberty area of memory. This takes some time, and is accomplished using a number of techniques our books have described. The old memory is erased and OVERWRIITEN with the new history and script. The brain assimilates this new knowledge as if it's always been there, because it feels comfortable putting something into a void spot. The programmers prefer to find a period in the original personís life when nothing happened. It is easy to erase a memory block when nothing significant is in original memory, i.e. it is basically blank anyway. As a sleeper the level 5 slave may marry and lead a relatively normal life. One clue that the person is going to be used on a mission is if he suddenly leaves his wife & goes somewhere. This may be a clue that the handlers are positioning the person for a mission. They may also have nullified the slaveís external life, so there isnít the purpose of life to prevent a suicide mission.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 5

This level is reserved for people with an I.Q. of at least 130. This level will require taking the slave to a special programming center, where they are taken down to the comatose level of subconscious awareness to place the programming in at the deepest levels of the mind. The victim may be comatose for days or months, and this requires a catheter in the neck, urinary and digestive tracts to keep the body properly functioning. Because the person will be hospitalized for quite a while, a popular cover story is that they had an automobile accident. Remember, in Vol. 2, it was discussed how Roseanne Barr (now an actress with MPD/DID) had as a teenager an "automobile accident" during which she received significant programming. Many of these level 5 slaves are placed as sleepers into organizations of all kinds, where they lead "normal lives." The level 5 triggers activate programs deeply embedded and NESTED into the memory of a person. A team of programmers work on level 5 slaves. They must make sure that the victim has a support system so that they do not self-destruct. They may have psychologists in normal life set up to serve as a support person for the slave. It was interesting to see that AFTER learning from people in the know about how memory is erased and a new identity given, that the show "No Where Man" portrayed this happening to a black man. Whoever wrote the scripts for No Where Man had an excellent understanding of what is going on in mind-control.

TESTING YOUNG CHILDREN TO PLAN THE PROGRAMMING.

In Vol. 2, chap.] it was explained how the programmers can test the preverbal child

Page 18 ...

to determine & plan how they will program them. EEGís & Gittingerís Tests were discussed. Here is more information. Researchers have been able to study the personalities of unborn children and to watch how these personality traits stay with the children through their lives. In the Vol. 2 book it was explained how the Illuminati has used EEGs to determine the personalities of pre-verbal children so that they know what type of programming is best suited for that personality. Interestingly, on Mon., April 12, í96, 11 p.m. after the Vol. 2 book was out on the market, 20/20 did a show where they showed researchers using EEG electrodes to monitor childrensí brainwaves for their happiness potential. It is known that brain potentials associated with voluntary movements have been identified, thereby giving big brother the potential to predict when a person is going to make a particular movement. The brain is dynamically looking at patterns and continously generating hypnotheses about its environment which are then validated or invalidated by information picked up by the senses. The P300 wave (known as the P3 wave for short) allows neuroscientists to track decision making in a brainís cortex. The P300 wave shows when the mindís thought processes have been internally surprised. In this way, detection of the P300 gives a method of lie-detection superior to the polygraph. When surprised the brain creates P300 wave by internal brain functions--such as what chapt. 4 will call "cognitive demon processes". Initially, EEGs are taken of child victims, with an analysis of the different wave forms. Next, will come tests of VERs (visually evoked responses). This is valuable for instance, because bright children will show asymmetric (high amplitude) responses during VERs from the right hemisphere. Children with low I.Q. show the same evoked response from both hemispheres. This is just one window on the mind that the Illuminati programmers have of the preverbal children. There are other evoked-potential tests that are being used to determine personality traits too. Evoked-responses can also be used to show whether the person is conscious, or how deep they are in a coma. The early components of the evoked-response, which occur 10-20 milliseconds after a stimulus, are believed to come from the brain stem and can be used to determine a level of a coma. Evoked-responses are also used to determine particular learning disabilities within a child. Right-handed children will show even prior to birth, an anatomical specialization that favors language acquisition in the left hemisphere. So they can even determine what handed-ness the child has very early on.

 

Chapter 2

Image2.gif

Baron Guy de Rothschild, of France, has been the leading light of his bloodline. The Baron is an Illuminati Kingpin and slave programmer. For those who have bought the cover story that the Catholic Church is not part of the Illuminatiís NWO, I would point out that the Baron has worked with the Pope in programming slaves. This photo was picked for the trauma chapter because the Baron has a droopy left eye. Many of the deeper Illuminati alters show droopy left eyes due to the trauma they have received. The authors are not aware of what the official explanation for his droopy left eye would be.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 19 ...

 

CHAPTER 2.

SCIENCE NO. 2--

THE TRAUMATIZATION

& TORTURE

OF THE VICTIM

The basis for the success of the Monarch mind-control programming is that different personalities or personality parts called alters can be created who do not know each other, but who can take the body at different times. Letís review some important points that were mentioned in the Vol.2 book, ĎThe amnesia walls that are built by traumas, form a protective shield of secrecy that protects the abusers from being found out, and prevents the front personalities who hold the body much of the time to know how their System of alters is being used. The shield of secrecy allows cult members to live and work around other people and remain totally undetected. The front alters can be wonderful Christians, and the deeper alters can be the worst type of Satanic monster imaginable--a Dr. Jekyll/Mr. Hyde effect."

A great deal is at stake in maintaining the secrecy of the intelligence agency or the occult group which is controlling the slave. The success rate of this type of programming is high but when it fails, the failures are discarded through death." Each trauma and torture serves a purpose." To create alters (dissociative parts of the mind) the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia walls, so programmers have been spending years trying to outdo each other in creating the worldís worst traumas that humans can survive, so they can program people. Readers may at first wonder why cover this gruesome part of the programming? There are a number of reasons. People who pretend to be helpful people--such as some ministers, and some professional therapists--are unwilling to look at the facts of what have been done to the victims they claim to want to help. How can the victim ever come out of denial and face the issues around their dissociation--IF the people helping them who didnít experience these traumas first hand canít even face the existence and nature of these traumas? Many therapists encourage the victim to maintain their amnesia walls, "let the past be the past". They say, "You canít change the past." No matter how appealing this advice sounds, this advice for victims of trauma-based mind-control this is defective, idiotic simple advice. This type of advice only continues the mind-control and the abuse of the victim. No wonder Christian ministers who are under their mind-control are used to spout off this type of defective advice. It is important to cover programming traumas because it validates the memories of recovering victims, and because there are standard types of trauma that are used for certain types of programming. For instance, traumas that desensitize a person to killing--i.e. traumas where the victim is forced to kill innocent people--are used to program assassination alters. The base of the programming is FEAR layered via trauma. Hopefully, the readers will be inspired and motivated like this author to try to stop this horrendous mind-control.

 

DAILY ABUSE WORKS BEST FOR PROGRAMMING

To insure that the programming and abuse stays hidden from even the slave, the slave is given daily traumas as a child to keep them dissociative. The Illuminatiís programmers get the cooperation of a vast network of abusers who traumatize the children who are being programmed. One of the Illuminatiís fronts is the Catholic church, which the Jesuits manage for the Illuminati. Under the cover of religious retreats and their religious image, many Catholic clergymen have been participants in the vast trauma network actively creating trauma-based mind controlled slaves. The problem in exposing this is that first the people who are being traumatized

Page 20 ...

have trust in the clergymen who are doing the traumas. Second, if the victims or parents of the victims suspect anything, they usually go to church officials rather than the police in order to clear up the problem, yet protect the church. Additionally, in most cases both the corrupt religious system, working behind the corrupt police and judicial system manoeuver to protect the abuser and to further victimize the mind-control victim and anyone coming to the personís rescue. The following are but a few examples of a widespread network of secret abuse, that will not be uncovered because the system to catch abusers has long ago been corrupted and infiltrated and controlled by mind-controlled slaves, as well as by blackmailed or bribed dirty persons of authority.

 

Roger Trott, a Catholic Priest in Delmont, PA convicted of molesting 12 boys, got a suspended sentence by the judge. Can you believe such unbelievable leniency?

 

∑ Father John Engbers (b. 1922, in Holland), catholic pastor at Leroy outside of Lafayette, LA. He baby-sat for a family, in which he sexually molested their children, their five daughters. He was treated as a member of this family and the mother, who was of Amer. Indian descent, was very close ("worshipped"-according to one daughter) to Father John. She spent long hours alone with him. He would tell his victims that they were his "puppet, like Pinocchio." He molested some of the girls almost every day, and had them under his control enough that they returned even when they were living at a distance from him. He had what appeared to be a hypnotic type spell over them. Father John Engbers molested many children during his years as a Louisiana priest, until he fled in 1985. He had lots of money to spend. The Catholic church had known he was molesting children clear back in 1952, when some parents complained. The Catholic hierarchy helped him escape back to Holland in mid-1985, when reports and law suits over how he sexually molested children came out. The case of Father John Engbers has all the earmarks of a participant in the daily Monarch mind-control abuse given to children.

 

∑ Dennis Dellamalva, a Pennslyvannia Catholic Priest, who molested boys, and the judicial system protected him from prosecution. The judge, a catholic order the records of this paedophilia priest sealed, and the catholic church which knew of his deviant behavior continued to give him a position of authority.

 

∑ Michael Peterson, a child molesting priest, who was a drug addict and a homosexual, was one of the catholic hierarchyís main men involved with investigations of pedophilia, who died of AIDS, and his rich sidekick Stephen B.C. Johnson II, who administered a catholic facility near Boston, Mass. Michael Peterson lived a rich lifestyle in Marsalin, and later Suitland, next to St. Luke and told people that he was not worried about anyone, because he had the goods on them to force them to comply. Michael Petersonís St. Lukes was used by the Catholic church to receive many priests that were caught doing paedophilia. In the first six years, St. Lukes claimed to have cured 55 child molesting priests.

 

Monsignor William A. Kraft, (b. Rochester, NY), Knight of the Holy Sepulcher, was pastor of St. Therese during the Ď60ís, and by 1978 the rich pastor of St. Charles Borromeo, San Diego. His father was a chief executive with Eastman Kodak. Kraftís sexual molestations of children have all the earmarks of being a Monarch mind-control abuser. He was protected by the Catholic hierarchy and the system from prosecution for molestation of children. When children are being tortured and traumatized by persons who are respected in society, and when these children see the police and judges protect these people, do you see why this further traumatizes them, and convinces them that there is no hope? Once they lose hope of outside help, their minds are further propelled to obey the commands of (continue with the picture below. The text continues under the girl in the left upper corner. Editor's note)

Page 21

p_little_girl2

Page 22 ...

 

∑ ANGER-MANAGEMENT-PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS

The first type of abuse is prenatal. The second series of abuses occurs from 2 to 4. The third round of programming abuse, is given to the child around 5 to 6 years of age. One of the specific programming abuses is teaching the child slave to redirect their anger away from Papa or Daddy the slave owner. The Papa Bear, Daddy figure in the slaveís young life will intentionally provoke the child with teasing to aggravate the child into rage. Exactly what is done to provoke rage within the child will vary, but the result is the same, the child feels rage. The question is then asked, "Are you angry with daddy?" "Yes!" at that point electroshock is applied to the head, toes, tips of fingers, nipples & inside the vagina, or penis by electrodes attached to the child. The child will be brought to the level of rage, and then allowed to cool down for 30 minutes. The childís alters are then via behavior modification & hypnosis taught to redirect their anger toward themselves. "WHEN YOU ARE ANGRY WITH YOUR FATHER, YOU WILL HURT YOURSELF. DO YOU UNDERSTAND? The message will be played over & over & the question "Do you understand?" will be played over & over. The child is shocked until they are compliant. The suicide programming will be layered in. Part of layering in the suicide programming, is to create pain in the right ear via a needle to the ear, with the creation of horrible disorienting sounds, while pulsing lights drive the brain into its alpha programming state. At a certain brainwave state the programming begins with repetitious self-destruct messages. These messages debase the value of the person to reinforce the suicidal destruct messages. After the child has learned that they are to hurt themselves, then they will learn specifically to cut themselves if they get angry at Papa or anyone in the Illuminati family they belong to. After this training, the child will attach subconsciously a fear of pain to the concept of anger toward its Illuminati controllers.

 

∑ SILENCE PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS to TEACH SILENCE

One way to teach silence is to repeatedly kill persons of all ages in front of the person being programmed while telling the mind-control victim that the people who are being sadistically killed because they talked. However, the "no-talk" lesson will be repeated and embedded in many different fashions for Illuminati mind-controlled slaves. Perhaps a favorite Illuminati method is to expose the victim to watching dental tortures. The viewing can be reinforced by subjecting the victim to some dental tortures themselves. A common dental torture would be to extract the tongue of a live and conscious victim. Then dental tortures are done to the victim, and the intense jaw pain of the torture is linked to tripping the no-talk programming. If the person talks--their jaw hurts and they may pull up the dissociated feelings of seeing a person lose their tongue. This then will be further backed up by training an alter to carry out Russian Roulette if the system talks, and training numerous other alters other types of suicide if the system talks. In other words many back up programs mutually support each other in overkill. Considering that dental torture is used for no-talk programming, it was with dismay that this author discovered that Virtual I-O Co. is now making virtual reality eye glasses for dental work. Seashells and other images are linked to the concept of "no-talk" via programming laid in using methods described elsewhere.

Another "no-talk" program is the "Donít tel me" telephone no talk programming.

 

∑ TORTURE FOR NO-WRITE

The victim has their right hand bound behind their back and then is made to walk on their knees like a dog.

 

PAY ATTENTION TORTURE

There are a host of these, one example is a needle inserted up the nostril behind the

Page 23 ...

eyeball.

 

∑ A COMPLIANCE TORTURE -- The Black Slave Chair.

The Black Slave was invented by a Syrian doctor who helped supervise torture, hence its arabic name al-Abd as-Aswad. The victim is strapped to this metal chair. What is unique about this chair is its design & its hole so that a hot skewer can be shoved up the anus. Another device for programming is a harness used as a suspension device. Yet another is an electrofied water bed for turning one in an electric eel." Compliance is also taught by taking an eyeball out of the victim (later replaced), and by dislocating an arm at the shoulder. After this the victim can be wrapped as if in a cacoon within bandages. The supposed treatment for the dislocation, places the victim in sensory deprivation, another trauma.

 

A TRAUMA TO DEVELOP ANIMAL ALTERS

Helpless humans will be displayed to child victim of mind-control. These helpless humans will be visciously killed by some animal, a lion, a tiger, a snake, a wild dog or whatever. The programming lie emphasized at this point is that it is better to be that particular type of animal than it is to be human. Then the animal is sacrificed and its spirit is ritually joined to the childís alters. Other programming is added to insure the dehuminization process to make certain child alters into particular animals. When finished, the child will contain viscious protector animal alters within their system. The prior example of a programming trauma actually pertains to structuring. The mind-control science of structuring MPD (DID) is discussed in chapter 7. It may be of significance to stress to the reader that traumas come in many shapes. The traumas are not done without some thought. Specific traumas are given for specific desired outcomes. The power and horror of a trauma is hard to gauage. It often results in a type of subconscious adrenlin-rush addiction. The traumas involving sensory deprivation and betrayals of trust can be just as devastating as painful tortures. Sad to say, sometimes for programming purposes all three types may be skillfully combined into one horrendous experience that overwhelms the mind.

 

TRAUMA TO ISOLATE THE VICTIM

A birthday party will be given for the victim. The birthday cake will contain a bean somewhere. It is announced that whoever gets the bean will get a surprise. When someone gets the bean, the mind-control victim finds out that the surprise is that they must take the life of the child who has found the bean. This programming trauma is part of a series of traumas designed to make deeper alters afraid of accepting any gifts from outsiders. The deeper alters are programmed that gifts always come with a sacrifice. Gifts always cost something. Nothing comes free. "SEVER ALL TIES, HAVE NO FRIENDS" are the programming messages. In reality, what Satan is doing with this trauma on a spiritual level is what the British Empire did with small countries. The British would warn small countries, "you are in danger, we will protect you. (The Spirit of Fear says, gifts are dangerous, let me the Spirit of Fear protect you.) When the British moved into small countries like this, they called them protectorates, & then they took over. (The Spirit of Fear, pretending to protect the victim, takes over and the victim develops a deep-seated free-floating phobias towards gifts from anyone. What pretends to protect, actually ends up controlling & enslaving.) As the reader treks through this book, he or she will encounter places where other traumas are discussed, such as tortures via implants, & traumas via rides in amusement parks, & spinning traumas during the structuring for creating alter families from an alter. Finally, the waves of fear created by repeated traumas layer in Spirits of Fear, which form a dark spiritual foundation.

Page 24

p_clothing2.jpg

p_adrenalchrome2

CHAPTER 3.

SCIENCE NO. 3

 

The USE OF DRUGS

IN REVIEW

The science of Pharmacology (drugs) has given the Programmers a vast array of mind-altering and body-altering drugs. Some of the drugs are not used to directly alter the mind, but to change the body (make the skin burn), or make the person vomit, or some other reaction that can be harnessed to further their nefarious programming goals.

 

DRUG RESEARCH

One of the sites which has done research/programming into MPD and drug action on the brain has been Bethesda, MD where Dr. Irwin J. Kopin was Chief of the Laboratory of Clinical Science, at the National Institute of Mental Health. He was active in research into how drugs can affect the mind.

 

CLASSIFYING MIND-DRUGS

When this author studied differential equations, and higher mathematical it became clear that everything can be reduced to a mathematical explanation. Sometimes a mathematical notation is easier and clearer, than other explanations. This author suggests that drugs that affect the mind could be classified on three scales:

Scale X: the wakefulness or arousal scale, which runs from a coma, to asleep, to alert, to hyperalert

Scale Y: the attitude, or affect scale, that is one's manner of feelings, responses etc., running on a scale from suicidal and depressed to euphoric, blissful and elated.

Scale Z: the integration of reality scale, which runs from confusion, delusions, and psychotic thoughts to integrated, clear, lucid thinking.

Many (if not all) of the drugs that were listed in Vol. 2 and this chapter can be plotted along one of these scales, and sometimes 2 or 3 of these scales, which means an x,y, z axis configuration can be used to compare such drugs. In terms of naturally occurring brain substances which are manufactured synthetically and injected according to the programmersí needs, it could be stated that the original purpose of the substance can be malevolently tampered with.

p_mind-drugs.jpg

ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS FOR PROGRAMMING

The distribution into the brain of a drug is dependent upon many factors. Under microscopic-level inspection, one discovers a personís brain is physically constructed to allow certain molecules to enter into the brain in certain complex ways. Just because a substance is put into the blood doesnít mean it gets into brain tissue. Researchers have discovered such drug properties such as lipid solubility, the ionization, its tissue-protein bonding abilities, and its molecular size all play a role in how well drugs get into the brain. Further, the Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) which will be discussed indepth in Chapter 8 can play a role in drug absorption. Several studies during the 1960ís showed that the removal of drugs or substances from the CSF, can reduce the effective concentration of a drug in the extracellular spaces which make up perhaps 12% of the brainís volume. These physical factors are not the only factors involved.

Page 26 ...

Researchers have repeatedly discovered that different people respond to mind-changing drugs in many different ways--including two different people having opposite responses to the same drug. There have been a number of studies about this phenomena, including: (SarwerFoner, 1957), (Henninger, et. al., 1965), (Rickels & Downing, 1966), (McNair et al., 1966). Over the years, it has been discovered that a personís mental abilities, expectations, prior drug experience, age, sex, race, personality traits, and personality types can all potentially influence how a mind-altering drug will effect a person. For instance, a sedative drug administered to an extroverted confident athlete caused the athlete to feel anxiety and disorientation. In contrast, an introverted nervous intellectual felt calmness when the same drug was administered. Particle size of the drug and the rate of dissolution will help determine the rate at which a drug is absorbed (and eliminated) into the body. For instance, when colloidal silver has been produced by a process that yields small particles, it will cleanse the body, while larger particles of colloidal silver will kill a person. Different companies and different preparations of the same drug may have different outcomes upon the body. The persistence of a drug in the body is calculated by programmers using half-lives of a drug. This means that at one half-life, one half of a drug is left in the body. At two half lives, one-half of one-half is left or (1/4). At three half-lives there will be 1/8 left of original drug. In other words, the rate of elimination decreases with time. When heroin is processed into morphine, its characteristics change. The heroin takes affect quicker, but doesnít last as long as morphine. This is because of enzyme mechanisms in the liver and how they react to the morphine in contrast to the heroin. Different drugs react differently with the complex enzyme mechanisms of the liver. Phenobarbital amazingly increases the enzyme content of the endoplasmic reticulum with habitual use of the drug. Phenobarbital will then enhance a particular type of toxicity. Low doses do not hurt the body, but there is a threshold where damage from phenobarbital will begin occurring to the liver and kidneys. This is a sampling of why it is important that the Illuminati use extremely skilled medical personnel in the application of programming drugs. The programmers are far more skilled than most legitimate therapists in understanding how much of what drug to give to which alter personality. The mental makeup of an alter will influence how that alter will respond to drugs. Some deeper alters can resist drug influence due to training. Some deeper alters are so fine-tuned that they only need small doses. With their superior knowledge of how a System of Multiple Personalities has been created within a victimís mind, the programmers have a distinct edge over deprogrammers in how to administer drugs. On top of that the programmers, place in all types of programming to prevent anyone but the programmers (or approved people) from administering drugs. An example of how strong the mind can be over drugs--is when the programmers "SET THE STAGE", "PRESENT THE SCRIPTí and then use Seconal to obtain deeply embedded programming commands. Setting the stage is a programming term for talking to the victim in such a way that the mind is receptive for what the programmer wants the victimís mind to do. Presenting the script is the actual set of commands that the programmer gives to the victim. For instance, the programmer functioning as a hypnotist tells the victim that a powerful sedative will be given but that part of the mind will be strong enough to overcome the sedative effect of seconal. The victim is instructed "WHEN YOU HEAR THE WORD [trigger power code word, for instance: ZEBRA COME FORTH]...YOU WILL RESPOND TO WHAT I AM SAYING." The seconal is given and the person is placed in an isolation

Page 27 ...

chamber. A good programmer skilled in hypnotism can actually get a victimís mind to respond under the influence of seconal in an isolation chamber. Then the programmer will lay in deeply embedded commands while the person is in a sleep deeper than a twilight sleep. When the human body receives several different kinds of drugs, sometimes drugs compete with each other during the excretion/elimination phase. This may create a buildup or a retention of one of the drugs. As discussed in Vol. 2, the programmers donít like to use combinations of several drugs because it complicates things. There is still a great deal of unknowns concerning adverse drug reactions. Some people do not show an allergic response to a drug until it is administered several times. Because of the potential for allergic reactions or side effects, the Programmers are helped because the programming centers, according to ex-programmers are extremely well stocked with different drugs, & the Programmer can if need be shift to an alternative programming drug. Most slaves are programmed to stay away from the use of drugs, except those drugs that the programmer/handler approves. By reducing the use of drugs of all kinds, the problem of adverse drug reactions, and other complications is reduced for the programmers. Some people who are health freaks who stay away from drugs are actually carrying out a front program for their programmers.

 

MORE PROGRAMMING DRUGS (these were not listed in the Vol.2 Formula book)

Acetophenzine aka Tindal--(this anti-psychotic has been used on multiples, it mutes anxiety, suspiciousness and delusions. it would fall more into the control category of uses rather than for actual programming.)

Amines--(this is a general term for many types of the brainís own chemicals used to produce moods, and feelings)

Damiana--(aka Mex. Witching Herb, the extract is used w/ other herbs during progamming for a relaxed pleasure state.) ĽAn example is Damiana-Biack Kava Kava-Valerian-Skullcap-Wild Lettuce Opium, which makes a "itís-nothing-but-a-dream" state.

Chloral hydrate--(which is a hypnotic put in pill form such as chioral betaine, Beta-Chlor, and given with something like a glass of milk. About 500 mg. of Chloral hydrate are given for a hypnotic for an adult.)

Cyciohexamide--(produces retroactive amnesia)

Cylert--a type of speed

Datura aka Jimsonweed, or thorn apple--(sometlmes used to help a child conjure up their personal spirit.)

Iminodibenzyis-- (used for sedation)

Lettuce Opium--(tradition Hopi shaman trance drug)

Mandrake--(from the Mandragora plant, an ancient occult drug, a traditionai witchcraft drug for causing people to sleep)

Methaqualone--(a rapid hypnotic drug that produces a dissociative high, it can be used to put someone into a coma)

Pemoline-magnesium hydroxide (aka PMH, helps enhance conditioned avoidance training by acting as a stimulant, is helpful for repetitive learning situations by a general alerting effect on the mind)

Phenothiazines--(used to raise the threshold of electrical stimulation tolerance, to tranquilize or induce sleep)

Rowan--traditional sleeping/death herb of witches; May Day is also called Rowan Tree Witch Day.

Seconal, aka Seconal Sodium or Secobarbital Sodium--(a popular programming drug to stabilize programming, to set in deep programming into the base of the mind such as dates and codes, and to block out memory of missions by slaves, see various paragraphs below for more explanations. Used in 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 mg. increments. A tubal pregnancy/birth can be hid in a woman by 300-400 mg., while surgery on an adult man may require 500 mg.)

Tetradoxyn (made from the Puffer Blowfish, used by Voudoun, & others to create a zombie state)

 

In our discussion of drugs used in programming, this chapter will expand upon the previous book by discussing the application of drugs to:

a. to stabilize the programming after torture b. hiding the codes

c. building in deeply embedded structures and beliefs, and the creation of false identities

b. to influence the memory by drugs c. to stimulate instinctual behaviors

d. to create moods and attitudes by synthetically manufacturing and injecting the brainís own natural amines.

 

STABILIZING THE PROGRAMMING

The total mind-control of the Illuminati is called "trauma-based mind-control" because repeated traumas are inflicted upon the victim is a very systematic calculated inhumane way. The tortures and stress are all parts of a programming package. After a particular harsh session of programming the victimís mind will be in a high state of terror, shock, dissociativeness and splintering. The victimís

Page 28 ...

mind canít take much more, and the potential of having uncontrolled splintering of the victimís mind and thereby having the destruction of the mind and programming threatens the programmersí control. The programmer wants the mind and body to rest so that the programming can set in, without destabilizing events occurring. For instance, after severe water torture (drowning) the programmer will want the programming (hypnotic script) to set in, and he will give seconal (aka seconal sodium or secobarbital sodium) to induce a deep sleep. Sleep occurs within 10 to 15 minutes. Sometimes a victim's heart has been pushed to its limits during a trauma and they must shut the body down to let the victim rest. Seconal is a drug of choice for this. Seconal is administered in hospitals or programming sites where trained personnel know how to give the drug. Dirty psychiatrists, who understand the relationship between drugs and human behavior and who are either programmers themselves or assistants to programmers often are the ones who give the victims drugs like seconal.

 

EXTENSIVE RESEARCH DONE TO INFLUENCE HUMAN MEMORY BY DRUGS

The complete list of researchers who have studied the effect drugs have on memory would require a massive book. However, we will just mention a few that pertain to this book briefly. One of the places the effect of drugs on memory was researched was at the Univ. of California at Irvine, CA. Another was at institutions in the Boston, Mass. area such as the Massachusetts General Hosp., in Boston. Dr. Talland in Boston tested the effects of PMH on human memory. He discovered PMH could help people relearn material that had been partially forgotten. The Illuminati programmer Cameron (aka Dr. White) also tried out various approaches including the administration of RNA and RNA- synthesis stimulants. John C. Lilly, who admits being a member of an Esoteric Mystery School, was a government researcher on the use of LSD to program people. He did part of his work on LSD programming at the Maryland Psychiatric Research Center under admitted government financing. His book Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer (NY: Julian Press, 1967, & revised format 1972) is an excellent paper trail of how the Illuminati has used LSD to program total mind-controlled slaves. Originally, the book was given out only to a few select people. The book attempts to hide what it talks about behind a long intro, long sentences, big words and arcane psychological terms, but it does spell out how they do the mind-control programming with LSD. A section later in this chapter will lay out for the reader how they do this.

 

ONE TYPE OF EXPERIENCE OF VICTIM HYPNOTIC DRUG A MIND-CONTROL

The drugged victim feels like he is looking through a keyhole and the hypnotic voice of the programmer is the key hole. The world may be very shadowy and drawn in on itself. The mind has its attention on the hypnotist/programmer.

 

The BASIC PHASES of MEMORY

The human memory process can be basically broken down into 3 phases, the registration phase, the retention phase and the retrieval phase. Great amount of research has gone into how to use drugs to manipulate each of those phases. Great amount of research also went into how to measure peopleís abilities to a. learn, b. remember, c. and to do non-learned behavior such as arm-hand steadiness and visual time reaction.

 

WHAT the MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMERS USE to MANIPULATE memory.

Scopolamine was found to impair short-term memory. It was discovered that retrograde

Page 29 ...

amnesia could be created by electroshock several hours after the brain had learned something. This lesson caused the Illuminati and those working in mind control with them to use cattle prods and stun guns.

If a person performed something they were to forget they can be stunned or given scopolamine to deaden their memory. A quick anesthetic applied immediately after something has been done might also impair the retention of what had happened. Yet another way is seconal, which will be discussed soon. Low doses of analeptic drugs given about 10 to 20 min. before training were found to help learning. Analeptic drugs include bemegride, diazadamantanol, pentylenete-trazol, picotoxin, and strychnine. It was discovered that strychnine helps enhance classical conditioning. It can be administered either before or after the learning has taken place. It is believed that memory storage is enhanced by strychnine and strychnine sulfate. Strychnine was also found to help protect the mindís memory against the effect of electroshock. Abusers out on the street have been turning to GHB and Rohypnol to decrease inhibitions and to cause memory loss in their victims. Rohypnol (which sells for up to $10 a tablet) is dependable but more expensive than the GHB. A number of women who have been raped by adding these drugs to their alcoholic drinks at the Club Boca, Palm Beach, FL made the paper after they were drugged and raped after partying at the club. (The Palm Beach Post, Mar., 1996 pp. 1B, 10B.) GHB (Gamma Hydroxy Butyrate) is a compound essential to the body. It acts similar to a neurotransmitter. It helps release the Human Growth Hormone and removes inhibitions around intimacy, as well as some other beneficial effects. GHB crosses the blood-brain barrier and metabolizes into GABA. GHBís high degree of safety was proved over 25 years of research, and was basically an established fact before the FDA and the media demonized GHB. Several sources seem to indicate that the FDA banned GHB --not because it has dangerous side effects, which it doesnít have inspite of the established mediaís disinformation campaign with half truths--but because it is not patented by the drug companies and would cut into their profits.

GHB also has a great aphrodisia effect. It reduces inhibitions to have sex, but because the woman clitoris is more sensitive it interferes with female orgasms. However, when the women do achieve it, it is longer and more intense, according to GHB researchers. (This author got much information on GHB from the Centurion Aging Research Lab.) GHB is described here because it is a drug that is known by the type of people who use sexual slaves and other people, and its use and misuse pertain to mind control. Like so many things involved with mind-control, GHB and many other items could be put to positive uses if used in the proper way. Sometimes the programmers use drugs rather than ECS (Electroconvulsive shock) to destroy the memory in slaves after they have done some mission for the Illuminati, the Syndicates, or Cult they belong to. The decision to use drugs rather than ECS is largely personal tastes. The very sadistic programmers enjoy using ECS, while the less sadistic ones often use the drugs, which in some instances actually perform better, but are not as violent to the victim of mind control. Retroactive amnesia can be caused by an intracerebral or a subcutaneous (under the skin) shot of Acetoxycycloheximide, cyclohexamide, or puromyxcin. A more sophisticated technique incorporates the drug seconal (aka Seconal sodium), the victimís dissociativeness (the MPD), and hypnosis. Seconal is a strong sedative that puts people into sleep. The programmers have considered it "wonderful". The victimís mind is conditioned hypnotically to be able to remember the drugged-seconal state. Then the hypnotic command is given that if anything about a particular mission is remembered, the

Page 30 ...

person will immediately trigger (pull-up to the front of the mind) the seconal memory. This is why many therapists discover their clients getting sleepy when they get close to certain thoughts, or when they try to do therapeutic work.

HIDING THE CODES

Chapter 4 provides some of the programming codes, some of which are standard and some of which are unique to a particular slave. Seconal was the standard drug used during the 1950ís and 1960ís to hide the programming codes in the mindís memory. The procedure is to give a small child under 50 lbs. perhaps 10 mg. of seconal. The programmer has already "SET THE STAGE" and presented the script. After the child goes into its deep sleep, the programmer pulls the childís mind awake hypnotically (actually to be technically correct, the programmer pulls up those alters/parts of the mind that the programmer wants to work with). The child may awake on an satanic altar or other programming setting. The child is then programmed. After the programming, which may include satanic rituals, the child slave is given 20 mg. more of seconal and allowed to go into a sleep again. A cover program (a cover story--that is a false code will be planted hypnotically in front of the real code. "IF YOU SHOULD REMEMBER THIS..." If a slave starts to remember any code, in spite of the hypnotic commands not to, and all the threats and alters trained to protect the codes, etc. then the programming to sleep kicks in. Also remember that the codes are placed in when the victim is groggy, so to pull up the memory will cause the slave to abreact the drugged-state. Not all the alters are drugged. In setting the stage, the programmer orders some alters to back off from feeling or associating the experience. They are hypnotically commanded not to experience the drugís effects, or to only experience it in a partial manner. This can be done with small amounts of seconal. Larger amounts of seconal will override the mindís ability to block the drugís effects. The programming experience where the codes are put in, will likely be remembered by the slave as something similar to the following, a sleepy blurry picture of a nurse, then a doctor and a table, and then an IV, then the memory fades, and the slave gets sleepy thinking about it.

It should be pointed out that the mind has strong natural abilities to dissociate painful memories. Not only must the victim try to retrieve memories by fighting the mindís natural dissociative abilities, the victim must fight the hypnotic suggestions, the irrationality of conflicting ideas due to the false cover memories laid in, the DRUG memories attached to induce sleep if the victim remembers, the memory shattering from the shock of the stun guns, and the fear of countless other threats internal and external if the memory is recovered. It is no surprise that most victims of this horrendously abusive mind-control have front alters who are totally unaware of the mind-control and abuse.

 

PROGRAMMING WITH LSD-25 (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide)

The Programmers use controlled and manipulated LSD trips for mind-control purposes when layering in the programming for the Illuminati slaves. The victimís mind is trained and mentally prepared before actually being subjected to the drug. The programmers understand how the mind unleashes its fears, including its fear of LSD itself, while under the drug, so that small doses are given at first and then increased. This is so the victim of mind-control can learn to face and manage the effects of the drug.

When the Illuminati want to set the foundations for a system, they will use LSD in a sensory deprivation tank on a child to program in such things as: the hell-pit (a dungeon in a castle), the images of evil guardians, worlds & stars & galaxies which contain alters, the outer space in a system, and the protective program where the mind

Page 31 ...

spreads out like molecules and loses the ability to think. The sensory deprivation tank will be set at 920 to 950 F. isothermal skin, saltwater suspension, zero light, near zero-sound levels. The victim will be naked without contact with the side of the tank and in remote isolation for several hours. Electrodes can be hooked up to shock the victim if they move to prevent the victim from wanting to move. Victims usually are conditioned to like the sensory deprivation tank before they are programmed inside it with LSD. After having listened to two ex-programmers describe LSD sensory deprivation programming, this author was amazed to discover that the LSD programmer John Lilly had actually written a book about how to do the programming! (John Lilly was also into witchcraft & aliens.) The government wasnít quite as thrilled with his book as I was, they withdrew research funds from him in 1968 when only a few copies of his book came out. And now finally almost twenty years later, the human LSD programming that John Lilly described is finally being put into its larger context--that of trauma-based total mind-control. On page 126-127, Lilly explains that implanted programs in the child can be placed in below the level of the mindís awareness, but which will affect their entire outlook on life, and which will control their thinking and behavior far into adulthood. The programs can even be done to control the most basic functions of life. Lilly says that the programming possible with the use of LSD is "...not achievable outside the use of LSD-25. This amount of control can be said to resemble other ways of achieving control and visual projection but in actual intensity I know of no other way to achieve it. Hypnosis is a possible exception." (Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer, p. 20) On page 19, Lilly states that LSD can be used to change an experience to have a negative or a positive charge on it. Sometimes people who work with the mind refer to negative experiences as "negative charges on an experience", and good experiences as "experiences with a positive charge". Apparently, according to Lilly, the brain can switch chemical charges on an experience and shift its attitude from viewing as either positive or negative. In fact, this very thing is done during Illuminati programming. For instance, it may be done if a memory surfaces that the programmer doesnít want the alter being programmed to understand. This last paragraph is interesting when one realizes that under LSD the subconscious mind is allowed to release its thinking into the conscious. If a person has been traumatized, the subconscious mind under LSD will release the trauma memories and flood the person with horrible thoughts. So before one can get to the transcendental wonderful creative thoughts, a person has to deal with this garbage. The sub-conscious erupts like molten magma. Before the child is given the LSD, the child is going to have to be mentally prepped. Just as Seconal could only be used after the hypnotist programmer had SET THE STAGE, so also with the LSD. The LSD programmer if he is experienced will have an idea how the victim will react to the drug. Each person reacts in his or her own way, but there are patterns of reaction. The programmer will hypnotically warn the victim, YOUíRE NOT TO FEAR such and such thought. They may tell the victim that it is just their imagination, when it is repressed memories of trauma surfacing. The programmer will let one alter carry the true feelings (such as fear) of the surfacing traumas, and another to carry the story line being programmed in with LSD. The programmer may have to calm the victim down while they are in the tank. The Illuminati use hypnosis in conjunction with the LSD programming trips. They also use some other mind-control items too. Further, LSD is not the only programming hallucinogenic that they have used for some of

Page 32 ...

this type of programming, they have tried Peyote, but LSD seems to be the drug of choice. On page 20, Lilly describes the use of mirrors along with LSD to create visually projected images. The Illuminati programmer will play a movie, a script over and over so that it is constantly in the forefront of the victimís mind. Then the stage is set and the script (such as TAKE WHAT YOU SEE INTO THE MIRROR) is hypnotically given. The victim goes under LSD and in about 15 minutes reaches their LSD high. Most people can be talked to by the programmer during the programming, and the programmer can get some feedback from what is happening in the victimís mind. The victim will be placed in front of a mirror. Then the victim will project the image that was repeatedly shown him or her (say for instance, Alice In Wonderland, or Tinkerbell, or Mickey Mouse) onto their own image in the mirror. A special state of consciousness is induced where the personís perception is altered and they see the projected image as their own reflection. While watching the projected image on the mirror, the mind under LD will also project its own feelings and facial features into the mirror. If the victim is angry, happy, in pain, admiring themselves, etc. then projected image (for instance, Mickey Mouse) will also been seen this way. Using this type of programming, the programmers can create twinning parts. That is if two people are to be twinned, parts that see themselves as the other person are created using the LSD mirror programming. Ceremonies and demons will also be added to strengthen the twinning, and this may be done to a 13 year old teenager within the Illuminati. These projections can be maintained and worked with for about 30-40 min. during the drugís high. After this length of time fatigue sets in and the person must rest before being brought to another high. A clean slate alter can be prepared by the script and then will actually believe that it saw itself as the projected image. By the time, the session is through the clean slate alter believes it is Alice in Wonderland or whatever character the programmer(s) wants it to be. During the trauma of an LSD programming trip, the mind may see flickering images, melting, mosaics and other things. These distortions can form a cover memory if the programmers wants them too. During the sensory deprivation tank experience under LSD, the victim can be asked to open their eyes, or close them. If asked to form a mental screen, the victim under LSD will see a blank screen differently if their eyes are open as compared to closed. If the victim is allowed to look while in a dark tank out into the darkness under LSD, they will visualize themselves as merging with the infinite universe and not even having a body. This memory is used to build in the outer space of a system. On page 32, Lilly describes the type of programming used to create an Infinity, a Rubicon, or Outer Space within a system. He says, "The self is still centered at one place but its boundaries have disappeared and it moves out in all directions and extends to fill the limits of the universe as far as one knows them. A person taking LSD may experience, whether being programmed or not, that they are in touch with all the stars of the universe.

LSD distortions in reality can also be used to protect the programming. If the mind gets too close to remembering something, then the mind triggers automatically a memory of its molecules expanding into the universe and losing their ability to think. This is simply a controlled LSD memory. When external stimuli is ceased, the brain takes over the spaces that were formerly occupied in the thinking process by external reality, and replaces it with feelings and thoughts from the internal mind. Lilly states on pg. 24 that when programming people under LSD, "The blank

Page 33 ...

screen is the most difficult one to work with but is the least Ďdrivingí of the group. The blank screen interferes least with oneís creative efforts;..." In other words, if the victim is closed off to external stimuli, the mind can focus all its energy into free associative creativity. Once the victim is in isolation, religious music can cause the brain to free associate religious visions, cartoon voices can cause the brain to free associate the cartoon figures, etc. The Illuminati/Intelligence agencies must wait 3 to 6 months between LSD programming sessions. If they do it more often, they run the risk of hooking the personís mind on the drug state. Then the person will lose interest in reality, and simply try to escape reality into the LSD world as a drug addict. From recollections from ex-programmers and victims, its clear that as the child victim is traumatized during the [SD sensory deprivation (including being shocked) experiences it goes through a sequence or chronology of changes which are noted in detail by the programmers. Certain splits occur at certain points in time which will be used for special tasks. For instance, at a particular extreme moment the victim may go into a "nothingness state" which is between life and death, where the mind quits perceiving that it has a body. This is not an out-of-body experience, it is a nothingness experience due to an extreme near-death experience. This clean slate can be used for the Cabalistic programming of the Ain Soph Aur. The Ain Soph Aur is the cosmic egg from which the universe supposedly began, ain = vacuum, soph limitless, and aur = limitless light. For Satanists they interpret this to the light at the top of the pyramid, Lucifer. Alters created in such a fashion may be placed in a succession of realms. If true Caballism is followed this will consist of 4 realms (worlds) of 10 clean slates. These four worlds are Atziluth = boundless world of divine names, Briah the Archangelic World of Creations Yetzirah = the Hierarchal World of Formations Assiah = the Elemental World of Substances

The child victim in the sensory deprivation tank is not allowed to move without being shocked. Gradually the will of the victim is broken by the total control the programmer maintains over the child in the tank. But the will of the child continues to be broken until the will of the child to live is broken. At this point, when the mind has given up the will to live, the programmer (or assistant programmer) will tell the child in the tank, "If you create such and such types of persons and such and such no. of them (perhaps 10 or 20 are asked for) then you can come out and weíll stop hurting you. Give me a signal that youíve done your job and Iíll stop hurting you when the job is done. Move a finger or blink your eyes three times if youíve done your job." Blinking three times generally feels the safest for the child, and is generally the limit of what the mind and body can muster to save themselves. The alters, which are made when the mind & body have lost the will to live, are the dissociated parts that will be made into suicide alters. Their breathing is very shallow, they are in pain in the tank. When these parts take the body, they still function in that state. Years later, if the adult body has these suicide alters take the body, there is a good chance they will commit suicide, if not simply die from the shallow breathing. Lilly states on page 31, "One experiences [under LSD programming] an immediate internal reality which is postulated by the self. It is apparent to me that oneís own assumptions about this experience generates the whole experience. The experienced affects, the apparent appearance of other persons, the appearance of other beings not human, oneís own past phantasies, oneís own self-analysis, each can be programmed to happen in interaction with those parts of oneís self beyond oneís conscious awareness."

While the victim is in the sensory

Page 34 ...

deprivation tank, the programmer can ask the victim to create guard alters within the castle images they create. These are equivalent to the imagery that is done in witchcraft. These image alters are not the same as a trauma-created dissociative alter. The following are the type of beliefs that can be programmed into a person in the sensory deprivation tank under LSD no matter what their prior beliefs (this is substantiated by Lilly, pages 4 1-49 and ex-programmers).

a. The person could successfully park the body and leave the body somewhere, astral project and explore new universes. The victim can be brought during an LSD trip to this thinking and experience the astral projection from around 20 mm. to 2 hours.

b. The victim can be made to feel as if they are a tiny mote, a tiny dot, a single microflash of energy in their own view of time, a mere particle. Time can become infinity and the victim a mere microflash. The victim during this experience seeks a god who is a great being to control him. This is used in the Illuminati alien programming to program in the evil and good aliens, or evil or good gods. The gods or the aliens on such a programming trip will not be so strange that the victim as a mote canít understand their purposes and activities. In other words, the aliens on programming trips like this turn out humanoid. The victim experiences being nurtured by these beings or the god(s) that he sees. The victim may perceive these aliens on the trip experimenting with us. One UFO researcher and author about the aliens has used his LSD trips to research aliens. Sad to report, this researcher is a programmed multiple. It is easy to see how the mind could think that it was learning about aliens, because this is a common easy-to-create LSD programming script. Again in summary, this second set of beliefs is that the person is a mere mote, a small flash in infinite time. When an alter of a slave thinks or goes internally where it shouldnít, this programming is attached to the mind so that the victim loses sight of who they are and feels very insignificant and only a dot.

c. The next program that LSD naturally lends itself to, is that the victim is only part of a vast computer, only part of a vast mind. For some reason, the LSD is able to hit a part of the mind that regulates the perception of free-will. In this type of programming, the victim under LSD is convinced that he or she has no free will and must participate each second with some larger mind or computer.

d. Personalities that have been seen externally by the victim will be incorporated within the personís internal world.

e. LSD changes the victimís perception of time, and can be used to go back or forward in time in the mind. Under guidance, the programmer can manipulate this ability to build into the mind false memories and images.

f. If "white noise", that is random background noise is placed into an isolation tank trauma, the programmers have found that under LSD the brain tries to make sense of the random sounds and projects the voice of God into the random noise as a method to turn chaos into something comprehendible. With the right dose, and under the right conditions, the programmers can get the voice of "God" to say about anything they want. Because the sense of hearing in the sensory deprivation tank is not feeding the mind anything, the human brain under LSD can easily substitute in the voice of God.

g. For girls, who have been determined to have personalities with low sexual appetites, the sexual desires of certain alter personalities can be manipulated during an LSD trip by having these alters hold the body and the body go through exaggerated pelvic movements and other experiences. This is an example of the type of training that Gittinger (see Vol. 2) discovered was necessary in order to change thinking patterns within a person--in this case with the MPD (DID), some alters can be radically changed from the original personality.

Page 35 ...

The overall effect of such LSD programming on anyone, whether child or adult, is that the mind at a deep level begins to doubt its ability to grasp the real from the imaginary. Therapists sometimes wonder why alters are not more anxious to determine reality. Part of this may be the side-effect at a profound level of the brain beginning to doubt its abilities to separate reality from fiction. If the LSD trips were not controlled by the programmers, insanity could result for the victim. Further, the LSD trips pose a danger that they could clutter the internal world of the victim and splinter their mind uncontrollably. This is why the trips must be carefully guided, controlled and monitored.

 

CHEMICALLY TRIGGERING NATURAL INSTINCTUAL DRIVES

The brain when a child is born is like a computer which is ready to go, and just needs the software loaded on. In other words, the brain is already a functioning complicated programmed piece of hardware, it is not a blank sheet. The mind is preprogrammed to carry out important instinctual functions, such as drinking water, eating food and sleeping. Likewise, the adult mother instinctively has maternal instincts. Selectively applied chemical or electrical stimulations to the brain will elicit the instinctual behaviors that are pre-programmed into the brain. A microinjection of a soluble sex steroid into the anteromedial hypothalamus would likely trigger the maternal instinct in a person. The various instinctual behaviors that are triggered by microchemical injections or small select electrical shocks will last for up to an hour. (A.E. Fisher was one of the principal researchers in this line of research during the 50ís and 60ís.) For instance, A.E. Fisher and E. Vaughan, discovered that the male instinct for sex could be stimulated by a small shock to a specific part of the brain. (See "Male sexual behavior induced by intracranial electrical stimulation", Science magazine, 1962, 137, pp. 758-760.) Steroids are one of the chemicals that are used as well as selective minute electrical shocks to trigger instinctual behaviors. Reliable responses can be obtained from a victim, if the correct chemical is placed at a place in the brain where the chemical will cause the brain to send an electrical signal to trigger an instinctual behavior. A searching reaction can be created so that a person or animal searches for something in his surroundings by electrical stimulation of the hippocampus. Eating can be reliably induced electronically or by drugs. Perfusate taken from ventricles or neural tissue of a person who was starved before death, and placed into the lateral hypothalamic area will cause the person to eat whether they are hungry or full.

 

SEXUAL STIMULATION-PROGRAMMING

The users of slaves need some of the parts to be nymphomaniacs. In order to program this type of behavior, the programmers not only use the reversal effect when pain becomes pleasure (see Vol. 2), but they also use hormones and drugs to make certain parts nymphomaniacs. If they were not artificially stimulated they could not endure the over-use they are subjected to at times.

THEIR ABILITY TO MANUFACTURE (SYNTHESIZE) BRAIN CHEMICALS TO MAKE MIND-CONTROL DRUGS

Part of the ability to do mind-control has to do with their ability to synthesize the actual specific chemicals that the brain produces to alter itself. When the brain wants to relax, or excite itself it uses certain compounds. A large number of the brainís chemicals have been cataloged and can be reproduced in the lab. The messages the brain sends have to jump from one neuron to another via transmitters. The rate that the brain releases these transmitters can be both directly and indirectly changed by drugs. In other words, one can tailor make moods and emotions in the brain chemically.

Page 36 ...

The term "Amines" (which are compounds that have a nitrogen atom that can accept a proton) came to have a specific meaning for brain researchers. The transmitters between neurons in the brain are Amines such as dopamine, epinephrine, histamine, norepinephrine, octopamine, serotonin, and tyramine. The principle method to synthesize these transmitter amines is "decarboxylation of the parent amino acid." In other words, the chemist takes Tyrosine and applies Tyrosine Hydroxylase (an enzyme) and produces Dopa another similar compound; and then the enzyme Dopa Decarboxylase is applied and from that the similar Dopamine amine is created. Then Dopamine-Beta-oxidase (another enzyme) is applied in the final step of the three enzyme steps to create Norepinephrine. Both Dopamine and Norepinephrine are neural transmitters. If norepinephrine is diminished in the brain, sedation occurs. Alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine (as well as other compounds) was found to be one of the things that would prevent the brain from creating (synthesizing for itself) norepinephrine. Serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) is created in a fashion similar to dopamine, in that tryptophan is taken and acted upon by the enzyme Tryptophan hydroxylase to get 5-hydroxytryptophan, and then a decarboxylase converts this compound to serotonin. To reverse things, and prevent the brain from having serotonin, they can prevent selective parts of the brain from creating it with p-chlorphenylalanine.

 

ADRENALCHROME (Adrenal Chromaffin)

This naturally occurring yellowish brown drug was not mentioned in the Vol. 2 book, although it was mentioned in this authorís newsletters in í93 and May í95 The drug is obtained by sacrificing a terrified person, perhaps by plunging the athame into them, and then taking a hypodermic needle and extracting the adrenalchrome from the base of the neck in the pineal gland. A sacrificed person only yields about 10 c.c. so the drug is not only very secret on the black market but very expensive. A Scientific American article by Carmichael and Winkler is the best thing that I have discovered on the adrenalchrome. The Max Planck Institute in Germany did research into Adrenalchrome. Dirty law-enforcement officials and others have worked to keep the existence of adrenalchrome a secret. It is not known if Adrenalchrome has ever been used for programming, but it is a popular secret drug of the elite Illuminati kingpins. For many years, they were not able to synthetically produce the drug, and had to rely on human sacrifices as their source. It is possible that in the last year or so, that some method to synthesize the drug may have been found. Chromaffin cells secrete adrenaline, noradrenaline and other substances into the bloodstream which exert a great deal of control over tissue, and organs.

 

HERBS

Another place that programmed DID Satanic Ritual Survivors may encounter herbs is the use of herbal charms to enhance magic spells.

 

OILS

The Illuminati have also used oils for their powerful properties. Recently, a doctor who was trained by the Freemasons has been helping people discover the powerful properties of these oils. Christians also have been rediscovering the powerful healing powers in pure Fennel, Frankincense, Juniper, Lavender, Peppermint, Pane and other cold pressed Oils and combinations of oils.

Summary of Major Point.

The guided LSD trips in the sensory deprivation tanks are crucial for laying in the foundational programming. Readers will learn more about guided LSD trips & programming drugs throughout this book.

Page 37 ...

 

CHAPTER 4.

SCIENCE NO. 4 - HYPNOSIS

 

HYPNOSIS & the OCCULT

From the Egyptian Sleep Temples to ancient shamans, the occult world has been putting hypnosis (including self-hypnosis) to work for centuries, even millennia. During the 18th and 19th century, the Masonic lodges put hypnotism to use. In 1882 Jean-Martin Charcot, considered the worldís greatest neurologist at the time, gave hypnotism respectability by publishing his own studies, which included recovering A. trauma memories blocked by amnesia, and B. memories presumed permanently lost by organic amnesia. At that time, a group of French medical doctors located at Nancy just a 100 kilometers southeast of the Mothers-of-Darkness castle, had a school of hypnosis that influenced doctors all over the world including Freud. These French doctors had caught on to the power of suggestion to the subconscious.

In the 1780ís, Marquis de Puysegur was putting people into deep hypnotic trances and then commanding them to forget the hypnotic session. James Esdaile in his book Mesmerism in India & its Practical Application in Surgery and Medicine. (pub. Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, 1846) pp. xxiii-xxiv, describes and lists hundreds of surgeries (some quite serious) which he did in India using hypnosis as his anesthesia. He found his patients could heal quickly and experienced no pain under hypnosis. In modern medical history, every type of surgery has been successfully carried out without drugs and "without pain" by using hypnosis. In the VoL 2 book, it was brought out that perceptive researchers have figured out that the pain under hypnosis is placed by the mind into a dissociated piece of the mind, which is essentially what MPD (DID) is all about. Tests have shown that hypnosis to reduce pain does not work by the brain releasing endorphins (see Hilgard, 1975 & Spiegel and Leonard, 1986). The mind simply diverts the pain into a "mental floppy disk" that it doesnít look at. In the early 1880ís, occult researcher Edmund Gurney found he could give post-hypnotic commands that would be successfully carried out in the future. What amazed him was that subjects would fulfill commands exactly as commanded at a particular time on a particular day without even looking at the clock. Various european doctors, too numerous to mention, discovered in the 1880ís that they could cure various diseases via hypnosis. The cure rate was not 100%, but significant enough to make hypnosis an option in some treatments.

This author (Fritz) has reported that programmed multiples are able to increase the temperature of one body part, or one side of their body. Cisco, the co-author of this book, when she hits certain programs, turns ice-cold on the right of her body and burns on the left side. It was with great interest then when this author located the 1920 work of hypnotist J.A. Hadfield who published his work in Lancet, 2:

pp. 68-69, under the title "The influence of suggestion on body temperature."Using hypnosis, Hadfield could get a subject to drop his temperature in one hand to 680 while the other hand stayed at 94ļ. Here is the paper trail to what they have been doing to programmed multiples for half a century. Today, the occult world uses sophisticated hypnotic techniques as one of their programming tools to create mind-controlled slaves. The slaveís mind is structured into a robotic-computer controlled by a master. Parts (alters) of the slave will learn how to trance (self-hypnosis) on cue. The better conditioned a subject is to hypnosis, the easier they fall into trance. The victims of mind-control are all very conditioned for

Page 38 ...

hypnosis, even though their programmers then hide that under post-hypnotic suggestions that no-one else is to be allowed to hypnotize the slave. The ancient saying is that a picture is worth a thousand words. In conveying suggestions to the subconscious mind, the occult world of black magic and the programmers are very aware of the power that picture images convey. The good programmer will be able to utilize images to give him tremendous leverage in hypnotic techniques. An alter which needs to create something in the mind can be prepped with images, and can be asked to borrow images, such as borrow such and such quality from this person or animal. The child alter who becomes a Lion after eating a dead lionís parts can imagine the qualities (speed, agility, fierceness) of the lion easily. The image of the lion is worth a thousand words to the hypnotic programmer. If the programmer wants an alter that is trained in karate to be agile, quick and fierce, they donít mind dehumanizing that alter to become a lion or tiger. One element of why this is done is the power of the image for hypnotic commands. The deeper Illuminati alters will be highly skilled in self-hypnosis & the ability to change at will into various states of consciousness. This is part of their witchcraft training in order to practice witchcraft.

 

UNDERSTANDING THE BASICS ABOUT HYPNOSIS

The Programmer is attempting to produce suggestions that the unconscious mind will accept. If the subconscious mind accepts the programmerís suggestions then the suggestion becomes reality to the victim, just as if the victim had experienced it as reality over a period of time. The programmer, if he is good, will be able to get the subjects imagination involved. He will also build rapport with his victim. For instance, the master might hypnotically stroke the forehead of kitten sexual alters before giving them their code to go back into the mind. The good handler/programmer is not simply working off of fear, but he wants to have the trust and cooperation of the victim. This is similar to how Hitler was both feared and trusted by the German masses. In fact, hypnosis was an element in Hitlerís control of the masses. Nazi propaganda films showing Hitler and other Nazi leaders giving directives always have the Hitler Youthís actions slightly speeded up so that subconsciously the viewer is taught obedience to their commands.

The programmer will not tell the slave something is hypnotically happening until it has already happened. He will use the art of timing his words at the correct time, of using repetition, of combining several mutually supporting suggestions, and of having total confidence in his words to add strength to his hypnotic commands. Muscular rigidity and deep breathing are one way to increase suggestibility within the victim being programmed via hypnosis. The programmer will also use other hypnotic tricks, such using his own body language to suggest something, and to use what is called a "voice roll". When the programmer moves his voice into a monotonous patterned style he is using the roll voice. Words are delivered at the rate of 45 to 60 beats a minute. To empower the suggestions, the programming hypnotist uses the victimís five senses. The victim visualizes something using his five senses, such as the imagery of the holy spirit (done in mockery of God) and then breathes this imagery in. For instance, the victim breathes in the message of the programming and roots it deep deep down into the oak tree. (In VoL 2, it was explained that the oak tree is the structure that the programs are attached to.)

 

THE POWER OF HYPNOSIS

During the hypnotic trance, the human mind is at the pinnacle of its ability to quickly learn. What might take years to learn and

Page 39 ...

weighing the evidence, will be accepted quickly by the victimís subconscious. The mind strings together a series of "cognitive mental demons?? that is a series of mental processes--similar to how a computer programmer writes a program. These strings have been called K-lines. Much of what the mind does is simply activations of various K-lines (a habitual ways of doing things), so that the mind can focus its limited conscious thinking. The mind also takes micronemes (such things as a particular aroma, or a particular intonation for which it has no word, but for which it has a series of sensory clues) and builds these into K-lines too. Once a K-line works, the mind in order to prevent itself from making reckless changes, gives priority to those K-lines. Under hypnosis, the mind willingly allows the hypnotist to change K-lines without the normal unconscious conservative restraints. Under behavior modification techniques, abnormal K-lines (that is K-lines that wouldnít normally develop) can be forced into the mind.

A hypnotic suggestion given to normal subjects lasts about a week, so reinforcement is helpful. The programming suggestions are layered in using methods far more powerful than mere hypnosis, and are locked up in dissociated subconscious states, so that these programming scripts which are layered in are almost impossible for the victim to be aware of to challenge them. The emotions of women have been found to slightly detract from the hypnotic trance, while male victims take the hypnotic words in an unemotional matter-of-fact way. The male victims will simply accept the programming and directly comply. That is one reason why the suicide programs that are layered into the men are so deadly. The female victims of programming may emotionally play the suicide out and survive; the male slaves when they trigger suicide programs, comply with the programming in an unemotional direct way. How deep is the slaveís trance? There are tests for trance depths, but from what this author can ascertain, sometimes it can be difficult to determine exactly where the mind is at. If a memory is laid in at a particular trance level, the slave may be able to avoid an abreaction later on by going above or below the memoryís trance level. A deep level, where for instance, the person canít move a body part due to hypnotic suggestion, would be called the "cataleptic stage" or level.

 

UNDERSTANDING THE DEEPER MECHANICS of HYPNOSIS

Let us suppose for the sake of discussion that as you are reading this, it is supper time. You are hungry. Youíve starved yourself all day, and even though you are on a strict diet, you are trying to think of a good restaurant to go to. Now letís see, as your mind scans the different possibilities, it thinks of some that are close, some that are quick. some that have lots of easy parking and others that have good looking waitresses. Mechanically, your thought processes went like this:

a. Particular sensations and chemicals cause the mind to feel what it mentally describes as a pang of hunger. This is perceived as an important need.

b. The mind has a process that we can call an Intention System that creates specific intention messages that are sent throughout the brain. It stores these Intentions temporarily. If an intention is not freshly created and restacked at the top of the clutter of intentions in the intention store, then it gets buried underneath the "mind cluttered desk of things to do" and forgotten. In our example, the mind is searching its memory banks for options on how to satisfy its hunger.

c. The mind must decide upon one particular course of action. The mind quits focusing on other matters, and concentrates upon deciding which course of action to take. The mind has now activated all kinds of what some researchers call "demons". Because we are not talking about spiritual demons, but rather we are referring to units of cognitive processes--

Page 40 ...

which are very similar to UNIX computer demons--we will refer to these demons by the name "cognitive demon processes." Some of these cognitive demon processes are action demons and some are word demons, and some are recognition demons. Recognition Cognitive Demon Processes go running through the mind, "shouting" the wishes of the Intention store. A number of lower level cognitive demon processes wake up and make themselves known if they identify with what the recognition demon is shouting about. Many may think they match the request, but other demon processes check them out to see how close they match. Now the checkers come up with a list of cognitive demon processes who are concerned with eating at restaurants, who have woken up and are all scrambling for attention. Cognitive demon processes establish themselves in families, and develop relationships that are automatic. (Cognitive Demons do not die, but some go to sleep and others can get somewhat rusty in their relationships.) The "demons" that respond to the shouting of our recognition demon go through a series of "interviews" with a hierarchy of other demon processes, and soon the messenger demon can rush back to the Intention Store with the name of the choices available. All this happens extremely quick. If the mind did not set up a series of automatic cognitive demon processes that become habits, (called K-lines) it would find itself involved in the conscious relearning of trivial matters that would make it impossible to get much accomplished. Every skill would have to be constantly relearned. A person might easily end up spending all day dressing. As long as the mind remains in a static environment, where habits work, itís great. But life is such a changing environment, that our entrenched habits can cause the mind to pull up a cognitive demonic process out of habit, when it is neither wanted nor appropriate. Emotions and needs (which are tied to our emotions) will trigger the mind to search out cognitive demon processes. For instance, if our emotional need for someone we are looking for is great, letís say a wife waiting for a long expected war-husband, it may send a need down the brain for the cognitive demons that are attached to the identification of the long-awaited person, and the mind triggers itself to see his face in the crowd at the busy railway station before its owner arrives. Cognitive Demon Processes live in close proximity to other demons, and when one gets excited, others in the area do too, although their excitement may be much less. If a cognitive demon is being used a great deal, it will be on its toes, but little used demons can go to sleep, and somehow need to be hollowed at very loud to wake up. The Intention System after a while will set itself on autopilot for certain mental functions, which frees the conscious mind for other problems. The conscious mind can only focus on a small amount of material--it is like a computer which has limited memory. It is constantly in a state of redeployment, and the Intentions system has only a small sway over how the Attention part of the mind decides to focus. The Attention part constantly asks itself, which tasks can be relegated to habit. Then when the Intention system sends out cognitive search demons, they do not have to involve the conscious mind, because everything that is habitual is set up like a script, with families of "cognitive demon processes" already knowing the roles/relationships they are to play. (Again, Behavior modification is used to strengthen the relationships of demonic processes, and to make some well used and awake, so that certain behaviors become habits.) When our minds meditate or go into a hypnotic trance, what is occurring is that our conscious mind is delegating its limited computing memory for the focus of its attention upon one object. What happens to the cognitive demon processes that would normally take instructions from the conscious mind? During meditation

Page 41 ...

the untrained cognitive demon processes bubble up to the top of the conscious mind. However, the opposite happens during hypnosis. During hypnosis, the mind has made the decision (for whatever reasons) to accept control statements from the hypnotist. The mind has surrendered or at least temporarily or partially abdicated his or her position as the master of his or her Intention System. Some of this power is given away. The hypnotist now has access and control over many or all the cognitive demonic processes, including some that the person would not normally activate. Cognitive demon processes that are asleep or deeply buried can be accessed by the hypnotist, in a much quicker direct way than the Intention System would. By suggesting that the subject has a cat on his lap, the hypnotist is actually causing the recognition cognitive demon processes to wake up and act out their jobs to such an extent that the subject sees a cat. By suggesting that the subjectís body stiffen, the hypnotist has gained control over those cognitive action demons that cause the body to stiffen. Age-regression brings up demons that are associated with the subjectís childhood. Although it is unpopular to admit publicly that the hypnotist has power over the subject, a close look at the process of how hypnosis works at the neuronal "cognitive demon process" level shows that the hypnotist has indeed been given power. In fact, the hypnotist has been given power to activate cognitive units of demon processes that the mind itself would allow to remain inactive or asleep. The mind would not normally use its ability to activate them. Today, it is politically incorrect to admit that the hypnotist has power to make an individual do what they wouldnít normally want to do, but unfortunately hypnosis does give this power.

 

PROGRAMMING AIDS

Because the programmers control the slaveís life to such a high degree they can add other elements that move the brain into programmable states. Fasting along with a high sugar intake will make the brain more suggestive. (The military also used this in basic training. This was done to this author at West Point during Beast Barracks, where during the first two weeks he ate all-total enough food for one regular meal; however, New Cadets were allowed to go to chapel and eat all the brownies, cookies and kool-aid they wanted.) Physical discomforts and the chanting of rituals in witchcraft ceremonies are also ways to move the mind into programming states. Lights, sounds (for instance repetitive beats such as with any rock music), and smells are all used to encourage the brain to go into a programmable state. In the chapter on electronics, it discusses how the functions of the mind-body such as breathing and the heartbeat can be regulated by external stimuli ---that is lights and sounds which are electronically produced. If the repetitive beat is ranged between 45 to 72 beats per minute, many people will go into a programmable state with their eyes open. This is because this beat is close to the beat of the heart in a relaxed state. Some secret Illum. programming centers have areas that are constructed for the greatest hypnotic sound and lighting effect. The child/ or adult victim is cut off from the world at these programming centers. The victimsí freedom to walk outside into normal life depends upon their cooperation with the programmer(s). Lullaby music is used as a cue for some alters of slaves to induce trance when their systems are older because the child alters still respond to the cue. Anything can be a cue, but it appears the programmers often pick cues that are naturally reinforced by the mind. The lullaby or carousel music is a good cue, because the lullaby is taking advantage of the natural desire of the brain to retreat from reality to the nostalgia of childhood fun. The retreat of the mind to childhood naturally evokes the helplessness and dependence that a child feels. The programmers are powerful

Page 42 ...

enough to place in cues that donít need natural reinforcement, but from observation it is apparent that they will often skillfully strengthen the hypnotic power by the choice of a cue which carries its own natural reinforcement. One supporting element in programming is that the programmer sets himself up as "god the creator" of the victim, or an alien of a far-advanced race. In hypnotism, this fulfills the need that all hypnotic subjects must have faith and trust in their hypnotist. Hypnosis is subjective in nature. If the programmer is the creator of the alter being programmed, and the alter is additionally under a hypnotic drug that makes it willing to obey, it is easy to see how the victim lets go of all inhibitions, because "god" or this "superior alien" knows what is best. The better and stronger the relationship between the victim and his master programmer, the better the hypnotic commands work. If the slave sees the master as a religious guru prophet (or a great doctor) it enhances his willingness to accept hypnotic commands. Bear in mind that the slave is conditioned to love their master without reservation. Yes, the benevolent dictator has historically received the devotion of the masses, (and many of the Illuminati programmers are actually simply egotistical sadists).

 

USING HOLOGRAMS as an ACCESS AID

The Illuminati is now even resorting to creating talking hologram images to access their slaves with their hypnotic cues.

 

KEEPING THE MIND IN ALPHA STATE

The entire alter system of a Monarch slave has their sleep patterns controlled. Many alters are programmed not to get real sleep. They actually sleep in a hypnotic alpha-state sleep, or what may be called trance sleep. Hypnotists (and brain researchers) will tell you that true sleep and a hypnotic sleep are not the same thing for the brain. Some alters (but not many) must stay awake 24 hours a day internally and carefully watch all that happens in the system of alters. Someone has to take the body and sleep--but whichever alters are set up to do it, they are hypnotically commanded to only sleep about three hours to insure that the mind stays in an alpha state easy to program. Because alters which do not hold the body "rest" mentally in a sense--when they take the body they are fresh. The mind dissociates when it is given unpleasant things to hear which it doesnít want to hear. The electronic implants that send voices to victims are used to create dissociation within the slaves, plus certain implants and devices send specific electro-magnetic wave patterns to the mind to put the slaveís mind into the alpha state. See chapter six for more on the mind-control implants.

 

PREPARING THE BRAIN

The programmer places the victim in an acute state of anxiety and guilt. The tension reduces the power of the judgement part of the mind. One of the tortures for slaves is to keep them from going to the bathroom and relieving themselves. This is part of the hypnotic programming package. The anxiety that this creates increases the power of the programming in the brain, because the anxiety causes slight malfunctions with the brainís judgment abilities. Mental and physical fatigue are also sought in the victim. For instance, water deprivation is common. (This was also done to the author at West Point, where one of this authorís classmates was hospitalized for dehydration during Beast Barracks.) Offensive language also helps drive the mind into tension and encourages it into an alpha state.

 

EARLY TRAINING FOR SLAVES

The children who are being programmed are taught 4 IMPORTANT HYPNOTIC ABILITIES. These four abilities are a. relaxation, b. visualization, c. concentration, and d. projection, which work in handling the slave along with the alpha state.

Page 43 ...

Relaxation and visualization go hand in hand each enhancing each other. When given a good pleasant image to visualize, the victim relaxes, which leads to the hypnotic concentration, which then produces good projection. Initially, the child victim is given drugs that induce euphoria and deep relaxation. They are then taught to work toward that drug euphoria by going to it mentally. They develop the ability to go into that euphoria mentally as a trained behavior. Many of the children will have their training in visualization and concentration reinforced when they go to public schools, many of which are now involved in the programming process. To teach the child concentration and visualization, the child is given an apple and trained to visualize it. The first time, the child will be given drugs which will enhance the experience and perception greatly to around 100 times the perception without the drugs. There is no pain involved in this early programming at around the age of 3 or 4. After the child has gone through the visualization of the apple in the drugged state he or she will work toward the mental ability to visualize it intensely without the drugs. The visualization script used with the apple (in both the drugged and undrugged exercises) will vary slightly from programmer to programmer, yet will be close to the following:

"VISUALIZE AN APPLE. HOLD IT IN YOUR HANDS; TURN IT AROUND; FEEL IT. FEEL THE SHAPE, THE SIZE, THE WEIGHT, THE TEXTURE. NOTICE THE COLOR, THE REFLECTION OF LIGHT ON ITS SKIN. BRING IT TO YOUR NOSE AND SMELL IT. BITE INTO IT, TASTE IT; HEAR THE CRUNCH AS YOUR TEETH SINK IN. EAT THE APPLE; FEEL IT SLIDE DOWN YOUR THROAT. SEE IT GROW SMALLER. WHEN YOU HAVE EATEN IT DOWN TO THE CORE, LET IT DISAPPEAR."

By the way, an apple training incident very similar to this (which is given by the Illuminati to child slaves from the ages 2 to 4), strangely turned up occurring in a setting that the author, who never was a slave nor never in the occult, found himself in when this author was a 4-H counselor at a 4-H camp as a 16 year old. The first thing all the counselors were given was an apple exercise so that we could appreciate each camper for what he or she was. The person who led the exercise was a psychologist. Where had he learned it? The apple visualization must be done to a standard of excellence by the child victim. The victimís life depends upon learning to visualize vividly, so that the internal structures (internal mental images) it builds within the mind will stay strong and firm. The programmers want the child to have good visualization so they will work with the child to have the most successful experience. For instance, the child will be offered a variety of apples to look at, yellow, green, red etc. The child can choose the apple that it likes so that its visualization exercises will be the most successful. The entire imagery of an internal system will be built upon the foundation of the childís ability to visualize an apple. The child will be taken through a succession of exercises where the child learns to visualize the apple in greater and greater detail using all the senses. Eventually, the child is able to visualize his or her apple to the point that the child can dissect or chop the apple up in any way and reconstruct it mentally. The internal seeds of the apple can be seen brilliantly by the child. Upon this ability to visualize, the programmer will then teach the child that the apple can become anything the child wants, a river, a couch, a book etc. The five seeds of the apple will be turned into 5 castles. This is why essentially all Illuminati Mind-controlled slaves have 5 major castles in their system of programming. One approach by therapists has been to cast out/remove the castles. However, the castle imagery is based upon the apple seeds

Page 44 ...

which is based on the apple. The real thing to deal with for therapists is the apple. If the castle is returned to its original image of being an apple seed, and the rest of the apple-and its tree imagery dealt with, then some progress can be made. Unfortunately, not being aware of the original imagery, the therapists have been frustrating themselves with the superficial imagery rather than the foundational imagery.

Another script for teaching the young 2 to 4 year old slaves simple visualization is to have the child close his or her eyes and imagine that they are looking at a white wall or blank screen. Then they practice visualizing simple geometric shapes, and then visualize the screen in different colors, and then finally visualize the objects changing colors.

 

MAGICAL TRAINING ON THE STARLIGHT LEVEL

The Illuminati begin training the child victim to work at the starlight level. This is called magical training. The childís abilities to relax, visualize, concentrate and project are then harnessed in the alpha state by "MAGICKAL TRAINING" which opens up the STARLIGHT CONSCIOUSNESS. Starlight consciousness is the other way of knowing that which belongs to the right hemisphere, and it allows the victim to make contact with the "DIVINE WITHIN". The Divine within the victim is actually the generational spirits, which are placed in during the Moon Child ceremonies described in detail in Vol. 2.

The generational spirits are laid in to help build the programming and to guard it. However, as in so much spiritual work, the victimís (technically speaking, the alterís) will & thoughts work hand in hand with the spirits. The child must learn to visualize and participate in the mental building of the internal worlds, structures, etc. However, the demons will be strategically placed to protect the structures once the programming is built into the mind. (For more understanding of this see Ciscoí s section on "Programming, foundational, destruction ofí.)

 

FINE TUNING

The child victimís mind is FINETUNED. This means that the child can function excellently at visualization, relaxation, concentration, projection, while in the alpha state and can work with their subconscious mind. The mental work done in the subconscious can not be retrieved easily. Only through outside assistance or special training can most people access what is done at the starlight level of the mind. The programmers are using the childís abilities with its 5 acute senses to develop the 6th sense (which is its ability to work in the Starlight consciousness, which includes such mental activity such as psychic abilities--which will be discussed in other locations in this book.) Enhancing the mind so that it can work in the subconscious area called the starlight consciousness is referred to by many insiders as astral.

 

THE MONARCH PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR OVER THE RAINBOW

One of the most important concepts of the programmers is having slaves "go over the rainbow." Although in recent years other methods have been substituted for this, there are many hundreds of thousands of slaves for whom "going over the rainbow" is part of their programming. What is the script for programming this?

 

The PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR GOING OVER THE RAINBOW

(Three dots in this script do not indicate missing parts, but rather pauses. In other words, pauses are indicated by three dots.)

 

INDUCTION TRAINING SCRIPT

"BREATHE DEEP --- YOU ARE FLOATING DOWN ... DOWN ... ON A BEAUTIFUL RED CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED -- AS YOU GO DRIFTING AND FLOATING .... ROCKING GENTLY ... DEEPER ... AND

Page 45 ...

DEEPER ... DOWN ... [this repeated, one time, for each color of cloud-orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet clouds.] "LAND VERY GENTLY ... VERY SOFTLY ... IN THE CENTER OF A ROUND, BLACK PEARL. SEE IT GLOWING, SOFTLY, GENTLY ... NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... AND THEN THE SOUTH ... AND THEN THE WEST ... AND THEN THE NORTH OPEN ALL OF YOUR INNER SENSES." [The rainbow gives the much abused victim of mind-control and trauma, a safe mental place to travel to; and this serves as a "home base" for the mind to return to when things get difficult. If the programming begins to be destroyed and a deeper alter experiences real life--its coping mechanism to face the harsher realities of life will be a knee-jerk reaction to go to safety over the rainbow.]

 

BRINGING THE SLAVE OUT OF TRANCE (Switching to the FRONT PERSONALITIES after programming)

After the slave has been switched to deeper personalities who are in trance in order to have the slave a. be programmed b. be programmed & carry out a mission, c. go to a ritual, then it is important that the programmer takes time to get the slave to emerge slowly and gently from their altered state. The induction process is reversed. The repetition of trances will reinforce the depth of the trance state, and keep the undetectable slavery operating smoothly:

"IN THE PEARL, PREPARE TO AWAKEN. WHEN YOU AWAKE, YOU WILL FEEL REFRESHED, ALERT, RENEWED, AND FILLED WITH ENERGY. YOU WILL REMEMBER ALL THAT YOU HAVE EXPERIENCED. NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... THEN THE SOUTH ... THEN THE WEST ... THEN THE NORTH. [this helps the slave orient themselves internally]

TAKE A DEEP BREATH ... INHALE ... EXHALE ...

"YOU ARE FLOATING UP ... UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL VIOLET CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS VIOLET AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY UPWARD ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL BLUE

CLOUD ... UP ... UP ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS BLUE AND YOU ARE BEGINNING TO AWAKEN GENTLY AND YOU DRIFT GENTLY UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL GREEN CLOUD ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS GREEN ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP ... UP ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL YELLOW CLOUD ... GETTING MORE AND MORE AWAKE ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS YELLOW ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP ... UP ...

"ON A BEAUTIFUL ORANGE CLOUD ... FILLED WITH ENERGY AND VITALITY ... YOUR WHOLE BODY IS ORANGE ... AS YOU FLOAT UP GENTLY ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL RED

CLOUD ... ALMOST FULLY AWAKE NOW ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED AS YOU FLOAT GENTLY ...

"STAY ON THE RAINBOW ... [at this point the script for the slaveís programming or mission or ritual will be placed into the mind].

After the programming session, the mission, or the ritual the handler/or programmer finishes...

"LEAVING THE MEMORY IN THE BLACK PEARL AND CLOSING AND SEALING THE BLACK PEARL. YOU WILL REMEMBER ONLY THOSE DETAILS THAT I TELL YOU TO REMEMBER. AND IN A MOMENT YOU WILL COUNT TO TEN AND GO BACK INTO YOUR

Page 46 ...

SPACE, AND RED 2001-A [whatever the code is for the alter] WILL RETURN."

 

DEEP TRANCE PROGRAMMING

If we rate trance depths on a scale of 1 to 13, then the deep trance that is being described here is 7-10. At this 7-10 depth, the person must be constantly watched. The victim is turned on his side so that the victim will continue to breathe. If the person monitoring has doubts whether the slave is alive, the programming staff will poke the lungs and neck. The personís breathing will be encouraged by the programmer breathing along with the person being programmed as he says "BREATHE ... BREATHE ... BREATHE". This is important because at this level the slave is so tranced their body can forget to breathe.

 

COLOR PROGRAMMING

While we are still on the subject of the rainbow and its colors, and before we continue onto other parts of the hypnotic programming process, letís deal with color programming. When Illuminati slaves are being programmed as little children, they usually will get music and color programming. Most readers are like this author, in that they are not interested in learning magic. However, because this author (Fritz Springmeier) was interested in helping victims understand whatís been done to them, it was important to dive into trying to understand the thinking of the occult world in regards to colors. If I write that the occult world views yellow as a healing color, and blue as a relaxing color, and purple (violet) as a spiritually enlightened color, that is not because I want to teach that as a doctrine, but so that therapists can begin to understand the hidden mannerisms & thought patterns of these powerful generational occult families, who believe in such odd practices as child sacrifice. In the 1940ís, as the Illuminati were applying scientific investigation to their ancient skills in mind-control, a number of researchers investigated color psychology. Cecil Stokesí color research on the influence of colors on the mind led to the Auratone films, which were used to treat the "mentally ill". Walt Disney Studios produced one of the best occult attempts to free associate color, light and music in their movie Fantasia, especially Fantasiaís opening selection of Stokowskiís adaption of Bachís "Toccata and Fugue in D minor". Walt Disney also used selections of music from the Satanist composer Igor Stravinsky in Fantasia. Igor Stravinsky is an anarchy-espousing satanist. Fantasia was a long labor of occult devotion for Walt Disney and his studios. It took many years to create the film, and when it was finished, it was used as a programming foundation for alter systems. (Chapter 5 will have more on Disney. Chapter 5 will also give a very detailed script for HOW Fantasia has been used as the primary foundation programming tool.) Disneyís Dick Tracy movie is also a classic example of how color is employed in a movie which is used covertly for mind-control programming.

The five primary areas of occult thinking that were investigated by this author in terms of color programming were 1. witchcraft books such as Raymond Bucklandís Practical Color Magick, 2. an extensive study of several New Age Groups such as the I AM Movement, and Church Universal & Triumphant (CUT) using hundreds of documents that ex-insiders of these groups provided, 3. masonic & rosicrucian sources, such as Manly P. Hallís book The Secret Teachings of All Ages, and 4. Metaphysical books in general such as the excellent The Rainbow Book being a collection of essays & illustrations devoted to Rainbows in particular & Spectral Sequences in general focusing on the meaning of color (physical & metaphysically) from Ancient to Modem Times. The Rainbow Book was done by the Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco in assoc. with Shambhala of

Page 47 ...

Berkeley & London, 1975. And finally, the last primary source -but not least- was interviews with an ex-programmer. What did I find out? After lots of weeding, I have some siftings from these sources to share. In Bucklandís Practical Color Magick, we learn about a type of Voodoo called Poppet dolls. These dolls are made according to the color that is appropriate for the personís problem. For instance, they make a green poppet doll if the person needs help with finances. The name of the person is written on the doll according to the color that corresponds to their astrological birthdate. For instance, Leo is orange, and Pisces is Indigo. Those who need success are advised by Buckland to make a "Color Treasure Map" which is simply a collage of the things they want, making sure that the pictures are bright colors. This is another example of color magic. Buckland provides a Color-Number Code as follows:

1 = Red; 2 = Orange; 3= Yellow; 4 = Green; 5=Blue; 6=Indigo; 7=Violet; 8=Rose; 9 = Gold

The letters of the alphabet then are corresponded to these 9 numbers and by adding up the numbers in someoneís name (numerology), Buckland tells us we can get the nameís Color from such a process.

What did I learn of value from Buckland? some tips on how occultists assign colors to numbers and objects. For the average person these witchcraft teachings are simply trite imaginations. Even so, the fact remains for those of us confronting Occult mind-control, colors are important to total-mind-control programmers of the Illuminati. Colors are important to their world-view. A programmer who knew color magic would likely use color magic in their programming, programming scripts and codes. Now, both you and I know some more about how to second guess the programmerís mind. (By the way, Color programming was dealt with in a major way in Vol. 2, but the tips in this chapter may also be useful.)

 

THE ASSOCIATION OF COLORFUL SIGHTS, SOUNDS, RHYTHM & DANCE.

Dance has been associated with color from ancient times, to greek and medieval courts up to modern times with the use of colored floodlights. Keys in music have been associated with colors by many famous musicians. Beethoven referred to B minor as the black key. Schubert compared E minor to a "girl robed in white with a rose-red bow on her breast". Rimsley-Korsakov interpreted the keys of C, D, A, F, & F# major as white, yellow, rosy, green, and grayish-green. Handel had his own idea of how the keys related to the colors. The brighter hues of a color have been associated by some with the major scale, and the more subdued hues of a color with the minor. Goethe stated that a painting of powerful effect was like a piece of music with a sharp key, while a painting with a muted effect was like music in a flat key.

Certain colors have been associated with violin music. In Wassily Kandinskyís book The Art of Spiritual Harmony, we learn a great deal about color and music. The following comes from Kandinskyís observations, and may relate to Mengeleís programming. The ringing notes of a violin have been associated with a cool red. The largo of an old violin is associated with orange. The placid middle tones of the violin are associated with absolute green. A dark blue is like a cello. White is like the pauses in music that temporarily break the melody. Black represents "the final pauses, after which any continuation of melody see the dawn of another world."

The Rainbow Book is definitely the most comprehensive book this author has seen on the significance of color both physically and metaphysically. An interesting chart is given on page 125, which examines the relationship of the frequencies of electromagnetic waves in the visible light spectrum with an octave of music just above middle C. In order to make the

Page 48 ...

comparison (which is charted below) the light frequencies which are 1012 are written without the powers of ten and taken down 40 to match the note octaves. This gives us a chart which we will arrange by:

COLOR/ORIG. FREK - 40 // OCTAVE FREK/NOTE

Using this arrangement we get:

Very dark red/391 .3 = 392/G NOTE darkish red/418 = 415/G# note

Orangish red/445 440/A note light orange/464 = 466/A # note yellow green/495 = 494/B note green/ 523 = 523/ C note

Bluish green/555 = 553/ C# note Indigo/573-600 = 587/D note

Indigo violet-light violet/618-627 = D# note

Dark violet/655-673 = 659/E note

Very dark violet/682 = 698/F note

Although there is no single one-to-one correspondence between music and color, because there are different patterns to consider and the role of association is such a complex issue, there are several things that naturally suggest themselves: an increase in pitch does seem to suggest an increase in brightness. An increase in brightness also is suggested by an increase in tempo. Colors also fit the mood of a piece of music. A mass of color can suggest the musical ground. Musical intervals have also been related by the ancients to the orbits of the planets. This began with the spherical theory of the cosmos by Pythagoras, where the different astrological bodies made different sounds. Another correspondence with merit is to associate colors with "properties", & then associate with music intervals, then assoc. with related cords, and related planets, and then associate with other things. For instance, Orange would be associated with the Sun, Energy, Glory, and Power. In turn, it would be associated with Re (pronounced "Ray" in music, the whole tone, D). Its related cord would be minor, and its related planet would be the Sun "Apollo." Violet would be death, separation, advanced spirituality. It would be associated with Ti ("Tee") in music, the Maj. 7th, B, and its related planet would be the moon "Diana". There is no way all the different associations can be reviewed here. The Chinese have had a number of music-color association schemes, as well as the Hindis, the Tibetans, and others. Is this section on color going somewhere with these associations? Yes, Joseph Mengele, the original Dr. Green (the name Green got passed on to a least one of his proteges), played the violin and piano while doing the color programming to slaves. He was the original master at associating both a tone or chord with a particular color or color scheme. He loved using Fantasia for programming.

 

LIGHT & COLOR

According to Hilton Hotemaís book Ancient Sun God (Mokelumne Hill, CA: Health Research, 1956), light & fire are associated with Sun worship. "Pyra" is Greek for fire, and "Midos" means measure. Pyramid is a combination of the greek words pyra and midos, which together meant "light-measures". In other words, the pyramid was the eternal ascending flame, the spark returning to its maker. The eternal flame of Prometheus is a recurrent theme within all the modern revolutions (which by the way were all created secretly by the occult hierarchy). The Tower of Babel most likely followed the pattern which the ancient babylonian cylinders say was used by the Babylonians in building their temples. Each level was dedicated to one of the 7 planets, and was built in that color. In other words the Tower of Babel looked like a rainbow. The lowest was to Saturn and was black. The next was to Jupiter and was orange. The next was to Mars and was red. The fourth was the sun and was yellow. The fifth was Venus and was green. The sixth was Mercury and was blue, and the top or seventh level would be white.

Page 49 ...

A good example of color programming and a New Age group which is involved with Illuminati/govemment mind-control is Church Universal & Triumphant. In the Covert Action Information Bulletin, No. 30, Summer, 1988, Church Universal & Triumphant was exposed as a conduit of CIA funds. Another clue as to how CUT connects in is that Elizabeth Clare Prophet, CUTís prophetess, speaks in Masonic emples. E.C. Prophet claims she is Marie Antoinette. (One of the first Illuminati programs that this author ran into when working with programmed multiples was Marie Antoinette programming.) Another obvious CIA asset (who is not part of CUT) has been directing implant victims to go to CUT and solve their implant problem by seeking the "I AM force" within them. (The I AM is a system programmed into slaves.) Initiates into CUT have received a letter, "Keeper of the Flame: the need for harmony and love between all the masterís servants united in a common effort cannot be overemphasized. Working and serving together, we form a mandala of light through which the masters of the Great White Brotherhood will awaken humanity." (Quote from a letter by CUT Chairman of the Outreach Committee Michael Veys to CUTís Fraternity of the Keepers of the Flame, c. 1980.) Elizabeth Claire Prophetís "Fraternity of Keepers of the Flame" as she calls her initiates learn such things as astrology, crystals, white magic, color magic, Hinduism (reincarnation, karma, meditation, chakra points), how to decree, how to dress (for instance what color to where at what time), and how to become divine at Summit University.

Elizabeth Clare Prophet (thatís the name she wanted) established Summit University, and CUTís headquarters in Colorado Springs, a house in Santa Barbara, and an underground fortress for the end times in a valley in Montana. Details about Elizabeth Clare Prophet and her organization are hard to come by. If a person gets serious about being part of her organization, they are expected to make a once in a life-time gift of everything they have to the CUT and its head Elizabeth Clare Prophet. (Sources: Notes, Summit University Student and Confidential Interview.) After that they are expected to tithe (one-tenth). Church Universal and Triumphant Tenets, Colorado Springs, CO: 1975, p.12 under Art. XII Law of the Tithe. In return, they are initiated into what I call "the supreme Grand Flattery", "You shall become an enlightened God." One of the programming tricks by the Mind-control programmers is to have some of the alters, incl. front alters believe that they are divine gods. Although members are told they are divine, when people on E.C. Prophetís staff got revelations from the Ascended Masters that she channels, she threatened to expel them if they talked about their revelations. E.C. Prophet does not want any one else to prophecy in her organization. CUT makes their mind-controlled slaves think that they are too smart and intuitive to ever be deceived. In this way, they use New Age ideas and the personís pride to blind them to the fact the person is a mind-controlled slave who is fooled much of the time. When students are invited onto staff it is a commitment. They are told, "Your life will never be your own again, but was it ever your own?" They have already been taught "Ascension Keys". Elizabeth Clare Prophet tells her students that to Ascend to Godhead is their birthright, the divine right of every person. (see Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 23, June 4, 1967, The Summit Lighthouse, p. 41 -"...has robbed men of the birthright of their Ascension...") This matches what the Illuminati teach their people. See also Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 19, (May 7, 1967), The Summit Lighthouse, p. 24 - "The Divine Right is the Immortal Plan...Inherent pattern of unique Christ manifestation..." In the Ascension Dossier of Serapis Bey

Page 50 ...

initiates are told "The capacity of the externalized self must be given in toto." Also-"You must abandon your past to God." In Lanelloís Message(a channeled message), 4/20/73 the students are told, "You do not have to wait for the carnal mind to evolve, for the carnal mind will never evolve. It must be put off and cast into the Flame." (See Lanello 4/20/73 in the Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. 16, #32, 8/12/1973.)

After emptying themselves of all their past and of what they knew, the initiates are then restructured by CUT. In Serapis, Ascension Class they are told, "The Ascension Flame is the Flame of Mother."

 

SPECIAL COLORS

It canít be overemphasized that Green is the highest color in Satanism--it is Satanís color. It is not by accident that green has been used in uniforms, although the decision also was dictated by its advantage in camouflage. In the Omega computer programming a CODE GREEN for many victims means "self-destruct", the ultimate sacrifice for oneís satanic programming. Interviews with witches, as well as a person in witchcraft who the Masons tried to recruit, and an ex-member of CUT, and an ex-member of similar New Age group called the I AM movement reveals that they all wear special colors of clothes on certain days. Due to the large influx of new converts, it has been difficult for CUT to keep up the teachings on wearing different colored clothing during different times of the day, and for different days. Newer converts may be unaware of this teaching. The colors of purple and white are especially esteemed. The magical properties that Masons & New Agers believe are intrinsic to purple is why the 33rd degree has written books using purple, and several New Agers have published books on purple paper. The programmers also manipulate such things so that child alters believe that color "magic" has accomplished things.

 

HEALING BY CORRECT VIBRATIONS & RAYS

Masonic Sources match CUT teachings-

∑ "The second method of healing was by vibration. The inharmonies of the bodies were neutralized by chanting spells and intoning the sacred names or by playing upon musical instruments and singing. Sometimes articles of various colors were exposed to the sight of the sick, for the ancients recognized, at least in part, the principle of color therapeutics, now in the process of rediscovery." Masonic Hermetic Qabbalistic & Rosicrucian Symbolical Philosophy, p. CXI

∑ "50. "The force of the obligation is therefore in the obligation and not in the reason. As a matter of fact, the real reason is scientific to the last analysis; scientific to a degree beyond the penetration, up to the present time, of the Ďradiant matterí of the Roentgen Ray of Modern Science. The Word concerns the science of rhythmic vibrations, and is the key to the equilibrium of all forces and to the harmony of Eternal Nature." Ancient Mystic Oriental Masonry, p.48.

 

USING HYPNOSIS TO HEAL THE SLAVE AFTER ABUSE.

Sometimes the handlers "TRADE DOWN" the symptoms that result from abuse so that the slave will heal quicker, others attempt to remove the symptoms immediately. For burns, the hypnotist can suggest cooling. For other injuries, suggestions for warmth are applied. For bleeding suggestions for stopping blood flow are used.

 

REINFORCING THE PROGRAMMING WITH A DECOGNITION PROCESS

The programmer has gotten the results that he wants via drugs, torture, hypnosis, and deception. Now he must build in back-ups to insure the programming holds up.

The decognition process has 3 steps.

 

Page 51 ...

 

Step 1 is to program the slave to get inadequate sleep, eat poorly, and work hard. It is called REDUCTION OF ALERTNESS.

Step 2 is to create confusion in the mind via programmed confusion using a series of alters. The person may go into revolving from one alter to another, or may have alters coming and going with conflicting messages so that the person remains in a PROGRAMMED CONFUSED STATE. In military "training" conflicting orders would be rapidly issued to confuse the mind.

Step 3 is to cause the mind to have something simple to focus on so that it goes into a FLAT STATE. In the military, this author became aware that the beat of the drum and marching would shift the mind to a flat state. For centuries the military have known that they could shut off the critical thinking of the mind and put their soldiers into a flat, non-thinking state by training them to the beat of the drum and the sound of marching feet. Now you know why those British Red-coats marched so non-thinking into the barrels of American guns in battles such as New Orleans and Bunker Hill. The mind feels good to shift into this simple flat state. The brain quits thinking and withdraws into a state that it quits thinking except for what the controllers want it to think. This is why marching has been so important in military training. Chanting and singing will also move the mind into this flat state, which is why the French Foreign Legion requires its men -to sing sing sing. When this author lived in the Indian subcontinent, I saw Hindu holy men who had meditated in a flat alpha state so long their brains no longer functioned in anything but a flat state. This non-thinking flat state is believed by Hindus to be nirvana, but God didnít give us minds to throw away and waste, but to use. He gave us independent thoughts so that we could show our love for Him by choosing to love Him. God didnít want brainwashed followers, which is what some of the churches think God is calling for. The programmers can induce a mood or state of mind hypnotically which will make retrieval of something learned dependent upon going into that particular mood or state.

 

And THE BEAT GOES ON...

It is clear that some of the psychologists have NOT got wind that the mind-control is being exposed. The American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis had a recent article (10/1996, p. 105-114) promoting the use of the Wizard of Oz metaphor in hypnosis with "treatment-resistent" children. For a therapist/hypnotist to hypnotically use Wizard of Oz material on child victims of mind-control will get a response from them! The authors of the article say that they use the authoritarian approach to hypnosis (p. 107) for "treatment-resistent" children. The Wizard of Oz metaphor is given on page 108 of the article, which boils down to: the Straw Man, Tin Man, Lion, Dorothy and Toto were surprised at their success- and that they already had brains, a heart, & courage.

 

HYPNOTIC CODES, CUES AND TRIGGERS

This chapter will provide some more of the hypnotic codes, cues, triggers or whatever one wants to call these words, noises, and sensory inputs that manipulate these poor victims turned into Monarch robots. The reader is encouraged to refer to Vol. 2 for the principle list of codes. Other chapters will explain about the structures these codes go to, and also the spiritual dimensions of these codes and structures. Another way to see things is to recognize that the programmers have created "power words" to which they have attached memory and programming. If a de-programmer observes closely the word usage of the victim, you will begin to spot power words of the abuser, for instance, "follow the yellow brick road". Unfortunately, people who are not initiated into the arcane world of handshakes,

Page 52 ...

grips, codes, signals and cues allow the appearance of these things to be interpreted from their own frame of reference. Usually, because these events are not perceived as being significant, outsiders forget them immediately and therefore remain oblivious to some of the most overt clues. Once the reader is aware of the types of programming themes used: the Wizard of Oz, Alice In Wonderland, and Star Wars and Star Trek, etc., he will begin to realize our entire American culture has been transformed into one big mind-control programming center during the second half of the twentieth century! Unfortunately for the victim, apparently harmless little things, for instance, the arrival of flowers to their hospital bedside, a dead bird on their doorstep, or the words "NEW BEGINNINGS" and "NEW LIFE" may signify programming commands. One Illuminati slave in this area has started a large church called NEW BEGINNINGS. The name was not by accident. A cipher is when symbols are used to represent letters. One can use letter frequencies to break ciphers. There are charts for letter frequencies for the chief languages. Likewise, there are frequencies to codewords. The Illuminatiís intelligence agencies have programmed thousands upon thousands of slaves. There are only so many code words to pick from and some of these code words are favorites. In the previous book many of their favorite code words were listed, but words starting with Aís, Bís, Tís, Uís, Vís, ĎWís, Xís, and Yís, were not given and will be now. (A plus sign indicates other words are attached to the root word.) From the co-author Fritz Springmeierís experience, the following is a continuation of favorite code words that have been used to program slaves with:

AARON, ABBY, ABIGAIL, ABLE, ABNER, ABRAHAM, ACACIA. ACE, ADAM, ADELPHI, AGATE, AIR +, ALABASTER, ALADIN, ALBERT, ALFA or ALPHA. ALICE, ALLEY CAT, ALLIGATOR, AMOS, AMY, ANGEL, ANNA, ANTHONY, APACHE, APOLLO, APOSTLE, APPLE +, ARCHER, ARGUS, ARK, ARROW, ASK +, ASTER, ATHANTIS, ATLAS, AUDREY, AURORA. AUTUMN +, AZTEC, B +, BABE, BABY, BACK ROOM, BACK BONE, BAD, BAKER, BALD, BAMBI, BANANA, BANJO, BANKNOTE, BARBARA. BARK, BARON, BEACH +, BEAST, BECKY, BEE HIVE, BEETHOVEN, BELSHAZZER, BERMUDA, BERTHA, BETA, BETSY, BETTY, BEULAH, BEWITCH, BICYCLE, BIG BROTHER, BINGO, BIRD DOG, BIRTHDAY, BLACK, BLACK +, BLACK

SHEEP, BLACK WIDOW, BLANCA, BLONDIE, BLOODHOUND, BLOODY +, BLUE +, BOA. BOB CAT, BOMBAY, BONANZA. BOODLE, BORAX, BOXCAR, BRASS +, BRIDGET, BROOMSTICK, BUCCANEER, BUICK, BULL, BULLDOG, BULLFROG, BUMBLEBEE, BUNNY, BUTTERCUP, BUZZARD, BYRON, T-BIRD, TADPOLE, TALISMAN, TAN, TANGO, TANYA, TARA, TARZAN, TEACUP, TEARDROP, TEEPEE, TERRIER, TERRY, TESTAMENT, THOR, THREE SISTERS, THUNDER, THUNDERBOLT, THUNDERCLAP, THUNDERFLASH, THUNDERSTORM, TIAMET, TIGER, TILLIE, TITAN, TOM CAT, TONI or TONY, TOPAZE, TOPSOIL, TORNADO, TOTENKOPF, TRINITY, TURTLE, UGLY, ULYSSES, UMBRELLA, UNCLE +, UNDERDOG, UNICORN, UNIFORM, URSULA, VAGABOND, VAMPIRE, VANCOUVER, VARSITY, VELVET, VENUS, VERONICA, VICKY, VICTOR, VIKING, VIOLA, VIOLET, VIPER, VIRGINIA VOODOO, VULCAN, VULTURE, WAGON WHEEL, WALDORF,

WALLFLOWER, WANDA. WARRIOR, WASP, WATCHDOG, WEASEL, WHISKEY, WHITE +, WIDOW, WILD CAT, WILLOW, WINNIE, WINTER +, WIZARD, WOLF,

WOLF +, WYOMING, X-FORCE, X-RAY, XYZ, YANKEE, YANKEE DOODLE, YELLOW, YOGI, & YO YO.

Page 53 ...

The intelligence organizations prefer to code a single project with a single word, and an ongoing operation with two words. A nickname of something will consist of two words. The reader needs to bear several things in mind. First, the programmers generally have intelligent, well sounding codes, that do form patterns. For instance, a womanís name from the Bible will be used as a code, with subparts or subcodes having other female names from the Bible. Deeper Illuminati parts will have goddess & god names, and king & queen names for cult alters. These are the names the handler or cult uses--NOT their access codes. The codes for slaves follow patterns. There are standard and unique codes. During the 1940ís through the 1960ís there were only perhaps a dozen American master programmers travelling around. (After that the number of programmers appears to get quite large.) The master programmers would lay in the foundational programs and codes. They developed the scripts. The codes and systems used from system to system do follow patterns. The childís creativity & their purpose in life would contribute to the uniqueness of the programming. Each child visualizes differently and the programmer works with the childís mind. The master Illuminati programmer would allow the handler--the "Daddy" figure in life to have the day-to-day ownership. The Daddy figure, often the actual pedophile father of the child victim, would be allowed to put in his own codes in the sexual part of the system. Some Daddy figures used their own songs, their own poetry and their own interests in this area of the coding. In other words, most of the systemís codes will reflect the master programmer (such as Dr. Mengele), and the sexual part of the system will reflect the "Daddy" figureís programming. The standard method for many of the memory and alter codes is to use a combination of the date of the childís birth along with the date of the trauma for part of the code. A color will then be attached to this, to produce a color-alpha-numeric code combination. These are placed into the internal computers. The standard computer codes were given in Vol. 2. They can be used to temporarily stop programming to give a victim some respite and a chance to regroup. The programmers did not especially care if the front part of a system is discovered and although they hide the anarchy (coven level) witchcraft alters, they donít hide them like they do the hierarchy alters. The coven alters have simplistic codes. The hierarchy alters which are placed in another area of the system and much deeper, receive a great deal of cabalistic codes and mathematical codes. You will not find the mathematical codes in the front part of a system. The internal programming alters have the power to change codes if they need to protect the programming. They will have to hypnotically work with alters when they trance out at night. In other words, most of their programming of front alters will be done when a system lies down for "sleep"--more accurately described as lies down "for trance." If the internal alters change many codes, in their efforts to protect the system, they will even make it difficult for the handler/programmer to get into the system. The science of Ciphers developed rotors that require lines to line up. Some simple schemes using this principle appear in some Monarch systems. This is part of the science of structuring. Intelligence codes often come from the Bible or popular fiction books. The deeper codes are occult words, often in foreign languages such as Arabic, which is an important language in the upper occult world. Slaves will be given COVER NAMES for ops, and often males receive female names and vice versa. The patterns used in programming slaves will represent the world view of the programmer. If the interests of the

Page 54 ...

programmer are known, that will be a major clue to the codes they like to install. For this reason, it would be worthwhile to review the access clearance codes that are used for external security of some agencies, because these same types of clearance codes may be found in mind-controlled slaves. A BIGOT list is a list of names of those who have clearance to a particular set of information. Within a slave there would be numerous BIGOT lists, because persons (personalities) are compartmentalized somewhat like the CIA and the Puzzle Palace (NSA). Agency Codes for clearances include B, C3, K, L, M, N, 0, T, COSMIC, MAJIC (MJ), SI, SCI, and Staff D. (As this author has only examined these secret societies from the outside, some insiders may know of other clearances. In other words, it would be foolish to think that this clearance code list is comprehensive, but it has hit upon the major clearances.) The exercise in judging whether a person can have access to compartmentalized information is called ADJUDICATION. A group of persons (agents) working under one handler is called a NET. The FBI which also uses mind-controlled slaves likes to call its groups NETS. FUNNY NAME is intelligence slang for a pseudonym. GRANNY is a CIA asset used in the US which is not under their direct funding. The American military-intelligence groups publish a periodical called JANAP 299 which lists the cover names (code names) for many of the ongoing projects, groups, or installations. There are other code books too. C can stand for Controller or Control, which means the person(s) handling a mind-controlled slave. A person, who is neither a controller, nor a slave, nor asset, but who consciously advances the desires of the controller is called a TRUSTED CONTACT. Sexual slaves would not be expected to respond to such a term, but a middle level slave/agent of an intelligence agency might be familiar with this type of intelligence jargon. The BIRD was a name for Fort Holabird, MD where intelligence operatives were trained as well as subjected to mind-control. DIA used the code name EMERALD for drug-trafficking. Boy, does this code word have a double meaning. Since the DIA, which is playing both sides, also is involved with drug smuggling & using Monarch slaves heavily coded with EMERALD type coding. Very shortly, we will provide more of the Monarch hypnotic cues (codes) for the multitude of functions that a Monarchís mind must carry out. These cues are reinforced as a conditioned response by the programmer. In other words the response becomes so well trained that it becomes automatic. The type of programming which is placed in a slave varies. Remember, for intelligence operations the slave will have to have BONA FIDES, which are codes to allow two people to meet. All slaves are given CONTROL SIGNS which allow them to indicate via a code that they are in trouble. A RECOGNITION signal allows two people to make contact. For instance, the handler might fly his distinctive sounding plane over a slaveís house in a pre-arranged signal. It might also be a particular colored scarf, and a particular set of phrases. A GO-AWAY code is a prearranged signal that means it is unwise to make contact. The go-away signal may be simply placing oneís hands in oneís pocket or turning the porch lights off. A "GO TO GROUND" signal means to go into hiding. A BLACK ENVELOPE, which is in actuality a black-colored envelope, has been used by intelligence to hold the real name of an agent being used. In the case of multiples, a chief of a station might have a BLACK ENVELOPE with the actual name of a mind-controlled agent being used in his field of operations. A MAYDAY BOOK exists for Illuminati and Intelligence slaves which allows them to call if they are about to be arrested. A telephone number is left open for just this

Page 55 ...

purpose. Also common universal Illuminati codes can be used by the slave to get set free from police and judges. BACKSTOPPING is an intelligence term for setting up proof to support the cover stories the intelligence agencies give their agents and assets. Some of the programmed multiples they use, need BACKSTOPPING. Within the Jehovahís Witnesses, especially their headquarters, the Illuminati uses Enochian language to program with. With Druidic branches Druidic symbols are used. With the Jewish groups, Hebrew is used. Other languages are also used. An Illuminati System can easily have 6 different languages used as programming codes. The foreign language codes will be for small parts of a system only. Special artificial languages are also employed, as well as sign language. The Illuminati employs signs which they teach some of their slaves with pick-up sticks. This system of secret symbols is a series of crosses and horizontal & vertical marks. These marks can be drawn on anything, and consist of up to 7 lines. They are believed to be used in regards to ritual dates/ceremonies. These secret signs resemble similar secret symbols used by the Romany tribe of Gypsies. The masters of mind-controlled slaves also use a technique where one signal or code will carry several messages simultaneously. This is called MULTIPLEXING. We are all aware of the phenomena of how the brain can selectively hear. The brain can select certain sounds to pay attention to, such as when a person is in a noisy room listening to someone, or a football player is trying to hear the quarterbackís calls, likewise certain alters hear certain codes/cues/triggers while others donít. The internal programmers and reporting alters may internally hypnotically make telephone noises that are fake, so that host alters loose the ability to discern what is real and not real, so that they donít pay close attention to access calls. This ability of the brain is manipulated in MULTIPLEXING.

 

MONARCH MIND-CONTROL CODES

contents:

A. ALPHA (basic) ... p. 55

B. BETA (sexual) ... 56

C. CHI (return to cult) ... 56

D. DELTA (assassination) ... 56

E. EPSILON (animal alters) ... 57

F. OMEGA (internal computers) ... 57

G. GAMMA (demonology) ... 57

H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS ... 57

I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times) ... 58

J. OMICRON ... 58

K. TWINNING (teams) ... 58

L. THETA (psychic warfare) ... 58

M. RHYMES, SONGS, TONES, etc ... 59

N. ZETA (snuff films) ... 60

0. Sample codes ... 61

P. Catholic programming ... 62

Q. MENSA programming ... 62

R. HAND SIGNALS ... 62

S. Scriptures in programming ... 63

U. Alien Programming ... 63

 

A. ALPHA (basic)

 

Some Christians have criticized this author for the content of the books, because it doesnít portray the lighter side of Christianity (whatever that is). It seems some people only want enough of God to to make them cozy, but not so much that their sleep would be disturbed. Some have even gone so far as to claim this author is not a Christian because the content of the books is so heavy. It is sad that many Christians do not know their own Scriptures nor where hope comes from. True hope is given by the Spirit of God, because hope is the vantage point that the Spirit of God has for the situation. A therapist may be optimistic about a victim of mind-control, but the therapistís optimism only turns to sincere hope when they become involved personally with the tragedies of the victim through caring and prayer. The Biblical hope is not a warm fuzzy that has its head in the sand pretending that everything is "rosy and peachy". Quite to the contrary, if we look at the following portion of scripture, we will see the Word of God portraying trauma after trauma with a light still at the end of the tunnel! Such is the power of our hope, that we have hope in spite of how fierce evil manifests.

 

Lamentations chapter 1

 

1 I am the man that hath seen affliction by the rod of his wrath.

2 He hath led me, and brought me into darkness, but not into light.

3 Surely against me is he turned; he turneth his hand against me all the day.

4 My flesh and my skin hath he made old; he hath broken my bones.

5 He hath builded against me, and compassed me with gall and travail.

6 He hath set me in dark places, as they that be dead of old.

7 He hath hedged me about, that I cannot get out: he hath made my chain heavy.

8 Also when I cry and shout, he shutteth out my prayer.

9 He hath inclosed my ways with hewn stone, he hath made my paths crooked.

10 He was unto me as a bear lying in wait, and as a lion in secret places.

11 He hath turned aside my ways, and pulled me in pieces: he hath made me desolate.

12 He hath bent his bow, and set me as a mark for the arrow.

13 He hath caused the arrows of his quiver to enter into my reins.

14 I was a derision to all my people; and their song all the day.

15 He hath filled me with bitterness, he hath made me drunken with wormwood.

16 He hath also broken my teeth with gravel stones, he hath covered me with ashes.

17 And thou hast removed my soul far off from peace: I forgat prosperity.

18 And I said, My strength and my hope is perished from the LORD:

19 Remembering mine affliction and my misery, the wormwood and the gall.

20 My soul hath them still in remembrance, and is bowed down within me.

21 This I recall to my mind, therefore have I hope.

22 (It is of) Jehovahís Iovingkindnesss that we are not consumed, because his compassions fail not.

23 They are new every morning; great is thy faithfulness.

24 The LORD is my portion, saith my soul; therefore will I hope in Him.

25 The LORD is good unto them that wait for Him, to the soul that seeketh him.

26 It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the LORD.

We are in a battle for our minds, are we willing to seize the hope that is before us, or will we resign and say "all is lost"? Discouragement is not of faith. Do you think Almighty God is a discouraged person? He is calling people to serve others, because God knows that you will never find happiness in selfishness. God is calling people to bind up the broken shattered multiples and to let their deeper parts know that they are loved and worthwhile. To adopt an attitude of defeat before freedom loving men and women have exhausted all potential remedies for this mind-control is inexcusable.

 

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

DEDICATION

This book is dedicated to the two million Americans and counting who have been programmed with Monarch-type trauma-based mind control. This book is written to destroy trauma-based mind control before it destroys the human race. Itís time for this horrendous secret to end. It is also written as part of Godís end time work to propel people of faith to the high calling that is prophecied of the Body, but cannot be attained without men of faith understanding these things. Humanityís great prophet said he came to heal those whose hearts had been broken--literally split and crushed, and to free those who are captive. That work needs to go forward. Blood, sweat and tears are associated with this book. The blood of the innocent victims of this mind-control cries out in a single unison, along with the pungent sweat of those who have tried to minister help to the shattered humanity left by the sadistic programmers, and the pools of tears shed as this book was written, "How long, O Lord, holy and true, do you not judge and avenge our blood on earth?"

 

 

HOPE

.... Thou shalt know that I am Lord: For they shall not be ashamed that wait on Me. Shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive delivered? But thus saith Yahweh, even the captives of the mighty shall be taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered: for I will contend with him that contendeth with thee, and I will save thy children. Isaiah 49:23b-25

 

 

WARNING, READ THIS FIRST BEFORE READING THE BOOK.

IF THERE IS ANY CHANCE you the reader have had mind-control done to you, you must consider the following book to be DANGEROUS. If you are consulting a therapist for DID (also known as MPD), it is recommended that you consult your therapist before reading this book. The complications that could result for those under mind control learning the truth--could be fatal. The co-authors take no responsibility for those who read or misuse this information. The readerís mind is like a garden. It may not be time to plant the truth in your mind. Perhaps you need some weeding or ground preparation, before the garden of your mind is ready. Perhaps the weather is too stormy to plant the truth. Pray to the Lord of the Harvest. The blessings that flow from planting the information of this book in your mind, will require the presence of living waters of love. If you do not have love in your heart, this book is not for you. The information contained in this book is the biggest news-story of the 20th century, and still the biggest secret. It will challenge you, shock you, horrify you and hopefully motivate you to redouble your efforts to humble yourself and seek strength from God Almighty.

The programming procedures which are described in this book are based on research and consultation with deprogrammers, ex-programmers, therapists, counselors and pertinent literature. To the best of our knowledge the statements made in this book are factual, although they may not reflect the latest or currently accepted methodology among each and every faction of the New World Order which carries out Monarch-type programming. This book tends to devote more emphasis to Illuminati programming, which is the highest level of programming. For individual application in understanding a survivor of Monarch programming, therapists are admonished to use this material with consideration for the Monarch victimís personal case and situation. The authors disclaim any responsibility for therapeutic work based upon this material.

Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler have co-authored They Know Not What They Do, An Illustrated Guidebook To Monarch Mind Control. Both Fritz and Cisco bring years of experience in dealing with Monarch programming to bear on the writing of this book. Fritz has researched the Illuminati, while he has worked with victims of its programming. He has authored The Top 13 Illuminati Families, and several other books.

 

 

INTRODUCTION by Fritz

There are many dangers to the human race, some real and some imagined. I believe that the trauma-based mind control which this book exposes is the greatest danger to the human race. It gives evil men the power to carry out any evil deed totally undetected. By the time the astute reader finishes this book, they will be as familiar with how to carry out trauma-based mind-control as some of the programmers. Ancient and more recent secrets will no longer be secrets. Over the years, I have spent thousands of hours studying the Illuminati, the Intelligence agencies of the world, and the occult world in general. The centerpiece of these organizations is the trauma-based mind control that they carry out. Without the ability to carry out this sophisticated type of mind-control using MPD, drugs, hypnosis and electronics and other control methodologies, these organizations would fail to keep their dark evil deeds secret. When one of the mind-control programmers of the Church of Scientology, who has left Scientology, was asked about MPD, he said, "Itís the name of the game of mind control." Research into this subject will never be complete. This book has tried to give a comprehensive view of how the programming is done. The basic techniques were developed in German, Scottish, Italian, and English Illuminati families and have been done for centuries. Some report that some of the techniques go back to ancient Egypt and ancient Babylon to the ancient mystery religions. The Nazis are known to have studied ancient Egyptian texts in their mind control research. The records and secrets of the generational Illuminati bloodlines are very-well guarded secrets.

Even when Iíve learned about the location of secret depositories of some of the Illuminatiís secrets in Europe, America, and Asia, their records and secrets are too well-guarded to be examined. The intelligence agencies, such as MI-6 began investigating these mind-control techniques early this century, but their records have been routinely destroyed and tampered with. There are some survivors and professionals who know that the British used programmed trauma-based MPD (DID) agents in W.W. I. In Jan., 1987, Richard Kluft submitted an article to the American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis about 8 MPD patients who were between 60 and 72 years of age. Traugott Konstantin Oesterreich (1880-1949), who was professor of philosophy at Tubingen University, Germany studied MPD and demonic possession and wrote a classic study of it in 1921 entitled Possession Demonical & Other, which was translated into english in 1930. His classic work on this subject provides documented cases which reveal that the basic trauma-based mind-control was going on in Germany, France & Belgium long before the 20th century. Although he is unable to put together all the pieces and the clues for what they are, the reader of this book might enjoy reading the 1930 English translation of his classic work after they finish this book. Oesterreichís research in early 1900s was the type of research that the Nazi mind-control programmers were very aware of. In 1921, the Germans such as Oesterreich would describe personality switches, by the term "somnambuliform [hypnotic states] possession" or "demonical somnambulism" or what might be called "Besessenheit von Hypnotismus und bŲsen Geistern."

The ability to study both the spiritual & psychological aspects of mind-control phenomena, is often lacking today. There are exceptions such as Dr. Loreda Foxís book The Spiritual Dimensions of MPD. In the 1920s, the Germans also were aware that the human mind has a variety of ego-psycho-psysiological states rather than one unified mind, which they termed "Sub jecklose Psychologie" or the psychology of having correlated psychological states rather than the concept of a single ego. The Germans and Italians under the Nazi and Fascist governments began to do serious scientific research into trauma-based mind control. Under the auspices of the Kaiser Wilhelm Medical Institute in Berlin, Joseph Mengele conducted mind-control research on thousands of twins, and thousands of other hapless victims. Himmler supervised genetic research. The Nazi research records were confiscated by the Allies and are still classified. A trip can be made from downtown Washington D.C. on a gray-government van which serves as a shuttle to the Suitland Annex where the governmentís secrets are buried including research papers captured from the Nazi Mind-Control research. Most of Mengeleís concentration camp research is still classified. Much of it dealt with mind control. A researcher can visit the top floor, but underground below the top floor are the real secrets. The real secrets are lying in millions of sheets of classified documents hidden behind blast proof doors. There they have vault after vault, and row after row of top-secret files that only a few privileged persons with security clearances above COSMIC--such as with a "C3" or "MJ" security clearance can visit. Everyone with these high security clearances which I have identified is connected to the Illuminati. Each underground area at Suitland Annex has its own subset of secret access words, known only to the initiated. Most of the OSS records have been destroyed, a few have been left, the important ones have been misfiled or remade. (This is according to a reliable British intelligent agent.) Also according to reliable inside sources the CIA is working night and day to remake old records, to expunge all the real dirty secrets from their records. The basement of CIA HQ is known as "the Pit," In the Pit documents are being shredded and burned on a round the clock basis. The large remains of these secrets are sold for landfill. The Illuminati have developed secrecy to a fine art. They train their people in the art of secrecy from the time they are born. Most everything they do, is done orally. They are trained not to write rituals and other things down. There is very little paper trail left by the Illuminati.

The creation of slaves with photographic memories facilitates this secrecy. But this book is not about how they have managed to keep their trauma-based Monarch Mind-Control a secret. They have managed only to keep it a secret to the general public. They have not been able to completely cover-up the millions of wasted lives that their programming has ruined. For many years, they were able to shut-up and quietly discard their programmed multiples by labelling them Paranoid Schizophrenics. But therapists are now correctly identifying these people as programmed multiples and are not only diagnosing them better but giving them better treatment. After Candy Jonesís husband deprogrammed her enough that she could participate in writing a book exposing some of what had been done to her, the secret was out. (See The Control of Candy Jones Hypnotism and the CIA by Donald Bain.) Ever since then, the intelligence agencies and the Illuminati have been carrying out damage control. Their biggest damage control campaign has enlisted the power of Hollywood and the controlled Media. This campaign is known as the False Memory Syndrome campaign, or as those of us who know the facts like to call it ""the false memory spin-drome." The headquarters of the False Memory Spin-drom Foundation is located at 3401 Market St., Suite 130, Philadelphia, PA 19104. Some of the original founders were doctors of the University of Pennslyvannia. The inside story about these early FMS doctors of the University of Pennslyvannia is that they practiced Satanic Rituals during their work days. What is unusual about this--is that generally satanic rituals are performed at night, but these doctors did their coven work during the day. I know about these men. Now you can see why these men started the FMS! They started it to cover their own sins, because many of them were abusers themselves. In other words many of the EMS people are abusers of trauma-based mind-controlled slaves, or the victims of abuse who are in denial about their own abuse from trauma-based mind-control. Martin T. Orn (the person credited with founding the FMS) had ties to the CIA. Two members of the EMS advisory board, Ralph Underwager, Ph.D. and theologian, along with Hollida Wakefield, M.A. let the cat out of the bag when they publicly supported pedophilia (that is adults having sex with children). Their support of pedophilia came in an interview with a Dutch magazine Paidika, The Journal of Paedophilia (Winter, 1993).

Although the False Memory Syndrome Foundation gets upset at any mention that there might be a conspiracy by the perpetrators of mind-control, because conspiracies supposedly donít and canít happen, they want us to believe that all therapists are conspiring together to implant false memories of abuse into their clients, which could not be further from the truth. Monarch slaves typically run into a great deal of denial by their therapists that anything like this could be happening. The bottom line is that Multiple Personality Disorder (now refered to as Dissociative Identity Disorder) is a recognized bona fide diagnosis. False Memory Syndrome is not a recognized medical or psychological diagnosis and does not appear in the American Psychiatric Associationís Diagnostic and Statistical Manual III-R nor the recently released DSM-IV. Those who followed Fritzís writings have learned about the close working relationship between the Mondaviís and the Rothschilds (see his article about the Mondavi/Rothschild Napa Valley winery). Guess who got the court precedence which gives the EMS some legal ground to attack therapists? The precidence was supposedly a wife who went to a doctor who told her she had syphilis. The wife assumes she got it from her husband and divorces him. Then she learns she doesnít have syphilis. The husband then sues the doctor. Upon this bizarre case rests the legal precedence for a third party to sue a person who gives advice, such as family members suing a therapist.

Upon this weak precidence, an abusive father who worked for Monday in a winery in California successfully destroyed a legitimate therapist who was trying to save his daughter who was a programmed Monarch victim. Supposedly the therapist had implanted false memories of rape in his daughter, when the record shows that the daughterís mother told the therapist the girl had been raped by the father. When a valid case of SRA and repressed memories went to trial in Washington state involving a police officer whose family was MPD, Dr. Richard Ofshe of the False Memory Spindrom showed up to cause mischief. And mischief he did work. The case involved the children of a ""Christian"" police officer named Ingram who had satanically ritually abused his family for years. The daughter won in court, but Ofshe of the EMS was not above writing a book full of lies and distortions about the case. Lynn Crook, who was the abused daughter in the case wrote up a paper exposing what EMS person Richard Ofshe did to her, The controlled media is giving full license and great coverage to the EMS people. Rather than fighting the government for scraps of declassified documents which have had their secrets marked out, and which may even be fake documents manufactured by the CIA, I have decided that there is a much better approach to expose the Monarch Mind Control to the world. If a person could never go to Nepal, he can see pictures of it and believe it exists. If a person can not get into the top secret records of the CIA and Office of Naval Intelligence and MI6, they can be given the exact RECIPE for creating a Monarch slave. I believe that by giving the step by step recipe, people will see that A. all the ingredients are available, B. it is possible to combine the ingredients, C. all it takes is the motive to do it, and that motive is self-evident. Weíll even provide some of the names and places as we go along. This book will provide the step-by-step recipe for making a Monarch Mind-Controlled slave, It is a trauma-based mind control which programs multiple personalities using every known technique of mind-control. Every type of mind-control technique has been combined into a group package which makes the total package almost impossible to break. It is this ability to synthesize all these methods into a group package which is so powerful.

Edward Hunter, author of Brainwashing In Red China, testified in 1958 before a U.S. Congressional House Committee on Un-American Activities: "Since man began, he has tried to influence other men or women to his way of thinking. There have always been these forms of pressure to change attitudes. We discovered in the past thirty years, a technique to influence, by clinical, hospital procedures, the thinking processes of human beings. Brainwashing is formed out of a set of different elements ... hunger, fatigue, tenseness, threats, violence, and in more intense cases...drugs and hypnotism. No one of these elements alone can be regarded as brain washing, any more than an apple can be called apple pie. Other ingredients have to be added, and a cooking process gone through. So it is with brainwashing..." Hunter said brainwashing was a Red Chinese threat. He said that the chinese were the ones using these tactics. In reality, this mind control was being done in the U.S. and Hunter was a pawn to help justify the criminal activities of the programmers should they ever be found out behind their cover of "National security." The handlers of mind-controlled slaves carry around a black or grey 3 ring notebook or a lap top computer with the access codes and triggers. Some of the programmers and handlers have this all memorized. The deepest parts, core/gems/executive committee, false trinity etc. are charted in esoteric language such as Enochian, Hebrew (which is considered magical), and Druid symbols. I have never gotten the opportunity to look at one of these, although a number of the slaves who Iíve talked with have while they were being programmed. These notebooks have color-coded graphs showing the arrangement of alters, the structure of the system, the training of the alters, the history of the alters and other details. All the primary tortures carried out on a slave are coded using dates/no.s so that the memories can be pulled up by the programmers. There is a standard set of hand signals, gestures, and codes that allow a handler to work with someone elseís slave, but the accepted code among the handlers is to leave another manís slave alone. As one leading psychiatrist put it, "Different ideologies use the same methodologies of mind control."

The Illuminati have secretly put in base programming that allows them ultimate control over many of the other groupsí slaves. This will be described within this book.

For both the ease of reading and the ease of writing, I have dispensed with most footnotes. To provide my sources would double the size of the book, and many of them are confidential. (In the past, when I have attempted crediting information, some people have gotten bruised feelings for having been passed over or for being named. When information comes in from several sources, it becomes difficult to pass out credit.) I have made conservative judgement calls about what material I could use. Most of this information has been verified by several reliable sources. Confidential eyewitnesses are often the only source, when there is such a powerful conspiracy to keep this vast NWO mind control secret. Paper trails were not left or are not available. Programmed slaves who have worked for the military as mind-controlled slaves have witnessed their files expunged and sanitized. The New World Order in 1981 made training films for their novice programmers. Monarch slave Cathy OíBrien was used to make both the film "How to Divide a Personality" and "How To Create a Sex Slave." Two Huntsville porn photographers were used to help NASA and the NWO create these training films. Undoubtedly, other porn training films exist too. In others words, there is film evidence of the Monarch Total Mind-control but these porn films are kept in very secure sites. During the last few years, I have visited with ex-programmers, I have visited with hundreds of victims of the Monarch type programming. I have gone to programming sites, I have visited with therapists who work with the victims of this mind-control, and I have met several of the programmers of the CIA/Illuminati face to face in the adventures of trying to save people from their programming.

I hope that God gives me the strength and the opportunity to get the information I have learned out to the world in general. When this information gets out, hopefully it will help lift some of the secrecy of the Monarch Programming. The Monarch Programming is a foundation rock of the New World Order that when pulled up, will reveal the most evil two-legged bugs and slimy critters. When their rock is lifted, they will have to scurry to hide. Because the authors know what the programmers do, they must honestly record several areas of programming that will be controversial. The programmers are very much into demonology. Before therapists close their minds to this subject, the authors would like to point out, that they personally know of cases where Monarch slaves whose Christian personalities & other alters didnít believe in demonology were talked into participating in real deliverance, and the slaves discovered much to their surprise that work they had unsuccessfully tried to do for years with their therapist was accomplished in a day or two. Some prestigious researchers have decided the subconscious doesnít exist because they canít find it--its mysterious. To the man in the street the concept "subconscious" is as mysterious as the concept "demon". Both have been the objects of intense research by U.S./Brit./Ger. Intelligence groups. In fact, many of the concepts in this book have been purposely obscurred by the Illuminatiís control over the media and universities. These obscurred concepts include M.P.D. (DID), recovered memories, hypnosis, demonic possession, aliens, mind-control, the subconscious, a conspiracy to bring in a NWO, truth, etc. The smokescreens of controversy will continue; but those who love the truth, if they seek it, will realize the importance of this book. Itís on public record that MK ULTRA, the mind control research which CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner admitted to in 1977 spent millions of dollars studing Voodoo, witchcraft, and psychics. On August 3, 1977, at a Senate hearing the then CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner disclosed that the CIA had been conducting mind control on countless numbers of unsuspecting victims for years, without their knowledge or consent. These CIA mind-control operations were carried out with the participation of a least 185 scientists and at least 80 American institutions, including prisons, pharmaceutical companies, hospitals, and 44 medical colleges & universities. Many of Americaís most prestigious institutes of medical research, had cooperated with the CIA. as well as numerous big name corporations. Casey admitted that day that the CIA did mind-control consisting of drugs, hypnosis & electro-shock. A few of the victims of the Monarch Project were even awarded financial compensation for their misery. But what was admitted was admitted in the spirit of covering up the extent of the full truth. The compensation was actually hush money, because victims were given "gag orders" by judges not to talk about what had happened to them. Itís been a disaster for Monarch victims that so many ministers have ignored those words of their Scripture, "For we are not ignorant of the devilís devices." 2 COR 2:11 This book is a must for those ministers who seriously believe "Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God." 2 COR 7:1. In 2 TIM 2: 19-21, believers who "nameth the name of Christ" are asked to purge themselves of their uncleanliness ( unclean spirits). There are many top notch Christians in the churches today who are under mind-control, incl. many of the Christian leadership. I would like to remind Christian ministers that Isaiah the great prophet said, "The Lord GOD hath given me the tongue of the learned that I should know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary: he wakeneth morning by morning; he wakeneth mine ear to hear as the learned." Ignorance is not godliness. Isaiah learned to speak with the great learned men of his day, just as Paul the great apostle could speak to the learned men of his time. One of the character traits of God is that He is all-knowing. WHO says it is godly to be ignorant? The prophet Daniel said Yahweh God "reveals the deep and secret things." (Dan. 2:22a) Godís instruments will do this revealing. Jesusí advice to his disciples was in effect to "Be wise as serpents, and gentle as a lamb". This advice certainly applies in helping the victims of trauma-based mind-control. Paul in his letter to the Thessalonians (1 Thes 5:14) says that in effect that different people need different counseling, but they all need to be treated with patience. The first step in suggesting a cure is to find out what happened. That is what this book is about. This book is about how the Occult Network creates the problem that therapists and a few ministers try to deal with. But the keys to open doors to healthy solutions for the victims of trauma-based total mind control will reveal themselves in this book for the reader as this book reveals the nitty-gritty of how the total mind-control happens. Christ came to free the captives (Isaiah 61:1). Satanic ritual abuse has a history that is almost as old as history itself. Good King Hezekiah was a victim as a child of SRA. (2 Chr. 29) who got free. Moses confronted the satanic magic of Pharoahís magicians who could create live snakes from sticks. The Apostle Paul had to deal with Simon Magus, a leader of what is now known as Satanism. Solomon, one of the greatest men of faith, backslide and became one of the greatest satanists of all history. We have "no fellowship with unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them" (as per EPH 5:11). While we have no fellowship with evil, the mind-control programmers are counting on us being so ignorant of their devices that they can hide their control devices behind perversion & filth that many people shy away from. We must be strong enough to face evil and not shy away from it. The victims of mind-control must look evil in the face & not look away to gain their freedom. We, who want to help them, must be courageous & strong enough to do this too. This book is written for that divine goal "till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ." Eph. 4:13 If the body of Christ is to attain fullness, we need this book to weed out the hidden terrible cancer that is consuming the body from within. This book is written for ministers, secular and Christian therapists, and truth lovers of all kinds. If you love the truth this book is for you. If you see something good in the human race so that our species should be preserved as well as the spotted owl and the sand flea, then this book is for you. IF YOU LOVE THE TRUTH, this BOOK is for YOU.

 

GLOSSARY OF HOW BASIC TERMS ARE USED IN THIS BOOK

For those readers who are not familiar with these basic terms let us introduce you to the definitions under which this book uses them.

Alter-Our usage is trying to follow the programmers usage of this word. A dissociated part of the mind which has a seperate identity and is given cue codes by the mind-control programmers to trigger that dissociated part of the mind to come to the front of the mind. The alterís identity may be a gem, rock, a tape recorder, a poodle, a white kitten, a dove, a horse, or even think of itself as a person or a demon. It all depends on its programming. An alter is different from an alter fragment in that the alter fragment is a dissociated part of the mind which serves only a single purpose. The programmers will give an alter a history, and insure that shadow alters will provide a full range of accessible emotions. Sometimes the distinctions between alters and alter fragments is vague, but examples from the two ends of the spectrum are easy to tell apart. We use the word alter in this book to conform to what the programmersí charts are encoding as alters. A typical main Mengele-created grid would be a grid of 13x13 principal A-coded alters, which is 169 principle alter personalities. In Illuminati systems, ceremonial "alters will consist of 3 alters placed on a spinning pedistal together into triad goddesses or gods. That means that an A-coded alter on some levels is actually 3 alters spinning together, which must be locked in place to communicate with, and then rotated to communicate to the other two.

 

Beta--This is the second Greek letter, and it represents the sexual models and sexual alters that the Programmers are creating. The primitive part of the brain is involved in this type of programming. An early sexual abuse event will be used to anchor this programming. These sexual slaves will develop sexual abilities that are far beyond what the public is aware is even possible. They also receive the worst kind of abuse far beyond what most peopleís imagination can picture. Beta alters generally see themselves as cats.

 

Councils (llluminati)--The Illuminati has frequent meetings. Some of these meetings are organized to appear "acephalous" and "accidential" in their meetings, when in reality they are structured and planned. One group, MJ-12 has gone by the following names: the Group, the Special Study Group, the Wise Men, the Operations Coordinating Board (OCB), 5412 Committee, 303 Committee, 40 Committee, PI-40 Committee, and Policy Planning Group (PCG). Some of the formal policy and ritual groups have names that all Illuminati members who have gotten high enough to learn, will recognize:

The Council of 3, Council of 5, Council of 7, Council of 9, The Grand Druid Council, The Committee of 300, and the Committee of 500 (known as Fortune 500). Many of the meetings are conclaves without formal names. The Grand Druid Council is not something fictional, but an actual body of people who formally meet and whose membership, we have been trying to keep track of. The groups which make decisions to control this planet are networked together. Each decision has its own origin and route that it takes.

Delta--This is a Greek letter shaped like a triangle which symbolizes change in calculus. It has become a favorite word to use in naming things for the occult elite. Delta teams are 4 person assassination teams which usually are secret teams. Delta Forces is an elite unit that operates under the Joint chiefs of staff that is made up of highly trained total mind-controlled slaves. Delta models are slaves whose sole purpose is assassination. Delta alters are alters within an Illuminati alter system which are programmed to be assassins. These alters are often some of the deepest in a system and in a Genie bottle or with Umbrella programming.

Deliverance ministry-(This book is about HOW the mind-control is done, it is not a textbook on solutions.) The use of the term deliverance ministry in this book connotates any person(s) who via faith in God is able to pray for divine help in a fashion that a victim is helped from demonic activity. A deliverance ministry is a natural outgrowth of a life in harmony and fellowship with Yahweh God. However, this is not to be confused with Exorcism of the traditional Catholic or witchcraft nature in which certain spells and incantations are used in a prescribed method. "Deliverance" connotates divinely inspired faith, exorcism involves ritual. A deliverance ministry might perhaps teach a person about forgiveness, or how they can renounce an oath, or how to apply Jesus Christís atoning blood to their life. In this fashion, the person finds deliverance through biblical spiritual principles rather than the efficacy of some ritual or hocus pocus spell. This book is in no way meant as a blanket endorsement of every spiritual warfare tactic. If anything, this book suggests that ministers learn more about mind-control, as well as grow stronger in their walk with Almighty God.

Illuminati--The Illuminati are 13 elite bloodlines which have manuevered themselves into control over this planet. They lead double lives, one for society and a hidden one which is based on a gnostic luciferian philosophy which consists of lots of blood rituals.

Monarch Programming--This was a specific Project carried out by secret elements of the U.S. government and intelligence groups. There were, according to someone a few years ago who had access to the computer(s) which contains all the names of active monitored human slaves, 40,000 actively monitored Monarch slaves. However, this book uses the term generically to include all victims who have suffered this type of trauma-based mind-control. In the same way, that a brand name like "Hyster" is used to describe all lifts--when we use the term we use it in its broadest sense. This is the only way it can be used and technically correct, because as of this date, the authors have not seen who is on the active Monarch Program list of slaves.

System-- This term is used in several ways. It is frequently used to refer to a victim of total mind control because the victim consists of alters, programming, implant(s), internal computers, and numerous dissociative states which function together as a system. The word is also used in this book to refer to the bodyís functional physiological units, such as the respiratory system. The word is also infrequently used to denote the established social-economic-political system controlling the world, also known insiders as the Network. Other standard meaning may also occasionally be used for the word.

Multiple Personality (DID)--Multiple personalities or

MPD or Dissociative Identity Disorder is the situation where different dissociative parts of a single brain view themselves as separate persons. The DSM-IIIR definition of MPD is the guideline for determining MPD for this book.

New World Order-- The New World Order is the global design for a One-World-Government One-World-Dictator and its constituents. Insiders call themselves the "network" and "the neighborhood".

Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)--This is used to represent all categories of ritual abuse which would be inspired by the desire to rob, kill, or destroy something worthwhile in a person, especially their freedom of thought. Many groups carrying out SRA do not mention Satan by that name. They may make Pacts to Baphomet, and call upon Rex Mundi, or Belair, or Lucifer, or the Father of Light, God, or Kali or even "Jesus" or "Jesus Christ" (there are demons which call themselves "Jesus", who are not to be confused with Yeshua or Yehoshua ben Joseph who is known as Jesus Christ of Nazareth.) SRA is not a value judgement by the authors against some group, the victims themselves on some level know that he or she is being abused.

Switching--This is when one part (fragment) of the mind takes over from another, or in simple terms, this is when one alter personality (or alter fragment) takes the body from the alter which is holding the body. Switching can occur via the Programmersí codes for calling up alters, or by external or internal stimuli that trigger an alter to come out. Switching will usually cause at least a flicker of the eyes, and for outside observers, who know the different personalities, they will observe another personality take the body.

 

Pic p_cranial2.jpg

pic p_basic-structure1.jpg

Pic p_records2.jpg

 

Page 1 ...

 

INTRODUCTION

 

In Jan. '96, I bound the first copies of The Illuminati Formula Used to Create Undetectable Total Mind-Controlled Slave. Hundreds of people in the United States and other countries were reading this book, and were expressing their appreciation and praise for the work. Some also contributed more details about the Illuminatiís mind-control. It was also gratifying that the illustrated Guidebook to Monarch Mind-control, which contains my co-authorís art work done under programming, was translated and sold this year (í96) as a paperback in Japan. The word is getting out, and people with ears to hear are grateful. The original goal was to write the Vol. 2 book to be about 300 pages long, but it spilled into 500 pages. At 500 pages, it was brought to a grinding halt. In this DEEPER INSIGHTS book, I bring you more profounder mysteries of the Illuminatiís mind-control abilities. These deeper insights were some items left out of the Vol. 2 due to space, as well as some things that have been found out since the Vol.2 book was written. Those who were intrigued by the Vol. 2, and cut their teeth on the subject of mind-control via my writings over the past 5 years, will enjoy this further expose of the deeper secrets of Illuminati mind-control. For instance, scattered in several sections including Chapter 3 is a great deal about the base programs which are laid in using controlled LSD trips in sensory deprivation tanks. Another exciting set of new revelations are Ciscoís information on the core, and her revelations giving the chronology of layering in the mind-control programming. I have also done a great deal of research into Cranial manipulation (see Chapter 8), which has been an extremely well-hidden mind-control secret known only to a few select people worldwide. Another area of intense research has been to expose the role Disney played in mind-control. Although other writers have superficially touched on implants, nanobots, thought-transfer, soul entrapment and other secret technologies, I decided to provide many details to expose these new technologies that are being used in conjunction with the dissociative programmed multiplicity. Beside learning countless programming secrets, the reader will take another quantum leap into understanding what has been going on in this mixed-up world. If life is a riddle, then this book contains many answers to the riddle of life. During the summer of 1996, I had the privilege to speak on mind-control to audiences in 12 major American cities, as well talk on over 50 radio stations. The response was encouraging. People are beginning to wake up, and are hungry to learn the truth about how the movers and shakers of this world have developed sophisticated methods to make children into undetectable Illuminati robots (from the cradle to the satanic throne), as well as their extensive abilities to control the common personís thinking from the cradle to the grave. When Christ asked the question, will I find faith when I return? it was a serious question. We no longer live in a situation where we can depend upon our mind and our thoughts actually being our own. Our minds are under a constant assault and manipulation by those who control things. No one is exempt. Fortunately, there are still some rational thinking humans, who can challenge and expose their plans for total control over the minds of the entire human race. I, as a minister & researcher, along with the victims represented by Cisco Wheeler and others, canít expose this mind control on our own. We need the help of others. Will you help us get the message out about the New World Orderís/the Illuminatiís mind control? Cisco has consulted with me, and we decided to make two continuations. The

 

Page 2 ...

 

continuation of the Illustrated guidebook would be authored by her, and the continuation of the Vol. 2 book would be carried out by yours truly, Fritz Springmeier. We have combined these two continuations into this book called for short DEEPER INSIGHTS into the Illuminati Mind Control Formula. This volume is meant to be an extension of the previous volumes. IF YOU HAVE NOT READ the previous book entitled Vol. 2 The Illuminati Formula used to create an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave, THEN you are not really prepared to understand this material. In my previous books, I have shown how the intelligence agencies are simply prostitutes and fronts of the Illuminati. The Illuminati always "sterilize" their activities, so their actions canít be identified in the flurry of secret intelligence activities. Recently, at one conference on mind-control, victims of government mind-control were told that their stories were not welcome because the conference was on "cult" mind-control. Dear reader, the intelligence agencies are cults, and not only that, but they have a dark satanic side to them, which not only brands them as cults, but "occult cults." Witchcraft and Freemasonry refer to themselves as "the Craft"; how appropriate it was for Allen Dulles, DCI-head of the CIA, to entitle his book "The Craft of Intelligence". How appropriate it was that people within the CIA referred to their top management as the Knights Templars. As the Vol. 2 Formula book indicated, the intelligence agencies which work for the Illuminati have kept only the minimum of records, and the records they do keep are out of reach of people like you and I. But that doesnít mean that the researcher like myself canít work backwards. One of the side effects of the traumas that create multiple-personalities (DID) is that sadistic or criminal alters are often formed, and with careful research the historical record of criminals with multiple personalities can be traced back into history. The Illuminati have created trained-multiples for centuries, but insiders say that programmed DID (MPD) was developed in the Nazi concentration camps. The worldwide Illuminati planned the camps with the goal to determine what programs would work on children, and used the cover story of Nazi racial hatred to hide the real purpose of the camps--mind-control experiments which used large numbers of children traumatized by their separation from their parents.

With todayís sophisticated programming and structuring of MPD worlds, these evil alters can be controlled better than in the past, and yet we still have serial killers like Wayne Cox, and serial rapists like William Stanley Milligan, who were programmed multiples stalking our streets. Kenneth Biani, the LA Hillside strangler who killed 9 people was diagnosed as a multiple, but claimed he had faked the disorder. Thomas W. Piper in Boston in the 1870s, and Paul Miskamen, one hundred years later in California, are examples of multiples who had an alter capable of murder and another alter who was a good Christian. One of the best disinformation campaigns of the Illuminati, is to make people think programmed-multiples are just for espionage, prostitution and assassination. They have taken over our pulpits, like the Illuminati programmed multiple Jimmy Swaggart, and they have taken over our political offices, like Al Gore, and our universities. Even with the eliteís secrecy intact via their control of libraries, publishing houses, and newspapers, the record still shows the traces of the Illuminatiís history of creating controlled multiple personalities. The historical record of criminals with multiple personalities includes the Illuminati coke multimillionaire Harry K. Thaw. He was one of the elite of society, who had charming sophisticated front alters, and sadistic deeper alters. His position prevented him from being convicted of a murder he committed in public

 

Page 3 ...

 

on June 25, 1906. However, another multiple Henry Spencer, who didnít have such clout was hanged after killing Allison Rexroat in 1914. Another multiple William Heirens, who murdered two women in the í40ís, had one of his front alters write in the mirror after a murder, "For heavenís sake, catch me before I kill more, I cannot control myself." He had an alter George who was doing the murders. The story doesnít stop with evidence of physical murders, but includes the vast numbers of spiritual deaths that have resulted from the spiritual manipulation of the masses via programmed multiples. Programmed multiples have been great for carrying out religious deceptions. Many of the great spiritist mediums were multiples. In the 1920ís, Patience Worth was a famous name of an author. Patience was an alter of Mrs. John Curran. As a child Mrs. Curran had played the piano in her uncleís Missouri Ozark church when young and then she later grew up to be a famous medium and writer. A Dr. Charles E. Cory investigated her multiple-personality disorder. He discovered that her author alter was much more intelligent than the front alter who did the housekeeping & normally held the body. The occult world has manipulated MPD to manufacture validation for their theories of reincarnation, spiritism etc. Where once the Word of God was accepted as truth by society as a whole, now society questions whether there is such a thing as truth. When it has come to finding out about mind control from the first level of perpetrators, the government, there have been a number of manufactured (bogus), sanitized and original CIA documents released to the public under the nearly worthless Freedom of Information act. The Freedom of Information Act has been manipulated to lead people to think that the public has access to secrets.

A letter of inquiry in 1995 requesting declassified documents on Mind Control, Monarch, MK Ultra, Artichoke and Blue Bird got the following response from the CIA, "...as you might expect, we have already conducted broad-ranging and exhaustive searches and reviews on every conceivable aspect of human behavior, including mind control and brainwashing, and have located and released 11, 336 pages of material on the general subject of human behavior studies under MKULTRA. Most of the 11,336 pages of this previously released material are very limited in scope and consist primarily of financial records." (quote from a CIA letter of response in answer to a request for declassified mind-control information.) Yes, and long-story-short even those 11,336 pages only got released due to a mistake.

In one CIA document pertaining to mind control released under the Freedom of Information act, which is a memorandum dated 20 Oct. 1975 to the Director of Central Intelligence from the Inspector General Donald F. Chamberlain, the Inspector General states, "From his investigation of the project [MKNAOMI], Dr. Stevens has concluded that gaps in the files are the result of a conscious policy on the part of those involved to keep very little paper on the project from its inception in 1952 to its demise in 1970. People formerly connected with the project interviewed by Dr. Stevens asserted that the practice of keeping little or no record of the activity was standard MKNAOMI procedure." Philip Agee, who wrote an expose of the CIA entitled Inside The Company: CIA Diary (Toronto, Can.: Bantam Books, 1975), said that as an employee of the CIA "You get so used to lying that after a while itís hard to remember what the truth is." Philip Agee writes, "The life of a CIA operations officer ... There is not much time to think about the results of your actions and, if you try to do it well, the job of operations officer calls for dedication to the point of obsession. But itís a schizophrenic sort of situation. You have too many secrets, you canít relax with outsiders. Sometimes an operative uses several identities at once. If somebody

 

Page 4 ...

asks you a simple question, "What did you do over the weekend?" your mind goes Click! Who does he think I am? What would the guy he thinks I am be doing over the weekend? You get so used to lying that after a while itís hard to remember what the truth is. When I [Philip] joined the CIA I signed the secrecy agreement... [now] I may have violated that agreement. I believe it is worse to stay silent, that the [security] agreement itself was immoral." [bold added to quote] On Nov. 15, 1996, DCI Deutsch of the CIA paraded himself and some politicians before a public meeting in south L.A. (broadcast on C-Span) and told the people the CIA would investigate allegations that the CIA had run drugs. One man asked CIA Director Deutsch, "Everyone knows that the CIA was running drugs in Vietnam from the Golden Triangle, and that they have continued doing it to today, and you want to come here to south L.A. and pretend to us that this hasnít happened when everyone knows it did. Are you crazy?" Deutsch couldnít help but show a revealing smile. (The above quoted question was taken from C-Spanís broadcast & is a closely paraphrased version.) One of my questions to Deutsch would be, "When a drug addictís life gets out of control, heíll go into denial, and heíll steal from everyone in his life, including his own mother, and live a life of lies, and when an intelligence agency gets out of control, they are like an addicted person, they stay in total denial and keep secretly hurting everyone in sight, WHAT can and should the people do to get an out-of-control intelligence agency to stop its power addiction? Unfortunately, the problem with power addiction, addiction to lying & deception, and drug addiction began centuries before the CIA within the Illuminati families that started the CIA. The CIA is simply reflecting the problems of its parent. Their addiction to lying keeps the common gullible man in public ignorant. Their total mind-controlled slaves are used extensively for disinformation campaigns, and are helpful to disseminate WHITE, GREY, & BLACK propaganda for the New World Orderís Network. To coordinate their lies requires a special intelligence group that keeps meticulous records of the disinformation that has been disseminated, so that they donít get mixed up in their lies. It is extremely rare to get the truth out of the perpetrators, the mind-control programmers. Recently, on television a movie portrayed a victim of trauma-based mind control trying to get one of her programmers, who sheíd taken prisoner, to confess to what heíd done. He defied her, and did all he could to make her think her memory was her imagination. It was an excellent portrayal of how hard it is to get the truth out of the perpetrators. The sadistic programmers have exercised their power for decades in secrecy. They have understood the implications of their power for decades. However, the implications of this undetectable mind-control are staggering, actually overwhelming and beyond the man in the streetís ability to comprehend. It means every organization can be infiltrated ("penetrated" as they say), and used as a front or controlled. It means nothing is as it appears. It means that Russia can hate America on the surface, and be working hand in glove on the secret level. It means every one of the millions of new immigrants from Russia, China and Eastern Europe into the U.S. is a potential time bomb. It means much of what has been blamed on Christians has had its origin in Satan. Satanic programming has seriously damaged the reputation of Christians. The programmers are major players in how the worldís events unfold, while they receive absolutely no attention. These men are illegitimate rulers of the world. They have never gained from the common man the right to rule. Therefore they rule through puppets who owe their total allegiance to their mind-control masters. They are rapidly trying to establish legitimacy for themselves, and plan to

 

Page 5 ...

culminate their plans to gain legitimacy with the rule of the AntiChrist, who will rule based on mass-produced myths and fantasies that the Illuminati will articulate to the imaginations of millions of slaves worldwide. They have already begun to market the AntiChrist and his reign to the world. The campaign for the acceptance of homosexuality is just one part of this marketing effort. They are also skillfully justifying their AntiChristís rule, by creating problems that only his superior management abilities and leadership skills will be able to deal with. The strength of New World Order and the AntiChristís rule is the total and undetectable mind-control that is being carried out on a mass scale to little children and people who fit specific profiles. According to a reliable deprogrammed source: Adults, who have the following profile are subjected to mind-control. This profile is:

 

∑ alone without a support system of family or friends.

∑ an I.Q. above 120.

∑ good hypnotic candidate

∑ has other attributes worthwhile to exploit

More about this will be discussed in chapter 1, where an entire overview of how the intelligence agencies take adults and program them will be given. Adults who are used by the intelligence agencies for WET OPS or one-time one way missions are programmed in stages. These stages are designated levels 1-5. Level 4 is where these slaves begin to resemble the total mind-controlled slaves of the Illuminati who have been subjected to mind-control since they were defenseless babies. The men involved in the programming of little defenseless children are skilled. They have been earned their jobs on the basis of a dog-eat-dog environment. They are ruthless. They operate out a hidden zone, which I will call the twilight zone of believability. Anyone who tries to expose what they are doing, must write about things that are outside of that box of things commonly believed in. It is as they intentionally gauge what is believable and then step outside of that zone in which to operate. These ruthless programmers have egos which think they are god-men. Somewhere deep in their minds, they inwardly know they are worms. There is a part of themselves deep down that knows the truth, but Satan has buried that so deep, that they cannot face the reality of who they are. They seek eternal life by stealing the life force of innocent victims. They know that their father is Satan. They are victims of Satan. Where does one draw the line between who is a victim and who is an abuser? There is no line. The word of God indicates that God has turned many of these men over to Satan due to their wicked minds. Itís sad to think that some of these men are dependant on Satan for spiritual life. Many of the slaves still have a spark of reality and a spirit that cries for freedom. They have ears to hear the truth, should it come their way. This book is written for those who love the truth and love the liberty that Almighty God has given us to seek and to love the truth for ourselves. Although only a minority of the people today have Total Mind-Control, the Illuminati are attempting to confuse and manipulate everyone. One of their favorite tactics to scare people with is the ambiguous bogeyman of national security. They constantly use their spin-doctors to whip up fear, so that the public will gladly surrender their freedom to protect "national security". Unfortunately, or ironically, the very concept of "national security" is being used as a cover for the Illuminati to steal every last vestige of freedom left to the American people. American tax-dollars support secret conferences such as the classified conference sponsored by Los Alamos on Nov. 16-17, 1993 where the Applied Physics Lab of John Hopkins University taught our military about "non-lethal" weapons. The satanist/ ex-Green Beret Dr. John Alexander, now head of the Los Alamos National Lab, gave one of the opening talks on 11/16/93. The next day, the military men gave talks on

 

Page 6 ...

 

the technology involved in controlling peopleís minds electronically via both implants and energy beamed at them. Dr. Dave Morgan, of Lockhead Sanders also gave a specific talk on their "syntel--synthetic voices they place in the heads of victims with telemetry to auditory implants. You will read more on their implants in chapter 5. The battle for the freedom of the human mind must be fought now. The battle gets increasingly difficult, but we must fight it whether we win or lose, for the human spirit and the human mind was not created by God for slavery to Satan and his AntiChrist. Over and over, the truth of Jesusí words still shine forth, "And you shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free." Let us realize that the man who said those eternally powerful words also said, "I am the way, the truth, and the life." For His light shone in darkness, "and the darkness has not overcome it." If those of us who still have free minds must die--then let us die for the TRUTH, that the Truth in Christ Jesus shall live.

 

The hidden World Order government that increasingly controls our lives operates through many clandestine operations and groups. What you see is not what you get. In order to maintain total secrecy of such a vast scale of operations, they use millions of mind-controlled slaves world-wide as well as numerous willing servants who out of raw terror will not buck the system. On the surface, EPIC is just another secret military unit. The patch below belongs to the EPIC unit, a clandestine unit which is doing the real banking for part of Mexico, much of the U.S. and part of Canada. This agency (El Paso Intelligence Center--EPIC) is obviously not a U.S. jurisdictional agency, but operates under FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network- as in crimes against Big Brother). This unit is stationed at Ft. Bliss, which contains Army & Air Force units. American elections are rigged, and there is no longer a government of the people, for the people and by the people (if there ever was one). The American people are kept in place because they think they elected the government that rules them. Mind-control is pervasive and is being used not just to create sexual slaves, or banking employees, but to control society at all levels. Will we continue to allow a shadow government to rule us? Will we continue to let them tell us that these things have to be secret in the interest of "national security", when in reality they are only in the interest of NATIONAL SLAVERY?

 

 

 

 

 

EPIC is also involved with the NAFTA machinations, many of which were done with the help of mind-controlled slaves. Within the NAFTA agreement was the U.S./Mexico Border XXI Framework Document, (based on the La Paz Agreement signed in Ď83) which in effect ends American & Mexican sovereignity over all land within 52.5 miles of the border. Special international agencies have been created to regulate the various environmental and legal needs of the Border XXI region, as the border is dissolved into a border region. The U.S./Mex. Border XXI document created the Border Cooperation Project & the North American Development Bank. The World Bank will also provide financing, and some funds will come from Mexico. EPIC is well situated in the approx. geographic center of this border region.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 7 ...

CHAPTER 1.

SCIENCE NO. 1 - SELECTION &

PREPARATION OF THE VICTIM

 

The average person who has been spoon-fed what he knows from the controlled establishment (the establishmentís news, churches, and schools) is overwhelmed and in denial that mind-control can be happening. Who would want to carry out mind-control? One category are those groups who use the Cabala. Hasidic Judaism, Freemasonry, and Witchcraft are all based on the Cabala. Llewellynís magazine New Worlds of Mind and Spirit (a prominent witchcraft magazine) in their June/July í94 issue state on page 56, "The golem of Prague is perhaps the most famous example of Ďpractical cabalaí- the use of cabala for magical cabala." Golem are mind-controlled beings. There are several cabalistic and witchcraft written references that point out that the creation of mind-controlled zombies (golem) was the highest goal of the cabala. Albert Pike, perhaps the most important Freemason of all times, clearly stated as the head of Freemasons worldwide that Freemasonry is based on the Cabala. A cabalistic psychiatrist in Psychoanalysis Review, í44, issue 31, p. 180 wrote, "Victory over the world would be secured by any man who possessed the Shem...[We shall control the world (words to this effect)]...when we shall attain the consciousness of the Shem within us and will control the power of the Golem to regenerate the world." [The Golem are energized by the magic Tetragrammaton, which the Jehovahís W.s emphasize so much.] In The Worldwide Weekly, Defense News of 3/20-26/95, the Defense News an official military paper indicated that the navy was attempting to produce an "Army of Zombies". The Defense News stated:

"The research, called Hippocampal Neuron Patterning, grows live neurons on computer chips, William Tolles, the recently retired associate director of research at the Naval Research Lab, said March 15. This technology that alters neurons could potentially be used on people to create zombie armies, Lawrence Korb, a senior fellow at the Brookings Institution, said March 16 .... The research has captured the attention of the U.S. Intelligence community."

I have taken the space to give you the reader a paper trail that shows that YES INDEED, there are groups of people that desire human zombies. So where do they select their candidates for their zombie creating programs? Thatís what this chapter will deal with. Youíll have to go to some of my other books to learn how these mind-control groups all interconnect.

The previous book by this author The Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines was intended to help people begin to understand the major role bloodlines play within the Illuminati. When this author was on speaking circuit, he ran into a number of researchers who had researched the New World Order and the Illuminati for years and not realized the significance of the bloodlines. In tracking the bloodlines, it became apparent that the European Illuminati bloodlines were trying to integrate some of the American Indian bloodlines into their own bloodlines. Why? They wanted the occult power that these bloodlines contributed. And it seems that not only do generational spirits help in many ways, but there are reasons to believe that the Aborigines of Australia, the Bushmen of the Kalahari, and some of the American Indian tribes such as the Cherokee have high paranormal abilities in addition to their demonic spiritual abilities. Some believe that the psi-gene was valuable for the survival of primitive hunter tribes, while tribes who went into agriculture lost some of the power of the primary and secondary psi-genes since natural selection would not have encouraged

Page 8 ...

psi-genes in agricultural based societies. The primary psi-genes are thought by some to be some genetic coding which enhances proteins to be better biophysical batteries, storage units, and other roles. The secondary genetic psi-coding are thought to be codes for creating richer and higher-functioning neural pathways, and neural capabilities. Whether this was true, if the Illuminati believed it was true, it could account for their penchant for mixing in American Indian blood with their elite "blue blood."

 

BREEDING GOOD SUBJECTS for HYPNOSIS-hypnosis as it relates to selection & preparation of the victim.

Hypnosis and programming work well in the alpha state of the mind. This is why the child is traumatized even in the womb, so that it will naturally be in that alpha state even before birth. The man in the street may think that the hypnotist looks for weak-willed subjects, however the mind-control programmers and professional stage hypnotists say that a "fighter", "a determined forceful personality" are the types they search for to have a successful hypnotic session. Weak-willed persons are usually incapable of seriously concentrating for the successful pursuance of any idea, and usually are the worst subjects. Intelligence is often helpful, and (as stated in the first volume) the ability to be creative is extremely important to the programmers. An extremely important factor for the subject of mind-control to have is the "emotional drive to pursue to its successful completion a given objective." (McGill, Ormond. Professional Stage Hypnotism. pp. 87-88.) One reason the programmers like to work with children who were preemies is that they are fighters. Another reason the programmers like to work with intelligent children, and not waste time trying to program lower-than-average intelligent children, is that they are easier to hypnotize.

This does not mean that only people who appear intelligent are programmed. During the programming process, many of the victims are programmed to appear stupid to others and to themselves. Only the master (and those who work with him) are to use the full potential of the victim. The victimsí talents are stolen from them. An intelligent child, who comes from an intelligent family, and who is programmed with total mind-control may grow up into adulthood thinking he or she is of average or below average intelligence.

 

GENETICS

Pres. Theodore Roosevelt, who was blood related to both President Martin Van Buren and to Franklin Delano Roosevelt, is on record, "Some day we will realize that the prime duty, the inescapable duty of the good citizens of the right type is to leave his or her blood behind him in the world; and that we have no business to permit the perpetuation of citizens of the wrong type .... The problem cannot be met unless we give full consideration to the immense influence of heredity .... I wish very much that the wrong people could be prevented entirely from breeding; and when the evil nature of these people is sufficiently flagrant, this should be done .... The emphasis should be laid on getting desirable people to breed." Many of the people within the Illuminati bloodlines have made statements like this, and have done all they could to leave many secret offspring behind, because these elite bloodlines have felt they were the chosen to lead humanity. Your ancient aristocratic families such as the Cabots, Lodges & Delanos have been in favor of placing the blame on societyís problems on the "bad blood" of the common man. They forget all the evils that have been perpetrated on these common people by the blue blooded aristocratic families that think they are so superior. For instance, Illuminati kingpin Harrimanís wife purchased land at Cold

Page 9 ...

Springs, NY to promote a eugenics program. She said that being raised around good race horses helped her appreciate good breeding in man. Eugenics is the philosophy that some humans are genetically superior to others, & that inferior genetic races/individuals should be destroyed. The first eugenics program started in the United States was by John Humphrey Noyes, the cult leader of communist Oneida communities. John Humphrey Noyesí father was a Vermont Congressman, and his mother was a relative of Rutherford B. Hayes, the 19th U.S. President. His family was from the burned out district, from Putney, Vermont. In 1833, Yale granted him a license to preach. Noyes began creating his communist communities around 1836, and he dictated all their major decisions, including their group sex and eugenics policies. In 1869, John H. Noyes selected 53 women and 38 men to be the only ones in his communities allowed to produce children. The goal was to perfect the genetics of the community by only allowing well bred children. This is believed to be the first eugenics program. All members of the community were encouraged to have sex with everyone else & not to form emotional attachments around it. However, they were not to have procreative sex. The Oneida group can clearly be tied in with European occult groups that tie in with the illuminati. The Oneida group used central committees and social control through mutual criticism to keep their members in line. Their social control methods were extremely effective. Years later, Chinese communism began using these innovations of Noyesí. Charles Guiteau, who assassinated Pres. Garfield, was a member of Noyesí Oneida community. He became a member because his father, a disciple of Noyes, took him there as a boy. Charles stated that at the Noyesí community, he came under the influence of Noyes and "I was unable to get away from that influence ... A man was just as isolated from the world as if he were confined in stateís prison or lunatic asylum. I suffered greatly in mind and body and spirits during incarceration in that community." He claimed he had never gotten free of the control that began when he entered the Oneida community. In 1880, he began hanging around the Republican Partyís NY HQ. This was a very strange thing, because Charles Guiteau had never had any interest in politics his entire life. He bought a pistol from a "gentleman", and then shot President Garfield. Knowing that Illuminati mind-control was already taking place at this time, certainly makes this assassination an area for further study. John Noyes had his groups conducting seances and carrying out initiation rites. He personally sexually initiated the girl children of his communities at these rites. In June, 1879, when the authorities came to arrest him for mass rape of little girls, he fled to British Canada, where the British government gave him asylum. After Noyes skipped the country, the community was incorporated as a joint-stock corporation called Oneida Ltd., which later burned a large amount of the personal records and the diaries of the members to keep their sexual activities forever secret. Itís interesting to note, that long before 1879, in June, 1847, Noyesí had treated a woman Harriet Hall for tuberculosis & dropsy by holding a seance ritual and sexually sealing the spiritual cure with intercourse with the woman. After the womanís husband reported this, a grand jury indicted Noyes. He skipped bail and an almost sure conviction by fleeing to New York. People have wondered how he managed to practice his odd sexual behaviors for years and never get into trouble with authorities.

Margaret Sanger, an early feminist, was also an advocate of eugenics. In their zeal to make her a hero, modern feminists have neglected to notice this side of her. Sanger advocated sterilization of the feeble-minded by

Page 10 ...

the government. This all sounded good at the turn of the century before legitimate research showed that genetics played only a partial role in how people turned out, and that environment and choices by individuals also played just as big of a role in how people turned out. Many of the people who were sterilized under eugenic laws were realized to have been victims of pseudo-science and hysteria. The Great Depression leveled many proud and haughty people down to the same level as the common people they had sneered down upon. Rich and poor found themselves in bread lines. The financial elite and the academic elite were humbled and the eugenics racial theories in the U.S. largely disappeared. Finally, H.J. Muller, a famous and respected geneticist, gave an outstanding and courageous speech to the Eugenics Society in NY in 1932 where he lambasted the eugenicists for using false better-breeding theories to rationalize the criminal behavior of the elite. The Illuminati had suffered a temporary setback in legitimizing their criminal rule over humanity. In recent years, the Illuminatiís evil ideas about superior and inferior blood lines are being given more credence again. The National Institute of Health funded a $1.7 million study at the University of Hawaiiís Behavioral Biology Lab to get solid information on how genetics relates to intelligence so that "informed decisions" about population control can be made in the future. Almost every state has now adopted genetic screening of new-born babies in the U.S. While the Illuminati may not be able to fully implement their superior blood theories in society in general, they have been secretly working feverishly in labs and in secret rituals around the world to redesign mankind to their preferences. Many Illum. members are the end result of carefully monitored genetic engineering. They want to manufacture the future via control over human genetics. Many years ago, the first step in the Illuminati genetic program was the creation of specifications. When these specs, these criteria, were set as goals, they then worked to realize them. They have been working at them, and refining the results as they continue to work toward specific goals. They have sought the perfect assassin. They have sought the perfect slave. They have sought the perfect baseball player and golf player. They have sought the perfect soldier. The borders between these manufactured Illuminati total mind-control slaves and an industrial robot are fast becoming blurred. The end of the human race as we know it, and civilization as we know it, is rapidly approaching. Via molecular biology and genetics, humanoids that are vastly different from normal humans have been created in secret underground installations. They have been modifying humans to design para-humans, and then applying mind-control to them. The Illuminati is not only controlling humanity, but under their control redesigning it. Lest anyone forget, the descendants of John Noyesí Oneida Colony, and the genetic model wonder children born in Nazi Germany are still around. According to one source, the Naziís produced numerous offspring of Hitler which were secretly taken to many countries and then later reassembled in certain special towns. These children received mind-control as well as being specially endowed with as many special traits as the Naziís could give them. If this is true, it could have some significance in the future. Illuminati kingpins are also able to store their semen via cryogenics for all kinds of scenarios. Frozen sperm can be used to create a son after the father had died. Should an Illuminati kingpin want to impregnate his grand-daughter 10 years after his death, it would be possible. On the flip side, single women can choose semen from sperm banks. Another twist that the Illuminati have taken advantage of is taking the fertilized egg of one set of parents and implanting it into a brooder slave to raise the child as a surrogate mother.

Page 11 ...

It should also be mentioned that ex-Illuminati members have explained how planned births are coincided to have the child be born on particular special occult dates. (The Illuminati have a intense lifestyle of secrecy, so most of their members do not carry the last name of the bloodline they belong to. Some members are given significant occult names for their legal name, and others use legal names which have no significance. Having a legal occult-significant name is not essential, because the alter system will receive a secret Illuminati occult name.) The bottom line is that bloodlines, genetics and genetic engineering is playing a role in the selection process of who is programmed a certain way. Also the Illuminati has particular research goals that have been structured into their 20 year, 30 year and 50 year plans. Case histories show that a child will receive education and programming in order to participate in secret research projects years down the road. Some of todayís marked children are invariably being quietly educated to help with future research goals. As might be suspected the inbreeding within the secret Illuminati bloodlines and their secret satanic lifestyles take their genetic toll.. How do the Illuminati get rid of their leftovers, the children their bloodlines have that arenít going to amount to a great deal? In terms of mind-control, the male children that are the programming leftovers, the ones that are not really fit to make into politicians, doctors and lawyers, will be made into stalkers, according to an ex-Illuminati programmer, who worked in this area of programming, the ratio of men to women that are programmed for stalking is about 90% to 10%. Why discuss how the Illuminati makes stalkers? First, many people doubt that there is a controlled conspiracy by the Illuminati to control the world, because in their limited understanding they think that there are too many uncontrollable people around for the world to be controlled. They donít realize that a large share of those crazy people were intentionally created by the Illuminati. The Illuminati programmers and handlers during the 40ís through the 60ís, according to insiders, had specific quotas on how many people to have go crazy so that the mental institutions (which were used for programming) could maintain their government financing. Readers, who have followed this authorís lectures, have heard him explain how a. the Illuminati make a decision to "solve" a problem they have created, then b. get the government and private groups to study the problem for years so that eventually it looks like their (secretly preplanned) decision is the best course of action for the country, and then c. their lackeyís in the political process implement the decision supposedly for the "good of the people". After 30 years of good financing for the mental institutions so they could do their assigned task of programming hundreds of thousands of people with tasks for the NWO, the Illuminati then set things up so that the mental institutions dumped their populations out onto the streets, where they can carry out the missions they had been programmed to carry out. They next step was to privatize the prisons, which are being used for mind-control (not to mention hard-core porn of women victims in prisons). The Illuminatiís long range plans for mind-control included that they would turn over the prisons to people like the Illuminatiís Order of the Skull & Boneís Wackenhut Services, Inc., Coral Gables, FL, (ph. no. 305-666-5656), and the Illuminatiís GE Government Operations, Cherry Hill, NJ under James Becker at 609-486-5042. In the 18 page Heritage Foundationís study of prison needs entitled "A Guide To Prison Privatization" (done on May 28, 1988, Wash. D.C.), the Heritage Foundations gives all the correct Illuminati answers to the question of privatization of prisons, including listing the following "corporations that provide prison services ... Behavioral Systems SW, Inc.,... Eckerd Family Youth Alternatives, Inc., ... GE Government Operations, Cherry Hill,

Page 12 ...

NJ.. .Wackenhut." All groups that this authorís research indicates are Illuminati and involved with mind-control. An example of several studies that this author has obtained that were done to show us that privatization of prisons is the best answer to our problems is The Development, Present Status, and Future Potential of Correctional Privatization in America by Charles W. Thomas, Prof. of Criminology & Dir, of Private Corrections Project; Charles H. Logan, Prof. of Sociology, Univ. of Conn., & Visiting Fellow, Fed. Bureau of Prisons. This paper was done May 1991. Our government also got into the act and the GAO wrote up a govt. report in Feb. 1991 stating that the government could save money by privatizing prisons. The Illuminati need their people seeded at all levels of society, at the gutter level as well as in palaces. This is where the stalkers, their leftover children used for programming are handy. Many of these stalkers had secret Illuminati lineages that are hidden via adoption. As one ex-Illuminati member said, "They are the weak links." The Illuminati must have dependable people everywhere, even in the gutter and prisons. Why create stalkers? There are a long list of reasons. It is somewhat difficult to explain unless readers are already familiar with the bigger picture. People, who have sat in on Illuminati meetings where their 20, 30, and 50 year plans were discussed, will explain how the Illuminati wanted to break down the family structures and bring violence into the schools. This is Ordo ab chaos. However, the schools had rules to protect themselves from dangerous violent activity done by children, so they had to create violence in the streets, to get violence into the schools by the backdoor. Stalkers were part of the program to create violence. Another purpose stalkers serve for the Illuminati is that they make excellent spies if they get attached to someone. They will find out everything they can about that person. Their minds will creatively invent all kinds of ways to get information about their fixation. How does the Illuminati program a child to become a stalker? They have the programming techniques to create a stalker down to a fine science. In short, it consists of 1. they bond the child extremely close to its mother or a woman as it grows up. This creates a side-effect of homosexuality. The mental mechanics of this side-effect are that the male has an unmet need for men. The Illuminati will manipulate this latent homosexuality but not allow its expression. They want to continue to strengthen the apron strings that attach the child to the mother image. Meanwhile they utterly destroy all self-respect and self-image of the child. It is totally disgraced so that its only identity is its identity with its mother figure. The child can not stand on its own two feet without the support of the mother-figure. When the boy approaches puberty, they are watched very closely by the Illuminati, be that in a military school or tightly controlled cult family setting, etc. They do not want the apron strings to ever be cut. They want them to remain dependent when they would naturally become independent. They want to insure that the young boy doesnít develop a sense of who they are. The victim of stalker programming will never emotionally grow out of that age of about 11-13 when boys would sever the ties to their mother. They stop growing emotionally at about age 12. This is all carefully crafted by the Illuminati. These young men never understand themselves or their programming. They donít understand the impulses and uncontrollable drives that hit them. They canít get off their programming merry-go-round, because it is rooted in the first brain, their maternal instincts, the "reptilian brain" which has no conscience. Their stalking of their mother figure is a survival instinct that they donít understand. They make good spies. They will persist in tracking and stalking a victim, until they break down the victimís walls of privacy by their sheer tenacity, persistence, and force of will.

Page 13 ...

This is because it is a survival instinct that has been harnessed by the Illuminati programmer. Because this programming is laid in at the reptilian first brain level, these stalkers can be violent without a higher brain conscience, and their minds will manufacture some justification to protect this survival need to stalk. The mind protects itself, so they have a strong denial system. Every time someone "rejects" them, it triggers their programming. Because they are driven by their reptilian first brain (the various brains are explained later in this book) they only think in the here-and-now, long-term projects bore them, they donít have the stick-to-itiveness needed for many jobs, except their eternal quest for an identity with the mother-figure they stalk.

TRAINING THE UNBORN CHILD

The Illuminati in its typical schizophrenic way, has not neglected the opportunities to begin the programming process in the womb. The scientific research in this area has been kept quiet, but from an ex-Illuminati programmer it is clear that they are aware of much more about the unborn child in the womb and its thinking processes than the public knows about. I was privileged to read the excellent book The Secret Life of the Unborn Child by Thomas Veiny, M.D. with John Kelly. This book is written from a loving Christian viewpoint and incorporates scientific research about the thinking of unborn children. Interestingly, Veiny studied research into the mind of the fetus from researchers at the Max Plank Institute, Munich, Germany, from the Esalen Institute, Big Sur, CA., from the Center for Research on Birth and Human Development, Berkeley, CA which are all institutions involved in mind-control and mind-control research. Just one example of the learning abilities of the unborn child, an autistic child remembered the english her French speaking mother was around during work while the child was in the womb. Veiny writes, "The fetus can see, hear, experience, taste and, on a primitive level, even learn in utero (that is, in the uterus--before birth). Most importantly, he can feel--not with an adultís sophistication, but feel nonetheless." (p. 12) Research has clearly showed that the fetus can think and is shaping its (his or her) personality while in the womb. Maternal thoughts, feelings, actions, and fears all reach the child in the womb and affect the child. The maternal bonding with the child while in the womb is also critical.

Researchers have been unable to pinpoint when a baby in the womb begins to think, and have a consciousness, but some theorize that it goes back clear to the beginning of conception. One study taught fetus babies to kick on the cue of a vibration. The researchers have determined that the unborn child hears what is being said around it, and is beginning to associate its language skills around the voices it hears. The unborn child hears and reacts differently to different music played. Soothing words and soothing music will calm a fetus. One conductor remembered into his adult years, the cello music that had only been played while he was an unborn child. According to excellent research, the start of awareness is clearly evidenced between the 28th and 32nd week. At that point, the brainís neural circuits are just as advanced as a newborns. This is why the Illuminati can get away with causing so many preemie births to enhance dissociative abilities. From the 32nd week on the child shows that it carries out REM sleep. It is also interesting the children, teenagers and adults have widely divergent sleep patterns but the time spent in REM sleep stays constant. Researchers have been able to trace memories going back to the sixth month of pregnancy. In other words, from the sixth month of pregnancy onward, some of what the unborn child learns will be remembered. (See pg. 23 of Varnyís The Secret Life of the Unborn

Page 14 ...

Child.) This is why the Illuminati has made a point of having the unborn child hear the voices of people who will play a role in the trauma and programming of the child. The child may already know the hypnotic voice of one of its cult programmers at birth. Researchers found that by playing a tape of a motherís heartbeat to new-born babies that the babies felt dramatically more secure, and were much healthier and did much better. A child who has been trained to its fatherís soothing voice in the womb, has been proven to remember it and hear it after birth and to respond to it in a positive way. In fact, the emotionally healthiest children have been found by researchers to have had their fatherís voice in their life prior to birth. Unborn children do not like to be poked at. In the eighth week of life, the unborn child is already using his physical abilities to show that he dislikes intensely to be poked. One of the early fetus traumas, that the Illuminati like to carry out is to poke the fetus with a sharp object to make it dissociative in the womb. By the fourth month, the unborn baby is making facial expressions. Four to eight weeks later they are sensitive to touch, and donít like to be tickled while in the womb. Sometimes children are tickled during medical exams. If cold water is injected into the motherís stomach, the baby intensely dislikes it. The child can be overwhelmed while in the womb with horrible sounds, bad tastes caused by what the mother eats, being touched in ways that it dislikes, etc. Rock music drives unborn children crazy. Programming drugs that cause particular thinking in the fetus can also be administered. Can one see that the traumatization to cause MPD can easily start in the womb? In fact, with many Illuminati babies, they do create womb splits, and have even started trying to teach Christ to the child while in the womb, to speed up the process of when they will purposefully make the child feel rejected by God and to experience the black communion with Satan. The foundation of trauma-based total mind-control is fear. A deep spirit of fear cripples a person spiritually & emotionally. The foundation of fear can begin to be layered in while the child is still unborn. The unborn child has near-sighted seeing. He can detect light shined on his motherís stomach. In fact, the fetusís eyes, which are living in a dark world, will hurt when light is shined onto the momís stomach. A long-term unresolved personal stress on the mother will be one of the worst stresses her unborn child has to deal with. Short term stresses donít seem to have the long term side effects that long term stress has. Short term stresses are soon forgotten by the child. Somehow, the love that the mother has for the child is transmitted to the child, and forms a protective shield so to speak for the child to resist traumas and stresses. When the mother is ambivalent (even though outwardly happy) or cool in their emotions, the babies have been proven by researchers to consistently have more physical and emotional problems.

If the Illuminati want to create an effeminate gay man, they can administer progesterone and estrogen to the mother during her pregnancy, and this will influence the development of male children to be effeminate. Certain researchers have been warning about the hormones that are in our daily food because modern techniques of raising cattle and producing milk include giving hormones to the animals.

It is also known that the childís concept of "I" the self starts in the womb. Those children who have had a secure womb feeling have been shown to be more confident with their sexual lives later on in life. While those who were terrified in the womb had a tendency to have sexual problems. The traumas that are induced into some of the babies for programming purposes may have a destabilizing effect on the sexual stability later on in life, and it may be that the programmers

Page 15 ....

take advantage of the unsure destabilized feelings that are a consequence of terror in the womb. Children born from induced labor have a statistically high relationship to sexual sadism, and males typically have masochistic personalities. (See pg. 19 of The Secret Life of the Unborn Child). Since certain Illuminati children have their birthís induced to match certain dates of the year, this is one contributing factor as to why Illuminati males, born into bloodlines that have for centuries considered certain birthdates important, have such a high incidence of sadistic tendencies. Verny believes that C-section babies, due to what happens to babies during the birthing process in contrast to a normal birth, have certain emotional needs that later as adults are expressed as promiscuous lives. Women due to their C-section birth, develop a deep seated desire to be held, and intercourse later becomes the price they have to pay to satisfy this deepseated need.

COMMON ILLUMINATI WORK WITH TWINS

The Illuminati mask the removal of babies from pregnant mothers with "alien abduction of fetus" cover stories. When twins are in the uterus, it is common for the Illuminati to skillfully take one of them. This is part of why the disappearance rate for a twin baby is 75%. It is so prevalent that it has been given the name "the Vanishing Twin Phenomenon". The Vanishing Twin Phenomenon is well established by statistics. Establishment doctors generally claim that one twin has absorbed the other twin. Some researchers claim that this can not be the real explanation for any part of the birthing process. Elizabeth Noble in her book Having Twins, (Houghton Mifflin, 1990) states, "With increasing use of ultrasound, it has been observed that more multiples are lost in the uterus than previously thought--some studies say as high as 80 percent of twin pregnancies. Considering that there are still 2 in 75 people born as twins, what a great number of twins would be born if the disappearance rate were not so high. There are many cases of two heartbeats being detected only hours before the delivery, and yet only one baby being born. Many mothers have been suspicious, but the doctors tell them that the second heartbeat "was only a mistake." The explanations that doctors give for disappearing babies who are never born often do not seem satisfactory. There are different kinds of twins:

a. There are dizygotic, also called fraternal twins. Two variations of this is when eggs from two consecutive ovarian cycles are separately fertilized, or a single egg divides and each of its halves gets fertilized.

b. There are monozygotic, which are identical, or clones so to speak of each other. Identical twins are always of the same sex. They share the same genes, the same fingerprints, dental characteristics, etc.

c. There are monozygotic mirror twins, which have identical characteristics on opposite sides of their body.

When one twin disappears, the surviving twin will often develop psychological problems around the disappearance, even if the child is never told that they had a twin disappear. The Illuminati believe that the soul of a dead twin goes into the live twin. They consider twins which have two souls very powerful individuals. One doctor, William Baldwin, has written in his book Spirit Releasement Therapy: A Technique Manual that he believes that the dead twin astrally attaches its soul to the surviving twin. Dr. Alice Rose believes that some eating disorders are the result of a twin dying in the womb due to competition for food.

To further complicate things, the Illuminati program their slaves to believe that they have a twin somewhere. Elvis Presley, a Monarch mind-controlled slave, believed he had a twin that communicated with him spiritually. In the Angel Times magazine, (Oct. issue), a childhood friend of Elvis states that

Page 16 ...

Elvis communicated with beings as a child. These being had showed Elvis a vision of dancing, and of people "dressed in white with colors all around." While it is popular to dismiss the vanishing twin phenomena with superficial medical explanations, or with alien theories, at least of some of the phenomena is the result of the Illuminatií s massive system of abuse, where they need babies for sacrifice, experiments and programming.

SELECTION OF ADULT CANDIDATES FOR MIND-CONTROL

There is an ongoing operation within the intelligence agencies to identify adults who would make good candidates for mind-control. For this reason, the CIA set up many years ago chains of weight-loss centers (as well as stop-smoking centers and stop-drinking centers) that help people with weight loss, & breaking drinking & smoking addictions. At these centers, people trained to identify clients with high levels of suggestibility have been identifying for the intelligence agencies, (esp. the CIA) potential mind-control victims. Intelligence assets are located around the country and even outside of the United States. The perpetrators try to look for individuals that come through immigration, who come into county clinics and hospitals, government hospitals, etc. who have the following initial attributes:

a. they are over 120 I.Q.

b. they are alone without a support team of family and friends

c. they do well on their first session where hypnosis is clandestinely perpetrated on the individual

d. they have other attributes that can be exploited to the advantage of the intelligence groups.

If a person is identified at a weight-reduction center (which is a CIA front) as having a weight problem that needs to receive hospital treatment AND they are also highly suggestible, they will be subjected to mind-control while hospitalized. According to one source, IF the individual, who has been a. spotted, b. singled out and c. placed under hypnosis without their consent, d. looks likes a useful candidate for mind-control to the psychologists and intelligence field officers, THEN a file will be started and they will be placed in a CALL FILE. The initial hypnotic session may be in a dirty doctorís office, or in some cases in emergency rooms. Dirty doctors working in emergency room settings are careful to work undetected by clean hospital workers. The hypnotic suggestion is implanted that the victim return at a particular date to a location where more detailed work can be done.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 1.

A proper candidate, that is one with an I.Q. above 120 and proper hypnotic abilities, will be given a code cue, that is an alpha-numeric code, or a number or a word code that identifies them. This is embedded hypnotically. If the person has no relatives that are important, they will be instructed and secretly helped to move to a location chosen by the intelligence agencies. The programmers will cover their tracks so that what has happened at this level is deeply embedded in the subconscious mind & canít be retrieved.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 2.

At this level the person is used operationally at very easy and unimportant tasks. He is also assigned someone. The hypnotist programmer is beginning to soften the victim up and make them more pliable to suggestions. If he successfully performs these small jobs that have been hypnotically written into the mind, then he will be given a RECALL SERVICE NOTICE by the person who is in contact with the victim. Now the person moves on to level 3, which is a fully operational level.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 3.

When the victim is instructed to come in, they do not realize what is in store for

Page 17 ...

them. Now their own personality will be re-written according to what script the programmers want it to have. The person will be set to carry out his instructions as needed. The slave will now be given specific trigger codes to carry out assignments. All field agents of the intelligence agencies get level 3 control.

GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 4

This level is reserved for candidates who are very intelligent and very loyal to hypnotic commands. Victims of this level of mind-control will follow out any command they are given, whether it be suicidal or harmful. Because these victims of mind-control are now under total mind-control, just as many members of the Illuminati grow up under, the intelligence agencies want to protect their level 4 slaves. They will be given a new life along with a total new identity. All the credentials and paperwork that the new identity needs will be created. The slave has now received a totally new life, and whatever SCRIPT (agenda) the intelligence agencies want. The programming that was placed in up to level 3 is erased in a sense and an entire new life script is placed in. This is done with the use of drugs, deception, and other sophisticated mind-control techniques described in Vol. 2 and this book. Complete areas of memory are erased at this stage and then a new history is written into the pre-puberty area of memory. This takes some time, and is accomplished using a number of techniques our books have described. The old memory is erased and OVERWRIITEN with the new history and script. The brain assimilates this new knowledge as if it's always been there, because it feels comfortable putting something into a void spot. The programmers prefer to find a period in the original personís life when nothing happened. It is easy to erase a memory block when nothing significant is in original memory, i.e. it is basically blank anyway. As a sleeper the level 5 slave may marry and lead a relatively normal life. One clue that the person is going to be used on a mission is if he suddenly leaves his wife & goes somewhere. This may be a clue that the handlers are positioning the person for a mission. They may also have nullified the slaveís external life, so there isnít the purpose of life to prevent a suicide mission.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 5

This level is reserved for people with an I.Q. of at least 130. This level will require taking the slave to a special programming center, where they are taken down to the comatose level of subconscious awareness to place the programming in at the deepest levels of the mind. The victim may be comatose for days or months, and this requires a catheter in the neck, urinary and digestive tracts to keep the body properly functioning. Because the person will be hospitalized for quite a while, a popular cover story is that they had an automobile accident. Remember, in Vol. 2, it was discussed how Roseanne Barr (now an actress with MPD/DID) had as a teenager an "automobile accident" during which she received significant programming. Many of these level 5 slaves are placed as sleepers into organizations of all kinds, where they lead "normal lives." The level 5 triggers activate programs deeply embedded and NESTED into the memory of a person. A team of programmers work on level 5 slaves. They must make sure that the victim has a support system so that they do not self-destruct. They may have psychologists in normal life set up to serve as a support person for the slave. It was interesting to see that AFTER learning from people in the know about how memory is erased and a new identity given, that the show "No Where Man" portrayed this happening to a black man. Whoever wrote the scripts for No Where Man had an excellent understanding of what is going on in mind-control.

TESTING YOUNG CHILDREN TO PLAN THE PROGRAMMING.

In Vol. 2, chap.] it was explained how the programmers can test the preverbal child

Page 18 ...

to determine & plan how they will program them. EEGís & Gittingerís Tests were discussed. Here is more information. Researchers have been able to study the personalities of unborn children and to watch how these personality traits stay with the children through their lives. In the Vol. 2 book it was explained how the Illuminati has used EEGs to determine the personalities of pre-verbal children so that they know what type of programming is best suited for that personality. Interestingly, on Mon., April 12, í96, 11 p.m. after the Vol. 2 book was out on the market, 20/20 did a show where they showed researchers using EEG electrodes to monitor childrensí brainwaves for their happiness potential. It is known that brain potentials associated with voluntary movements have been identified, thereby giving big brother the potential to predict when a person is going to make a particular movement. The brain is dynamically looking at patterns and continously generating hypnotheses about its environment which are then validated or invalidated by information picked up by the senses. The P300 wave (known as the P3 wave for short) allows neuroscientists to track decision making in a brainís cortex. The P300 wave shows when the mindís thought processes have been internally surprised. In this way, detection of the P300 gives a method of lie-detection superior to the polygraph. When surprised the brain creates P300 wave by internal brain functions--such as what chapt. 4 will call "cognitive demon processes". Initially, EEGs are taken of child victims, with an analysis of the different wave forms. Next, will come tests of VERs (visually evoked responses). This is valuable for instance, because bright children will show asymmetric (high amplitude) responses during VERs from the right hemisphere. Children with low I.Q. show the same evoked response from both hemispheres. This is just one window on the mind that the Illuminati programmers have of the preverbal children. There are other evoked-potential tests that are being used to determine personality traits too. Evoked-responses can also be used to show whether the person is conscious, or how deep they are in a coma. The early components of the evoked-response, which occur 10-20 milliseconds after a stimulus, are believed to come from the brain stem and can be used to determine a level of a coma. Evoked-responses are also used to determine particular learning disabilities within a child. Right-handed children will show even prior to birth, an anatomical specialization that favors language acquisition in the left hemisphere. So they can even determine what handed-ness the child has very early on.

 

Chapter 2

Image2.gif

Baron Guy de Rothschild, of France, has been the leading light of his bloodline. The Baron is an Illuminati Kingpin and slave programmer. For those who have bought the cover story that the Catholic Church is not part of the Illuminatiís NWO, I would point out that the Baron has worked with the Pope in programming slaves. This photo was picked for the trauma chapter because the Baron has a droopy left eye. Many of the deeper Illuminati alters show droopy left eyes due to the trauma they have received. The authors are not aware of what the official explanation for his droopy left eye would be.

 

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page 19 ...

 

CHAPTER 2.

SCIENCE NO. 2--

THE TRAUMATIZATION

& TORTURE

OF THE VICTIM

The basis for the success of the Monarch mind-control programming is that different personalities or personality parts called alters can be created who do not know each other, but who can take the body at different times. Letís review some important points that were mentioned in the Vol.2 book, ĎThe amnesia walls that are built by traumas, form a protective shield of secrecy that protects the abusers from being found out, and prevents the front personalities who hold the body much of the time to know how their System of alters is being used. The shield of secrecy allows cult members to live and work around other people and remain totally undetected. The front alters can be wonderful Christians, and the deeper alters can be the worst type of Satanic monster imaginable--a Dr. Jekyll/Mr. Hyde effect."

A great deal is at stake in maintaining the secrecy of the intelligence agency or the occult group which is controlling the slave. The success rate of this type of programming is high but when it fails, the failures are discarded through death." Each trauma and torture serves a purpose." To create alters (dissociative parts of the mind) the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia walls, so programmers have been spending years trying to outdo each other in creating the worldís worst traumas that humans can survive, so they can program people. Readers may at first wonder why cover this gruesome part of the programming? There are a number of reasons. People who pretend to be helpful people--such as some ministers, and some professional therapists--are unwilling to look at the facts of what have been done to the victims they claim to want to help. How can the victim ever come out of denial and face the issues around their dissociation--IF the people helping them who didnít experience these traumas first hand canít even face the existence and nature of these traumas? Many therapists encourage the victim to maintain their amnesia walls, "let the past be the past". They say, "You canít change the past." No matter how appealing this advice sounds, this advice for victims of trauma-based mind-control this is defective, idiotic simple advice. This type of advice only continues the mind-control and the abuse of the victim. No wonder Christian ministers who are under their mind-control are used to spout off this type of defective advice. It is important to cover programming traumas because it validates the memories of recovering victims, and because there are standard types of trauma that are used for certain types of programming. For instance, traumas that desensitize a person to killing--i.e. traumas where the victim is forced to kill innocent people--are used to program assassination alters. The base of the programming is FEAR layered via trauma. Hopefully, the readers will be inspired and motivated like this author to try to stop this horrendous mind-control.

 

DAILY ABUSE WORKS BEST FOR PROGRAMMING

To insure that the programming and abuse stays hidden from even the slave, the slave is given daily traumas as a child to keep them dissociative. The Illuminatiís programmers get the cooperation of a vast network of abusers who traumatize the children who are being programmed. One of the Illuminatiís fronts is the Catholic church, which the Jesuits manage for the Illuminati. Under the cover of religious retreats and their religious image, many Catholic clergymen have been participants in the vast trauma network actively creating trauma-based mind controlled slaves. The problem in exposing this is that first the people who are being traumatized

Page 20 ...

have trust in the clergymen who are doing the traumas. Second, if the victims or parents of the victims suspect anything, they usually go to church officials rather than the police in order to clear up the problem, yet protect the church. Additionally, in most cases both the corrupt religious system, working behind the corrupt police and judicial system manoeuver to protect the abuser and to further victimize the mind-control victim and anyone coming to the personís rescue. The following are but a few examples of a widespread network of secret abuse, that will not be uncovered because the system to catch abusers has long ago been corrupted and infiltrated and controlled by mind-controlled slaves, as well as by blackmailed or bribed dirty persons of authority.

 

∑ Roger Trott, a Catholic Priest in Delmont, PA convicted of molesting 12 boys, got a suspended sentence by the judge. Can you believe such unbelievable leniency?

 

∑ Father John Engbers (b. 1922, in Holland), catholic pastor at Leroy outside of Lafayette, LA. He baby-sat for a family, in which he sexually molested their children, their five daughters. He was treated as a member of this family and the mother, who was of Amer. Indian descent, was very close ("worshipped"-according to one daughter) to Father John. She spent long hours alone with him. He would tell his victims that they were his "puppet, like Pinocchio." He molested some of the girls almost every day, and had them under his control enough that they returned even when they were living at a distance from him. He had what appeared to be a hypnotic type spell over them. Father John Engbers molested many children during his years as a Louisiana priest, until he fled in 1985. He had lots of money to spend. The Catholic church had known he was molesting children clear back in 1952, when some parents complained. The Catholic hierarchy helped him escape back to Holland in mid-1985, when reports and law suits over how he sexually molested children came out. The case of Father John Engbers has all the earmarks of a participant in the daily Monarch mind-control abuse given to children.

 

∑ Dennis Dellamalva, a Pennslyvannia Catholic Priest, who molested boys, and the judicial system protected him from prosecution. The judge, a catholic order the records of this paedophilia priest sealed, and the catholic church which knew of his deviant behavior continued to give him a position of authority.

 

∑ Michael Peterson, a child molesting priest, who was a drug addict and a homosexual, was one of the catholic hierarchyís main men involved with investigations of pedophilia, who died of AIDS, and his rich sidekick Stephen B.C. Johnson II, who administered a catholic facility near Boston, Mass. Michael Peterson lived a rich lifestyle in Marsalin, and later Suitland, next to St. Luke and told people that he was not worried about anyone, because he had the goods on them to force them to comply. Michael Petersonís St. Lukes was used by the Catholic church to receive many priests that were caught doing paedophilia. In the first six years, St. Lukes claimed to have cured 55 child molesting priests.

 

∑ Monsignor William A. Kraft, (b. Rochester, NY), Knight of the Holy Sepulcher, was pastor of St. Therese during the Ď60ís, and by 1978 the rich pastor of St. Charles Borromeo, San Diego. His father was a chief executive with Eastman Kodak. Kraftís sexual molestations of children have all the earmarks of being a Monarch mind-control abuser. He was protected by the Catholic hierarchy and the system from prosecution for molestation of children. When children are being tortured and traumatized by persons who are respected in society, and when these children see the police and judges protect these people, do you see why this further traumatizes them, and convinces them that there is no hope? Once they lose hope of outside help, their minds are further propelled to obey the commands of (continue with the picture below. The text continues under the girl in the left upper corner. Editor's note)

Page 21

p_little_girl2

Page 22 ...

 

∑ ANGER-MANAGEMENT-PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS

The first type of abuse is prenatal. The second series of abuses occurs from 2 to 4. The third round of programming abuse, is given to the child around 5 to 6 years of age. One of the specific programming abuses is teaching the child slave to redirect their anger away from Papa or Daddy the slave owner. The Papa Bear, Daddy figure in the slaveís young life will intentionally provoke the child with teasing to aggravate the child into rage. Exactly what is done to provoke rage within the child will vary, but the result is the same, the child feels rage. The question is then asked, "Are you angry with daddy?" "Yes!" at that point electroshock is applied to the head, toes, tips of fingers, nipples & inside the vagina, or penis by electrodes attached to the child. The child will be brought to the level of rage, and then allowed to cool down for 30 minutes. The childís alters are then via behavior modification & hypnosis taught to redirect their anger toward themselves. "WHEN YOU ARE ANGRY WITH YOUR FATHER, YOU WILL HURT YOURSELF. DO YOU UNDERSTAND? The message will be played over & over & the question "Do you understand?" will be played over & over. The child is shocked until they are compliant. The suicide programming will be layered in. Part of layering in the suicide programming, is to create pain in the right ear via a needle to the ear, with the creation of horrible disorienting sounds, while pulsing lights drive the brain into its alpha programming state. At a certain brainwave state the programming begins with repetitious self-destruct messages. These messages debase the value of the person to reinforce the suicidal destruct messages. After the child has learned that they are to hurt themselves, then they will learn specifically to cut themselves if they get angry at Papa or anyone in the Illuminati family they belong to. After this training, the child will attach subconsciously a fear of pain to the concept of anger toward its Illuminati controllers.

 

∑ SILENCE PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS to TEACH SILENCE

One way to teach silence is to repeatedly kill persons of all ages in front of the person being programmed while telling the mind-control victim that the people who are being sadistically killed because they talked. However, the "no-talk" lesson will be repeated and embedded in many different fashions for Illuminati mind-controlled slaves. Perhaps a favorite Illuminati method is to expose the victim to watching dental tortures. The viewing can be reinforced by subjecting the victim to some dental tortures themselves. A common dental torture would be to extract the tongue of a live and conscious victim. Then dental tortures are done to the victim, and the intense jaw pain of the torture is linked to tripping the no-talk programming. If the person talks--their jaw hurts and they may pull up the dissociated feelings of seeing a person lose their tongue. This then will be further backed up by training an alter to carry out Russian Roulette if the system talks, and training numerous other alters other types of suicide if the system talks. In other words many back up programs mutually support each other in overkill. Considering that dental torture is used for no-talk programming, it was with dismay that this author discovered that Virtual I-O Co. is now making virtual reality eye glasses for dental work. Seashells and other images are linked to the concept of "no-talk" via programming laid in using methods described elsewhere.

Another "no-talk" program is the "Donít tel me" telephone no talk programming.

 

∑ TORTURE FOR NO-WRITE

The victim has their right hand bound behind their back and then is made to walk on their knees like a dog.

 

∑ PAY ATTENTION TORTURE

There are a host of these, one example is a needle inserted up the nostril behind the

Page 23 ...

eyeball.

 

∑ A COMPLIANCE TORTURE -- The Black Slave Chair.

The Black Slave was invented by a Syrian doctor who helped supervise torture, hence its arabic name al-Abd as-Aswad. The victim is strapped to this metal chair. What is unique about this chair is its design & its hole so that a hot skewer can be shoved up the anus. Another device for programming is a harness used as a suspension device. Yet another is an electrofied water bed for turning one in an electric eel." Compliance is also taught by taking an eyeball out of the victim (later replaced), and by dislocating an arm at the shoulder. After this the victim can be wrapped as if in a cacoon within bandages. The supposed treatment for the dislocation, places the victim in sensory deprivation, another trauma.

 

A TRAUMA TO DEVELOP ANIMAL ALTERS

Helpless humans will be displayed to child victim of mind-control. These helpless humans will be visciously killed by some animal, a lion, a tiger, a snake, a wild dog or whatever. The programming lie emphasized at this point is that it is better to be that particular type of animal than it is to be human. Then the animal is sacrificed and its spirit is ritually joined to the childís alters. Other programming is added to insure the dehuminization process to make certain child alters into particular animals. When finished, the child will contain viscious protector animal alters within their system. The prior example of a programming trauma actually pertains to structuring. The mind-control science of structuring MPD (DID) is discussed in chapter 7. It may be of significance to stress to the reader that traumas come in many shapes. The traumas are not done without some thought. Specific traumas are given for specific desired outcomes. The power and horror of a trauma is hard to gauage. It often results in a type of subconscious adrenlin-rush addiction. The traumas involving sensory deprivation and betrayals of trust can be just as devastating as painful tortures. Sad to say, sometimes for programming purposes all three types may be skillfully combined into one horrendous experience that overwhelms the mind.

 

TRAUMA TO ISOLATE THE VICTIM

A birthday party will be given for the victim. The birthday cake will contain a bean somewhere. It is announced that whoever gets the bean will get a surprise. When someone gets the bean, the mind-control victim finds out that the surprise is that they must take the life of the child who has found the bean. This programming trauma is part of a series of traumas designed to make deeper alters afraid of accepting any gifts from outsiders. The deeper alters are programmed that gifts always come with a sacrifice. Gifts always cost something. Nothing comes free. "SEVER ALL TIES, HAVE NO FRIENDS" are the programming messages. In reality, what Satan is doing with this trauma on a spiritual level is what the British Empire did with small countries. The British would warn small countries, "you are in danger, we will protect you. (The Spirit of Fear says, gifts are dangerous, let me the Spirit of Fear protect you.) When the British moved into small countries like this, they called them protectorates, & then they took over. (The Spirit of Fear, pretending to protect the victim, takes over and the victim develops a deep-seated free-floating phobias towards gifts from anyone. What pretends to protect, actually ends up controlling & enslaving.) As the reader treks through this book, he or she will encounter places where other traumas are discussed, such as tortures via implants, & traumas via rides in amusement parks, & spinning traumas during the structuring for creating alter families from an alter. Finally, the waves of fear created by repeated traumas layer in Spirits of Fear, which form a dark spiritual foundation.

Page 24

p_clothing2.jpg

p_adrenalchrome2

CHAPTER 3.

SCIENCE NO. 3

 

The USE OF DRUGS

IN REVIEW

The science of Pharmacology (drugs) has given the Programmers a vast array of mind-altering and body-altering drugs. Some of the drugs are not used to directly alter the mind, but to change the body (make the skin burn), or make the person vomit, or some other reaction that can be harnessed to further their nefarious programming goals.

 

DRUG RESEARCH

One of the sites which has done research/programming into MPD and drug action on the brain has been Bethesda, MD where Dr. Irwin J. Kopin was Chief of the Laboratory of Clinical Science, at the National Institute of Mental Health. He was active in research into how drugs can affect the mind.

 

CLASSIFYING MIND-DRUGS

When this author studied differential equations, and higher mathematical it became clear that everything can be reduced to a mathematical explanation. Sometimes a mathematical notation is easier and clearer, than other explanations. This author suggests that drugs that affect the mind could be classified on three scales:

Scale X: the wakefulness or arousal scale, which runs from a coma, to asleep, to alert, to hyperalert

Scale Y: the attitude, or affect scale, that is one's manner of feelings, responses etc., running on a scale from suicidal and depressed to euphoric, blissful and elated.

Scale Z: the integration of reality scale, which runs from confusion, delusions, and psychotic thoughts to integrated, clear, lucid thinking.

Many (if not all) of the drugs that were listed in Vol. 2 and this chapter can be plotted along one of these scales, and sometimes 2 or 3 of these scales, which means an x,y, z axis configuration can be used to compare such drugs. In terms of naturally occurring brain substances which are manufactured synthetically and injected according to the programmersí needs, it could be stated that the original purpose of the substance can be malevolently tampered with.

p_mind-drugs.jpg

ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS FOR PROGRAMMING

The distribution into the brain of a drug is dependent upon many factors. Under microscopic-level inspection, one discovers a personís brain is physically constructed to allow certain molecules to enter into the brain in certain complex ways. Just because a substance is put into the blood doesnít mean it gets into brain tissue. Researchers have discovered such drug properties such as lipid solubility, the ionization, its tissue-protein bonding abilities, and its molecular size all play a role in how well drugs get into the brain. Further, the Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) which will be discussed indepth in Chapter 8 can play a role in drug absorption. Several studies during the 1960ís showed that the removal of drugs or substances from the CSF, can reduce the effective concentration of a drug in the extracellular spaces which make up perhaps 12% of the brainís volume. These physical factors are not the only factors involved.

Page 26 ...

Researchers have repeatedly discovered that different people respond to mind-changing drugs in many different ways--including two different people having opposite responses to the same drug. There have been a number of studies about this phenomena, including: (SarwerFoner, 1957), (Henninger, et. al., 1965), (Rickels & Downing, 1966), (McNair et al., 1966). Over the years, it has been discovered that a personís mental abilities, expectations, prior drug experience, age, sex, race, personality traits, and personality types can all potentially influence how a mind-altering drug will effect a person. For instance, a sedative drug administered to an extroverted confident athlete caused the athlete to feel anxiety and disorientation. In contrast, an introverted nervous intellectual felt calmness when the same drug was administered. Particle size of the drug and the rate of dissolution will help determine the rate at which a drug is absorbed (and eliminated) into the body. For instance, when colloidal silver has been produced by a process that yields small particles, it will cleanse the body, while larger particles of colloidal silver will kill a person. Different companies and different preparations of the same drug may have different outcomes upon the body. The persistence of a drug in the body is calculated by programmers using half-lives of a drug. This means that at one half-life, one half of a drug is left in the body. At two half lives, one-half of one-half is left or (1/4). At three half-lives there will be 1/8 left of original drug. In other words, the rate of elimination decreases with time. When heroin is processed into morphine, its characteristics change. The heroin takes affect quicker, but doesnít last as long as morphine. This is because of enzyme mechanisms in the liver and how they react to the morphine in contrast to the heroin. Different drugs react differently with the complex enzyme mechanisms of the liver. Phenobarbital amazingly increases the enzyme content of the endoplasmic reticulum with habitual use of the drug. Phenobarbital will then enhance a particular type of toxicity. Low doses do not hurt the body, but there is a threshold where damage from phenobarbital will begin occurring to the liver and kidneys. This is a sampling of why it is important that the Illuminati use extremely skilled medical personnel in the application of programming drugs. The programmers are far more skilled than most legitimate therapists in understanding how much of what drug to give to which alter personality. The mental makeup of an alter will influence how that alter will respond to drugs. Some deeper alters can resist drug influence due to training. Some deeper alters are so fine-tuned that they only need small doses. With their superior knowledge of how a System of Multiple Personalities has been created within a victimís mind, the programmers have a distinct edge over deprogrammers in how to administer drugs. On top of that the programmers, place in all types of programming to prevent anyone but the programmers (or approved people) from administering drugs. An example of how strong the mind can be over drugs--is when the programmers "SET THE STAGE", "PRESENT THE SCRIPTí and then use Seconal to obtain deeply embedded programming commands. Setting the stage is a programming term for talking to the victim in such a way that the mind is receptive for what the programmer wants the victimís mind to do. Presenting the script is the actual set of commands that the programmer gives to the victim. For instance, the programmer functioning as a hypnotist tells the victim that a powerful sedative will be given but that part of the mind will be strong enough to overcome the sedative effect of seconal. The victim is instructed "WHEN YOU HEAR THE WORD [trigger power code word, for instance: ZEBRA COME FORTH]...YOU WILL RESPOND TO WHAT I AM SAYING." The seconal is given and the person is placed in an isolation

Page 27 ...

chamber. A good programmer skilled in hypnotism can actually get a victimís mind to respond under the influence of seconal in an isolation chamber. Then the programmer will lay in deeply embedded commands while the person is in a sleep deeper than a twilight sleep. When the human body receives several different kinds of drugs, sometimes drugs compete with each other during the excretion/elimination phase. This may create a buildup or a retention of one of the drugs. As discussed in Vol. 2, the programmers donít like to use combinations of several drugs because it complicates things. There is still a great deal of unknowns concerning adverse drug reactions. Some people do not show an allergic response to a drug until it is administered several times. Because of the potential for allergic reactions or side effects, the Programmers are helped because the programming centers, according to ex-programmers are extremely well stocked with different drugs, & the Programmer can if need be shift to an alternative programming drug. Most slaves are programmed to stay away from the use of drugs, except those drugs that the programmer/handler approves. By reducing the use of drugs of all kinds, the problem of adverse drug reactions, and other complications is reduced for the programmers. Some people who are health freaks who stay away from drugs are actually carrying out a front program for their programmers.

 

MORE PROGRAMMING DRUGS (these were not listed in the Vol.2 Formula book)

Acetophenzine aka Tindal--(this anti-psychotic has been used on multiples, it mutes anxiety, suspiciousness and delusions. it would fall more into the control category of uses rather than for actual programming.)

Amines--(this is a general term for many types of the brainís own chemicals used to produce moods, and feelings)

Damiana--(aka Mex. Witching Herb, the extract is used w/ other herbs during progamming for a relaxed pleasure state.) ĽAn example is Damiana-Biack Kava Kava-Valerian-Skullcap-Wild Lettuce Opium, which makes a "itís-nothing-but-a-dream" state.

Chloral hydrate--(which is a hypnotic put in pill form such as chioral betaine, Beta-Chlor, and given with something like a glass of milk. About 500 mg. of Chloral hydrate are given for a hypnotic for an adult.)

Cyciohexamide--(produces retroactive amnesia)

Cylert--a type of speed

Datura aka Jimsonweed, or thorn apple--(sometlmes used to help a child conjure up their personal spirit.)

Iminodibenzyis-- (used for sedation)

Lettuce Opium--(tradition Hopi shaman trance drug)

Mandrake--(from the Mandragora plant, an ancient occult drug, a traditionai witchcraft drug for causing people to sleep)

Methaqualone--(a rapid hypnotic drug that produces a dissociative high, it can be used to put someone into a coma)

Pemoline-magnesium hydroxide (aka PMH, helps enhance conditioned avoidance training by acting as a stimulant, is helpful for repetitive learning situations by a general alerting effect on the mind)

Phenothiazines--(used to raise the threshold of electrical stimulation tolerance, to tranquilize or induce sleep)

Rowan--traditional sleeping/death herb of witches; May Day is also called Rowan Tree Witch Day.

Seconal, aka Seconal Sodium or Secobarbital Sodium--(a popular programming drug to stabilize programming, to set in deep programming into the base of the mind such as dates and codes, and to block out memory of missions by slaves, see various paragraphs below for more explanations. Used in 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 mg. increments. A tubal pregnancy/birth can be hid in a woman by 300-400 mg., while surgery on an adult man may require 500 mg.)

Tetradoxyn (made from the Puffer Blowfish, used by Voudoun, & others to create a zombie state)

 

In our discussion of drugs used in programming, this chapter will expand upon the previous book by discussing the application of drugs to:

a. to stabilize the programming after torture b. hiding the codes

c. building in deeply embedded structures and beliefs, and the creation of false identities

b. to influence the memory by drugs c. to stimulate instinctual behaviors

d. to create moods and attitudes by synthetically manufacturing and injecting the brainís own natural amines.

 

STABILIZING THE PROGRAMMING

The total mind-control of the Illuminati is called "trauma-based mind-control" because repeated traumas are inflicted upon the victim is a very systematic calculated inhumane way. The tortures and stress are all parts of a programming package. After a particular harsh session of programming the victimís mind will be in a high state of terror, shock, dissociativeness and splintering. The victimís

Page 28 ...

mind canít take much more, and the potential of having uncontrolled splintering of the victimís mind and thereby having the destruction of the mind and programming threatens the programmersí control. The programmer wants the mind and body to rest so that the programming can set in, without destabilizing events occurring. For instance, after severe water torture (drowning) the programmer will want the programming (hypnotic script) to set in, and he will give seconal (aka seconal sodium or secobarbital sodium) to induce a deep sleep. Sleep occurs within 10 to 15 minutes. Sometimes a victim's heart has been pushed to its limits during a trauma and they must shut the body down to let the victim rest. Seconal is a drug of choice for this. Seconal is administered in hospitals or programming sites where trained personnel know how to give the drug. Dirty psychiatrists, who understand the relationship between drugs and human behavior and who are either programmers themselves or assistants to programmers often are the ones who give the victims drugs like seconal.

 

EXTENSIVE RESEARCH DONE TO INFLUENCE HUMAN MEMORY BY DRUGS

The complete list of researchers who have studied the effect drugs have on memory would require a massive book. However, we will just mention a few that pertain to this book briefly. One of the places the effect of drugs on memory was researched was at the Univ. of California at Irvine, CA. Another was at institutions in the Boston, Mass. area such as the Massachusetts General Hosp., in Boston. Dr. Talland in Boston tested the effects of PMH on human memory. He discovered PMH could help people relearn material that had been partially forgotten. The Illuminati programmer Cameron (aka Dr. White) also tried out various approaches including the administration of RNA and RNA- synthesis stimulants. John C. Lilly, who admits being a member of an Esoteric Mystery School, was a government researcher on the use of LSD to program people. He did part of his work on LSD programming at the Maryland Psychiatric Research Center under admitted government financing. His book Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer (NY: Julian Press, 1967, & revised format 1972) is an excellent paper trail of how the Illuminati has used LSD to program total mind-controlled slaves. Originally, the book was given out only to a few select people. The book attempts to hide what it talks about behind a long intro, long sentences, big words and arcane psychological terms, but it does spell out how they do the mind-control programming with LSD. A section later in this chapter will lay out for the reader how they do this.

 

ONE TYPE OF EXPERIENCE OF VICTIM HYPNOTIC DRUG A MIND-CONTROL

The drugged victim feels like he is looking through a keyhole and the hypnotic voice of the programmer is the key hole. The world may be very shadowy and drawn in on itself. The mind has its attention on the hypnotist/programmer.

 

The BASIC PHASES of MEMORY

The human memory process can be basically broken down into 3 phases, the registration phase, the retention phase and the retrieval phase. Great amount of research has gone into how to use drugs to manipulate each of those phases. Great amount of research also went into how to measure peopleís abilities to a. learn, b. remember, c. and to do non-learned behavior such as arm-hand steadiness and visual time reaction.

 

WHAT the MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMERS USE to MANIPULATE memory.

Scopolamine was found to impair short-term memory. It was discovered that retrograde

Page 29 ...

amnesia could be created by electroshock several hours after the brain had learned something. This lesson caused the Illuminati and those working in mind control with them to use cattle prods and stun guns.

If a person performed something they were to forget they can be stunned or given scopolamine to deaden their memory. A quick anesthetic applied immediately after something has been done might also impair the retention of what had happened. Yet another way is seconal, which will be discussed soon. Low doses of analeptic drugs given about 10 to 20 min. before training were found to help learning. Analeptic drugs include bemegride, diazadamantanol, pentylenete-trazol, picotoxin, and strychnine. It was discovered that strychnine helps enhance classical conditioning. It can be administered either before or after the learning has taken place. It is believed that memory storage is enhanced by strychnine and strychnine sulfate. Strychnine was also found to help protect the mindís memory against the effect of electroshock. Abusers out on the street have been turning to GHB and Rohypnol to decrease inhibitions and to cause memory loss in their victims. Rohypnol (which sells for up to $10 a tablet) is dependable but more expensive than the GHB. A number of women who have been raped by adding these drugs to their alcoholic drinks at the Club Boca, Palm Beach, FL made the paper after they were drugged and raped after partying at the club. (The Palm Beach Post, Mar., 1996 pp. 1B, 10B.) GHB (Gamma Hydroxy Butyrate) is a compound essential to the body. It acts similar to a neurotransmitter. It helps release the Human Growth Hormone and removes inhibitions around intimacy, as well as some other beneficial effects. GHB crosses the blood-brain barrier and metabolizes into GABA. GHBís high degree of safety was proved over 25 years of research, and was basically an established fact before the FDA and the media demonized GHB. Several sources seem to indicate that the FDA banned GHB --not because it has dangerous side effects, which it doesnít have inspite of the established mediaís disinformation campaign with half truths--but because it is not patented by the drug companies and would cut into their profits.

GHB also has a great aphrodisia effect. It reduces inhibitions to have sex, but because the woman clitoris is more sensitive it interferes with female orgasms. However, when the women do achieve it, it is longer and more intense, according to GHB researchers. (This author got much information on GHB from the Centurion Aging Research Lab.) GHB is described here because it is a drug that is known by the type of people who use sexual slaves and other people, and its use and misuse pertain to mind control. Like so many things involved with mind-control, GHB and many other items could be put to positive uses if used in the proper way. Sometimes the programmers use drugs rather than ECS (Electroconvulsive shock) to destroy the memory in slaves after they have done some mission for the Illuminati, the Syndicates, or Cult they belong to. The decision to use drugs rather than ECS is largely personal tastes. The very sadistic programmers enjoy using ECS, while the less sadistic ones often use the drugs, which in some instances actually perform better, but are not as violent to the victim of mind control. Retroactive amnesia can be caused by an intracerebral or a subcutaneous (under the skin) shot of Acetoxycycloheximide, cyclohexamide, or puromyxcin. A more sophisticated technique incorporates the drug seconal (aka Seconal sodium), the victimís dissociativeness (the MPD), and hypnosis. Seconal is a strong sedative that puts people into sleep. The programmers have considered it "wonderful". The victimís mind is conditioned hypnotically to be able to remember the drugged-seconal state. Then the hypnotic command is given that if anything about a particular mission is remembered, the

Page 30 ...

person will immediately trigger (pull-up to the front of the mind) the seconal memory. This is why many therapists discover their clients getting sleepy when they get close to certain thoughts, or when they try to do therapeutic work.

HIDING THE CODES

Chapter 4 provides some of the programming codes, some of which are standard and some of which are unique to a particular slave. Seconal was the standard drug used during the 1950ís and 1960ís to hide the programming codes in the mindís memory. The procedure is to give a small child under 50 lbs. perhaps 10 mg. of seconal. The programmer has already "SET THE STAGE" and presented the script. After the child goes into its deep sleep, the programmer pulls the childís mind awake hypnotically (actually to be technically correct, the programmer pulls up those alters/parts of the mind that the programmer wants to work with). The child may awake on an satanic altar or other programming setting. The child is then programmed. After the programming, which may include satanic rituals, the child slave is given 20 mg. more of seconal and allowed to go into a sleep again. A cover program (a cover story--that is a false code will be planted hypnotically in front of the real code. "IF YOU SHOULD REMEMBER THIS..." If a slave starts to remember any code, in spite of the hypnotic commands not to, and all the threats and alters trained to protect the codes, etc. then the programming to sleep kicks in. Also remember that the codes are placed in when the victim is groggy, so to pull up the memory will cause the slave to abreact the drugged-state. Not all the alters are drugged. In setting the stage, the programmer orders some alters to back off from feeling or associating the experience. They are hypnotically commanded not to experience the drugís effects, or to only experience it in a partial manner. This can be done with small amounts of seconal. Larger amounts of seconal will override the mindís ability to block the drugís effects. The programming experience where the codes are put in, will likely be remembered by the slave as something similar to the following, a sleepy blurry picture of a nurse, then a doctor and a table, and then an IV, then the memory fades, and the slave gets sleepy thinking about it.

It should be pointed out that the mind has strong natural abilities to dissociate painful memories. Not only must the victim try to retrieve memories by fighting the mindís natural dissociative abilities, the victim must fight the hypnotic suggestions, the irrationality of conflicting ideas due to the false cover memories laid in, the DRUG memories attached to induce sleep if the victim remembers, the memory shattering from the shock of the stun guns, and the fear of countless other threats internal and external if the memory is recovered. It is no surprise that most victims of this horrendously abusive mind-control have front alters who are totally unaware of the mind-control and abuse.

 

PROGRAMMING WITH LSD-25 (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide)

The Programmers use controlled and manipulated LSD trips for mind-control purposes when layering in the programming for the Illuminati slaves. The victimís mind is trained and mentally prepared before actually being subjected to the drug. The programmers understand how the mind unleashes its fears, including its fear of LSD itself, while under the drug, so that small doses are given at first and then increased. This is so the victim of mind-control can learn to face and manage the effects of the drug.

When the Illuminati want to set the foundations for a system, they will use LSD in a sensory deprivation tank on a child to program in such things as: the hell-pit (a dungeon in a castle), the images of evil guardians, worlds & stars & galaxies which contain alters, the outer space in a system, and the protective program where the mind

Page 31 ...

spreads out like molecules and loses the ability to think. The sensory deprivation tank will be set at 920 to 950 F. isothermal skin, saltwater suspension, zero light, near zero-sound levels. The victim will be naked without contact with the side of the tank and in remote isolation for several hours. Electrodes can be hooked up to shock the victim if they move to prevent the victim from wanting to move. Victims usually are conditioned to like the sensory deprivation tank before they are programmed inside it with LSD. After having listened to two ex-programmers describe LSD sensory deprivation programming, this author was amazed to discover that the LSD programmer John Lilly had actually written a book about how to do the programming! (John Lilly was also into witchcraft & aliens.) The government wasnít quite as thrilled with his book as I was, they withdrew research funds from him in 1968 when only a few copies of his book came out. And now finally almost twenty years later, the human LSD programming that John Lilly described is finally being put into its larger context--that of trauma-based total mind-control. On page 126-127, Lilly explains that implanted programs in the child can be placed in below the level of the mindís awareness, but which will affect their entire outlook on life, and which will control their thinking and behavior far into adulthood. The programs can even be done to control the most basic functions of life. Lilly says that the programming possible with the use of LSD is "...not achievable outside the use of LSD-25. This amount of control can be said to resemble other ways of achieving control and visual projection but in actual intensity I know of no other way to achieve it. Hypnosis is a possible exception." (Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer, p. 20) On page 19, Lilly states that LSD can be used to change an experience to have a negative or a positive charge on it. Sometimes people who work with the mind refer to negative experiences as "negative charges on an experience", and good experiences as "experiences with a positive charge". Apparently, according to Lilly, the brain can switch chemical charges on an experience and shift its attitude from viewing as either positive or negative. In fact, this very thing is done during Illuminati programming. For instance, it may be done if a memory surfaces that the programmer doesnít want the alter being programmed to understand. This last paragraph is interesting when one realizes that under LSD the subconscious mind is allowed to release its thinking into the conscious. If a person has been traumatized, the subconscious mind under LSD will release the trauma memories and flood the person with horrible thoughts. So before one can get to the transcendental wonderful creative thoughts, a person has to deal with this garbage. The sub-conscious erupts like molten magma. Before the child is given the LSD, the child is going to have to be mentally prepped. Just as Seconal could only be used after the hypnotist programmer had SET THE STAGE, so also with the LSD. The LSD programmer if he is experienced will have an idea how the victim will react to the drug. Each person reacts in his or her own way, but there are patterns of reaction. The programmer will hypnotically warn the victim, YOUíRE NOT TO FEAR such and such thought. They may tell the victim that it is just their imagination, when it is repressed memories of trauma surfacing. The programmer will let one alter carry the true feelings (such as fear) of the surfacing traumas, and another to carry the story line being programmed in with LSD. The programmer may have to calm the victim down while they are in the tank. The Illuminati use hypnosis in conjunction with the LSD programming trips. They also use some other mind-control items too. Further, LSD is not the only programming hallucinogenic that they have used for some of

Page 32 ...

this type of programming, they have tried Peyote, but LSD seems to be the drug of choice. On page 20, Lilly describes the use of mirrors along with LSD to create visually projected images. The Illuminati programmer will play a movie, a script over and over so that it is constantly in the forefront of the victimís mind. Then the stage is set and the script (such as TAKE WHAT YOU SEE INTO THE MIRROR) is hypnotically given. The victim goes under LSD and in about 15 minutes reaches their LSD high. Most people can be talked to by the programmer during the programming, and the programmer can get some feedback from what is happening in the victimís mind. The victim will be placed in front of a mirror. Then the victim will project the image that was repeatedly shown him or her (say for instance, Alice In Wonderland, or Tinkerbell, or Mickey Mouse) onto their own image in the mirror. A special state of consciousness is induced where the personís perception is altered and they see the projected image as their own reflection. While watching the projected image on the mirror, the mind under LD will also project its own feelings and facial features into the mirror. If the victim is angry, happy, in pain, admiring themselves, etc. then projected image (for instance, Mickey Mouse) will also been seen this way. Using this type of programming, the programmers can create twinning parts. That is if two people are to be twinned, parts that see themselves as the other person are created using the LSD mirror programming. Ceremonies and demons will also be added to strengthen the twinning, and this may be done to a 13 year old teenager within the Illuminati. These projections can be maintained and worked with for about 30-40 min. during the drugís high. After this length of time fatigue sets in and the person must rest before being brought to another high. A clean slate alter can be prepared by the script and then will actually believe that it saw itself as the projected image. By the time, the session is through the clean slate alter believes it is Alice in Wonderland or whatever character the programmer(s) wants it to be. During the trauma of an LSD programming trip, the mind may see flickering images, melting, mosaics and other things. These distortions can form a cover memory if the programmers wants them too. During the sensory deprivation tank experience under LSD, the victim can be asked to open their eyes, or close them. If asked to form a mental screen, the victim under LSD will see a blank screen differently if their eyes are open as compared to closed. If the victim is allowed to look while in a dark tank out into the darkness under LSD, they will visualize themselves as merging with the infinite universe and not even having a body. This memory is used to build in the outer space of a system. On page 32, Lilly describes the type of programming used to create an Infinity, a Rubicon, or Outer Space within a system. He says, "The self is still centered at one place but its boundaries have disappeared and it moves out in all directions and extends to fill the limits of the universe as far as one knows them. A person taking LSD may experience, whether being programmed or not, that they are in touch with all the stars of the universe.

LSD distortions in reality can also be used to protect the programming. If the mind gets too close to remembering something, then the mind triggers automatically a memory of its molecules expanding into the universe and losing their ability to think. This is simply a controlled LSD memory. When external stimuli is ceased, the brain takes over the spaces that were formerly occupied in the thinking process by external reality, and replaces it with feelings and thoughts from the internal mind. Lilly states on pg. 24 that when programming people under LSD, "The blank

Page 33 ...

screen is the most difficult one to work with but is the least Ďdrivingí of the group. The blank screen interferes least with oneís creative efforts;..." In other words, if the victim is closed off to external stimuli, the mind can focus all its energy into free associative creativity. Once the victim is in isolation, religious music can cause the brain to free associate religious visions, cartoon voices can cause the brain to free associate the cartoon figures, etc. The Illuminati/Intelligence agencies must wait 3 to 6 months between LSD programming sessions. If they do it more often, they run the risk of hooking the personís mind on the drug state. Then the person will lose interest in reality, and simply try to escape reality into the LSD world as a drug addict. From recollections from ex-programmers and victims, its clear that as the child victim is traumatized during the [SD sensory deprivation (including being shocked) experiences it goes through a sequence or chronology of changes which are noted in detail by the programmers. Certain splits occur at certain points in time which will be used for special tasks. For instance, at a particular extreme moment the victim may go into a "nothingness state" which is between life and death, where the mind quits perceiving that it has a body. This is not an out-of-body experience, it is a nothingness experience due to an extreme near-death experience. This clean slate can be used for the Cabalistic programming of the Ain Soph Aur. The Ain Soph Aur is the cosmic egg from which the universe supposedly began, ain = vacuum, soph limitless, and aur = limitless light. For Satanists they interpret this to the light at the top of the pyramid, Lucifer. Alters created in such a fashion may be placed in a succession of realms. If true Caballism is followed this will consist of 4 realms (worlds) of 10 clean slates. These four worlds are Atziluth = boundless world of divine names, Briah the Archangelic World of Creations Yetzirah = the Hierarchal World of Formations Assiah = the Elemental World of Substances

The child victim in the sensory deprivation tank is not allowed to move without being shocked. Gradually the will of the victim is broken by the total control the programmer maintains over the child in the tank. But the will of the child continues to be broken until the will of the child to live is broken. At this point, when the mind has given up the will to live, the programmer (or assistant programmer) will tell the child in the tank, "If you create such and such types of persons and such and such no. of them (perhaps 10 or 20 are asked for) then you can come out and weíll stop hurting you. Give me a signal that youíve done your job and Iíll stop hurting you when the job is done. Move a finger or blink your eyes three times if youíve done your job." Blinking three times generally feels the safest for the child, and is generally the limit of what the mind and body can muster to save themselves. The alters, which are made when the mind & body have lost the will to live, are the dissociated parts that will be made into suicide alters. Their breathing is very shallow, they are in pain in the tank. When these parts take the body, they still function in that state. Years later, if the adult body has these suicide alters take the body, there is a good chance they will commit suicide, if not simply die from the shallow breathing. Lilly states on page 31, "One experiences [under LSD programming] an immediate internal reality which is postulated by the self. It is apparent to me that oneís own assumptions about this experience generates the whole experience. The experienced affects, the apparent appearance of other persons, the appearance of other beings not human, oneís own past phantasies, oneís own self-analysis, each can be programmed to happen in interaction with those parts of oneís self beyond oneís conscious awareness."

While the victim is in the sensory

Page 34 ...

deprivation tank, the programmer can ask the victim to create guard alters within the castle images they create. These are equivalent to the imagery that is done in witchcraft. These image alters are not the same as a trauma-created dissociative alter. The following are the type of beliefs that can be programmed into a person in the sensory deprivation tank under LSD no matter what their prior beliefs (this is substantiated by Lilly, pages 4 1-49 and ex-programmers).

a. The person could successfully park the body and leave the body somewhere, astral project and explore new universes. The victim can be brought during an LSD trip to this thinking and experience the astral projection from around 20 mm. to 2 hours.

b. The victim can be made to feel as if they are a tiny mote, a tiny dot, a single microflash of energy in their own view of time, a mere particle. Time can become infinity and the victim a mere microflash. The victim during this experience seeks a god who is a great being to control him. This is used in the Illuminati alien programming to program in the evil and good aliens, or evil or good gods. The gods or the aliens on such a programming trip will not be so strange that the victim as a mote canít understand their purposes and activities. In other words, the aliens on programming trips like this turn out humanoid. The victim experiences being nurtured by these beings or the god(s) that he sees. The victim may perceive these aliens on the trip experimenting with us. One UFO researcher and author about the aliens has used his LSD trips to research aliens. Sad to report, this researcher is a programmed multiple. It is easy to see how the mind could think that it was learning about aliens, because this is a common easy-to-create LSD programming script. Again in summary, this second set of beliefs is that the person is a mere mote, a small flash in infinite time. When an alter of a slave thinks or goes internally where it shouldnít, this programming is attached to the mind so that the victim loses sight of who they are and feels very insignificant and only a dot.

c. The next program that LSD naturally lends itself to, is that the victim is only part of a vast computer, only part of a vast mind. For some reason, the LSD is able to hit a part of the mind that regulates the perception of free-will. In this type of programming, the victim under LSD is convinced that he or she has no free will and must participate each second with some larger mind or computer.

d. Personalities that have been seen externally by the victim will be incorporated within the personís internal world.

e. LSD changes the victimís perception of time, and can be used to go back or forward in time in the mind. Under guidance, the programmer can manipulate this ability to build into the mind false memories and images.

f. If "white noise", that is random background noise is placed into an isolation tank trauma, the programmers have found that under LSD the brain tries to make sense of the random sounds and projects the voice of God into the random noise as a method to turn chaos into something comprehendible. With the right dose, and under the right conditions, the programmers can get the voice of "God" to say about anything they want. Because the sense of hearing in the sensory deprivation tank is not feeding the mind anything, the human brain under LSD can easily substitute in the voice of God.

g. For girls, who have been determined to have personalities with low sexual appetites, the sexual desires of certain alter personalities can be manipulated during an LSD trip by having these alters hold the body and the body go through exaggerated pelvic movements and other experiences. This is an example of the type of training that Gittinger (see Vol. 2) discovered was necessary in order to change thinking patterns within a person--in this case with the MPD (DID), some alters can be radically changed from the original personality.

Page 35 ...

The overall effect of such LSD programming on anyone, whether child or adult, is that the mind at a deep level begins to doubt its ability to grasp the real from the imaginary. Therapists sometimes wonder why alters are not more anxious to determine reality. Part of this may be the side-effect at a profound level of the brain beginning to doubt its abilities to separate reality from fiction. If the LSD trips were not controlled by the programmers, insanity could result for the victim. Further, the LSD trips pose a danger that they could clutter the internal world of the victim and splinter their mind uncontrollably. This is why the trips must be carefully guided, controlled and monitored.

 

CHEMICALLY TRIGGERING NATURAL INSTINCTUAL DRIVES

The brain when a child is born is like a computer which is ready to go, and just needs the software loaded on. In other words, the brain is already a functioning complicated programmed piece of hardware, it is not a blank sheet. The mind is preprogrammed to carry out important instinctual functions, such as drinking water, eating food and sleeping. Likewise, the adult mother instinctively has maternal instincts. Selectively applied chemical or electrical stimulations to the brain will elicit the instinctual behaviors that are pre-programmed into the brain. A microinjection of a soluble sex steroid into the anteromedial hypothalamus would likely trigger the maternal instinct in a person. The various instinctual behaviors that are triggered by microchemical injections or small select electrical shocks will last for up to an hour. (A.E. Fisher was one of the principal researchers in this line of research during the 50ís and 60ís.) For instance, A.E. Fisher and E. Vaughan, discovered that the male instinct for sex could be stimulated by a small shock to a specific part of the brain. (See "Male sexual behavior induced by intracranial electrical stimulation", Science magazine, 1962, 137, pp. 758-760.) Steroids are one of the chemicals that are used as well as selective minute electrical shocks to trigger instinctual behaviors. Reliable responses can be obtained from a victim, if the correct chemical is placed at a place in the brain where the chemical will cause the brain to send an electrical signal to trigger an instinctual behavior. A searching reaction can be created so that a person or animal searches for something in his surroundings by electrical stimulation of the hippocampus. Eating can be reliably induced electronically or by drugs. Perfusate taken from ventricles or neural tissue of a person who was starved before death, and placed into the lateral hypothalamic area will cause the person to eat whether they are hungry or full.

 

SEXUAL STIMULATION-PROGRAMMING

The users of slaves need some of the parts to be nymphomaniacs. In order to program this type of behavior, the programmers not only use the reversal effect when pain becomes pleasure (see Vol. 2), but they also use hormones and drugs to make certain parts nymphomaniacs. If they were not artificially stimulated they could not endure the over-use they are subjected to at times.

THEIR ABILITY TO MANUFACTURE (SYNTHESIZE) BRAIN CHEMICALS TO MAKE MIND-CONTROL DRUGS

Part of the ability to do mind-control has to do with their ability to synthesize the actual specific chemicals that the brain produces to alter itself. When the brain wants to relax, or excite itself it uses certain compounds. A large number of the brainís chemicals have been cataloged and can be reproduced in the lab. The messages the brain sends have to jump from one neuron to another via transmitters. The rate that the brain releases these transmitters can be both directly and indirectly changed by drugs. In other words, one can tailor make moods and emotions in the brain chemically.

Page 36 ...

The term "Amines" (which are compounds that have a nitrogen atom that can accept a proton) came to have a specific meaning for brain researchers. The transmitters between neurons in the brain are Amines such as dopamine, epinephrine, histamine, norepinephrine, octopamine, serotonin, and tyramine. The principle method to synthesize these transmitter amines is "decarboxylation of the parent amino acid." In other words, the chemist takes Tyrosine and applies Tyrosine Hydroxylase (an enzyme) and produces Dopa another similar compound; and then the enzyme Dopa Decarboxylase is applied and from that the similar Dopamine amine is created. Then Dopamine-Beta-oxidase (another enzyme) is applied in the final step of the three enzyme steps to create Norepinephrine. Both Dopamine and Norepinephrine are neural transmitters. If norepinephrine is diminished in the brain, sedation occurs. Alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine (as well as other compounds) was found to be one of the things that would prevent the brain from creating (synthesizing for itself) norepinephrine. Serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) is created in a fashion similar to dopamine, in that tryptophan is taken and acted upon by the enzyme Tryptophan hydroxylase to get 5-hydroxytryptophan, and then a decarboxylase converts this compound to serotonin. To reverse things, and prevent the brain from having serotonin, they can prevent selective parts of the brain from creating it with p-chlorphenylalanine.

 

ADRENALCHROME (Adrenal Chromaffin)

This naturally occurring yellowish brown drug was not mentioned in the Vol. 2 book, although it was mentioned in this authorís newsletters in í93 and May í95 The drug is obtained by sacrificing a terrified person, perhaps by plunging the athame into them, and then taking a hypodermic needle and extracting the adrenalchrome from the base of the neck in the pineal gland. A sacrificed person only yields about 10 c.c. so the drug is not only very secret on the black market but very expensive. A Scientific American article by Carmichael and Winkler is the best thing that I have discovered on the adrenalchrome. The Max Planck Institute in Germany did research into Adrenalchrome. Dirty law-enforcement officials and others have worked to keep the existence of adrenalchrome a secret. It is not known if Adrenalchrome has ever been used for programming, but it is a popular secret drug of the elite Illuminati kingpins. For many years, they were not able to synthetically produce the drug, and had to rely on human sacrifices as their source. It is possible that in the last year or so, that some method to synthesize the drug may have been found. Chromaffin cells secrete adrenaline, noradrenaline and other substances into the bloodstream which exert a great deal of control over tissue, and organs.

 

HERBS

Another place that programmed DID Satanic Ritual Survivors may encounter herbs is the use of herbal charms to enhance magic spells.

 

OILS

The Illuminati have also used oils for their powerful properties. Recently, a doctor who was trained by the Freemasons has been helping people discover the powerful properties of these oils. Christians also have been rediscovering the powerful healing powers in pure Fennel, Frankincense, Juniper, Lavender, Peppermint, Pane and other cold pressed Oils and combinations of oils.

Summary of Major Point.

The guided LSD trips in the sensory deprivation tanks are crucial for laying in the foundational programming. Readers will learn more about guided LSD trips & programming drugs throughout this book.

Page 37 ...

 

CHAPTER 4.

SCIENCE NO. 4 - HYPNOSIS

 

HYPNOSIS & the OCCULT

From the Egyptian Sleep Temples to ancient shamans, the occult world has been putting hypnosis (including self-hypnosis) to work for centuries, even millennia. During the 18th and 19th century, the Masonic lodges put hypnotism to use. In 1882 Jean-Martin Charcot, considered the worldís greatest neurologist at the time, gave hypnotism respectability by publishing his own studies, which included recovering A. trauma memories blocked by amnesia, and B. memories presumed permanently lost by organic amnesia. At that time, a group of french medical doctors located at Nancy just a 100 kilometers southeast of the Mothers-of-Darkness castle, had a school of hypnosis that influenced doctors all over the world including Freud. These french doctors had caught on to the power of suggestion to the subconscious.

In the 1780ís, Marquis de Puysegur was putting people into deep hypnotic trances and then commanding them to forget the hypnotic session. James Esdaile in his book Mesmerism in India & its Practical Application in Surgery and Medicine. (pub. Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, 1846) pp. xxiii-xxiv, describes and lists hundreds of surgeries (some quite serious) which he did in India using hypnosis as his anesthesia. He found his patients could heal quickly and experienced no pain under hypnosis. In modern medical history, every type of surgery has been successfully carried out without drugs and "without pain" by using hypnosis. In the VoL 2 book, it was brought out that perceptive researchers have figured out that the pain under hypnosis is placed by the mind into a dissociated piece of the mind, which is essentially what MPD (DID) is all about. Tests have shown that hypnosis to reduce pain does not work by the brain releasing endorphins (see Hilgard, 1975 & Spiegel and Leonard, 1986). The mind simply diverts the pain into a "mental floppy disk" that it doesnít look at. In the early 1880ís, occult researcher Edmund Gurney found he could give post-hypnotic commands that would be successfully carried out in the future. What amazed him was that subjects would fulfill commands exactly as commanded at a particular time on a particular day without even looking at the clock. Various european doctors, too numerous to mention, discovered in the 1880ís that they could cure various diseases via hypnosis. The cure rate was not 100%, but significant enough to make hypnosis an option in some treatments.

This author (Fritz) has reported that programmed multiples are able to increase the temperature of one body part, or one side of their body. Cisco, the co-author of this book, when she hits certain programs, turns ice-cold on the right of her body and burns on the left side. It was with great interest then when this author located the 1920 work of hypnotist J.A. Hadfield who published his work in Lancet, 2:

pp. 68-69, under the title "The influence of suggestion on body temperature."Using hypnosis, Hadfield could get a subject to drop his temperature in one hand to 680 while the other hand stayed at 94ļ. Here is the paper trail to what they have been doing to programmed multiples for half a century. Today, the occult world uses sophisticated hypnotic techniques as one of their programming tools to create mind-controlled slaves. The slaveís mind is structured into a robotic-computer controlled by a master. Parts (alters) of the slave will learn how to trance (self-hypnosis) on cue. The better conditioned a subject is to hypnosis, the easier they fall into trance. The victims of mind-control are all very conditioned for

Page 38 ...

hypnosis, even though their programmers then hide that under post-hypnotic suggestions that no-one else is to be allowed to hypnotize the slave. The ancient saying is that a picture is worth a thousand words. In conveying suggestions to the subconscious mind, the occult world of black magic and the programmers are very aware of the power that picture images convey. The good programmer will be able to utilize images to give him tremendous leverage in hypnotic techniques. An alter which needs to create something in the mind can be prepped with images, and can be asked to borrow images, such as borrow such and such quality from this person or animal. The child alter who becomes a Lion after eating a dead lionís parts can imagine the qualities (speed, agility, fierceness) of the lion easily. The image of the lion is worth a thousand words to the hypnotic programmer. If the programmer wants an alter that is trained in karate to be agile, quick and fierce, they donít mind dehumanizing that alter to become a lion or tiger. One element of why this is done is the power of the image for hypnotic commands. The deeper Illuminati alters will be highly skilled in self-hypnosis & the ability to change at will into various states of consciousness. This is part of their witchcraft training in order to practice witchcraft.

 

UNDERSTANDING THE BASICS ABOUT HYPNOSIS

The Programmer is attempting to produce suggestions that the unconscious mind will accept. If the subconscious mind accepts the programmerís suggestions then the suggestion becomes reality to the victim, just as if the victim had experienced it as reality over a period of time. The programmer, if he is good, will be able to get the subjects imagination involved. He will also build rapport with his victim. For instance, the master might hypnotically stroke the forehead of kitten sexual alters before giving them their code to go back into the mind. The good handler/programmer is not simply working off of fear, but he wants to have the trust and cooperation of the victim. This is similar to how Hitler was both feared and trusted by the German masses. In fact, hypnosis was an element in Hitlerís control of the masses. Nazi propaganda films showing Hitler and other Nazi leaders giving directives always have the Hitler Youthís actions slightly speeded up so that subconsciously the viewer is taught obedience to their commands.

The programmer will not tell the slave something is hypnotically happening until it has already happened. He will use the art of timing his words at the correct time, of using repetition, of combining several mutually supporting suggestions, and of having total confidence in his words to add strength to his hypnotic commands. Muscular rigidity and deep breathing are one way to increase suggestibility within the victim being programmed via hypnosis. The programmer will also use other hypnotic tricks, such using his own body language to suggest something, and to use what is called a "voice roll". When the programmer moves his voice into a monotonous patterned style he is using the roll voice. Words are delivered at the rate of 45 to 60 beats a minute. To empower the suggestions, the programming hypnotist uses the victimís five senses. The victim visualizes something using his five senses, such as the imagery of the holy spirit (done in mockery of God) and then breathes this imagery in. For instance, the victim breathes in the message of the programming and roots it deep deep down into the oak tree. (In VoL 2, it was explained that the oak tree is the structure that the programs are attached to.)

 

THE POWER OF HYPNOSIS

During the hypnotic trance, the human mind is at the pinnacle of its ability to quickly learn. What might take years to learn and

Page 39 ...

weighing the evidence, will be accepted quickly by the victimís subconscious. The mind strings together a series of "cognitive mental demons?? that is a series of mental processes--similar to how a computer programmer writes a program. These strings have been called K-lines. Much of what the mind does is simply activations of various K-lines (a habitual ways of doing things), so that the mind can focus its limited conscious thinking. The mind also takes micronemes (such things as a particular aroma, or a particular intonation for which it has no word, but for which it has a series of sensory clues) and builds these into K-lines too. Once a K-line works, the mind in order to prevent itself from making reckless changes, gives priority to those K-lines. Under hypnosis, the mind willingly allows the hypnotist to change K-lines without the normal unconscious conservative restraints. Under behavior modification techniques, abnormal K-lines (that is K-lines that wouldnít normally develop) can be forced into the mind.

A hypnotic suggestion given to normal subjects lasts about a week, so reinforcement is helpful. The programming suggestions are layered in using methods far more powerful than mere hypnosis, and are locked up in dissociated subconscious states, so that these programming scripts which are layered in are almost impossible for the victim to be aware of to challenge them. The emotions of women have been found to slightly detract from the hypnotic trance, while male victims take the hypnotic words in an unemotional matter-of-fact way. The male victims will simply accept the programming and directly comply. That is one reason why the suicide programs that are layered into the men are so deadly. The female victims of programming may emotionally play the suicide out and survive; the male slaves when they trigger suicide programs, comply with the programming in an unemotional direct way. How deep is the slaveís trance? There are tests for trance depths, but from what this author can ascertain, sometimes it can be difficult to determine exactly where the mind is at. If a memory is laid in at a particular trance level, the slave may be able to avoid an abreaction later on by going above or below the memoryís trance level. A deep level, where for instance, the person canít move a body part due to hypnotic suggestion, would be called the "cataleptic stage" or level.

 

UNDERSTANDING THE DEEPER MECHANICS of HYPNOSIS

Let us suppose for the sake of discussion that as you are reading this, it is supper time. You are hungry. Youíve starved yourself all day, and even though you are on a strict diet, you are trying to think of a good restaurant to go to. Now letís see, as your mind scans the different possibilities, it thinks of some that are close, some that are quick. some that have lots of easy parking and others that have good looking waitresses. Mechanically, your thought processes went like this:

a. Particular sensations and chemicals cause the mind to feel what it mentally describes as a pang of hunger. This is perceived as an important need.

b. The mind has a process that we can call an Intention System that creates specific intention messages that are sent throughout the brain. It stores these Intentions temporarily. If an intention is not freshly created and restacked at the top of the clutter of intentions in the intention store, then it gets buried underneath the "mind cluttered desk of things to do" and forgotten. In our example, the mind is searching its memory banks for options on how to satisfy its hunger.

c. The mind must decide upon one particular course of action. The mind quits focusing on other matters, and concentrates upon deciding which course of action to take. The mind has now activated all kinds of what some researchers call "demons". Because we are not talking about spiritual demons, but rather we are referring to units of cognitive processes--

Page 40 ...

which are very similar to UNIX computer demons--we will refer to these demons by the name "cognitive demon processes." Some of these cognitive demon processes are action demons and some are word demons, and some are recognition demons. Recognition Cognitive Demon Processes go running through the mind, "shouting" the wishes of the Intention store. A number of lower level cognitive demon processes wake up and make themselves known if they identify with what the recognition demon is shouting about. Many may think they match the request, but other demon processes check them out to see how close they match. Now the checkers come up with a list of cognitive demon processes who are concerned with eating at restaurants, who have woken up and are all scrambling for attention. Cognitive demon processes establish themselves in families, and develop relationships that are automatic. (Cognitive Demons do not die, but some go to sleep and others can get somewhat rusty in their relationships.) The "demons" that respond to the shouting of our recognition demon go through a series of "interviews" with a hierarchy of other demon processes, and soon the messenger demon can rush back to the Intention Store with the name of the choices available. All this happens extremely quick. If the mind did not set up a series of automatic cognitive demon processes that become habits, (called K-lines) it would find itself involved in the conscious relearning of trivial matters that would make it impossible to get much accomplished. Every skill would have to be constantly relearned. A person might easily end up spending all day dressing. As long as the mind remains in a static environment, where habits work, itís great. But life is such a changing environment, that our entrenched habits can cause the mind to pull up a cognitive demonic process out of habit, when it is neither wanted nor appropriate. Emotions and needs (which are tied to our emotions) will trigger the mind to search out cognitive demon processes. For instance, if our emotional need for someone we are looking for is great, letís say a wife waiting for a long expected war-husband, it may send a need down the brain for the cognitive demons that are attached to the identification of the long-awaited person, and the mind triggers itself to see his face in the crowd at the busy railway station before its owner arrives. Cognitive Demon Processes live in close proximity to other demons, and when one gets excited, others in the area do too, although their excitement may be much less. If a cognitive demon is being used a great deal, it will be on its toes, but little used demons can go to sleep, and somehow need to be hollowed at very loud to wake up. The Intention System after a while will set itself on autopilot for certain mental functions, which frees the conscious mind for other problems. The conscious mind can only focus on a small amount of material--it is like a computer which has limited memory. It is constantly in a state of redeployment, and the Intentions system has only a small sway over how the Attention part of the mind decides to focus. The Attention part constantly asks itself, which tasks can be relegated to habit. Then when the Intention system sends out cognitive search demons, they do not have to involve the conscious mind, because everything that is habitual is set up like a script, with families of "cognitive demon processes" already knowing the roles/relationships they are to play. (Again, Behavior modification is used to strengthen the relationships of demonic processes, and to make some well used and awake, so that certain behaviors become habits.) When our minds meditate or go into a hypnotic trance, what is occurring is that our conscious mind is delegating its limited computing memory for the focus of its attention upon one object. What happens to the cognitive demon processes that would normally take instructions from the conscious mind? During meditation

Page 41 ...

the untrained cognitive demon processes bubble up to the top of the conscious mind. However, the opposite happens during hypnosis. During hypnosis, the mind has made the decision (for whatever reasons) to accept control statements from the hypnotist. The mind has surrendered or at least temporarily or partially abdicated his or her position as the master of his or her Intention System. Some of this power is given away. The hypnotist now has access and control over many or all the cognitive demonic processes, including some that the person would not normally activate. Cognitive demon processes that are asleep or deeply buried can be accessed by the hypnotist, in a much quicker direct way than the Intention System would. By suggesting that the subject has a cat on his lap, the hypnotist is actually causing the recognition cognitive demon processes to wake up and act out their jobs to such an extent that the subject sees a cat. By suggesting that the subjectís body stiffen, the hypnotist has gained control over those cognitive action demons that cause the body to stiffen. Age-regression brings up demons that are associated with the subjectís childhood. Although it is unpopular to admit publicly that the hypnotist has power over the subject, a close look at the process of how hypnosis works at the neuronal "cognitive demon process" level shows that the hypnotist has indeed been given power. In fact, the hypnotist has been given power to activate cognitive units of demon processes that the mind itself would allow to remain inactive or asleep. The mind would not normally use its ability to activate them. Today, it is politically incorrect to admit that the hypnotist has power to make an individual do what they wouldnít normally want to do, but unfortunately hypnosis does give this power.

 

PROGRAMMING AIDS

Because the programmers control the slaveís life to such a high degree they can add other elements that move the brain into programmable states. Fasting along with a high sugar intake will make the brain more suggestive. (The military also used this in basic training. This was done to this author at West Point during Beast Barracks, where during the first two weeks he ate all-total enough food for one regular meal; however, New Cadets were allowed to go to chapel and eat all the brownies, cookies and kool-aid they wanted.) Physical discomforts and the chanting of rituals in witchcraft ceremonies are also ways to move the mind into programming states. Lights, sounds (for instance repetitive beats such as with any rock music), and smells are all used to encourage the brain to go into a programmable state. In the chapter on electronics, it discusses how the functions of the mind-body such as breathing and the heartbeat can be regulated by external stimuli ---that is lights and sounds which are electronically produced. If the repetitive beat is ranged between 45 to 72 beats per minute, many people will go into a programmable state with their eyes open. This is because this beat is close to the beat of the heart in a relaxed state. Some secret Illum. programming centers have areas that are constructed for the greatest hypnotic sound and lighting effect. The child/ or adult victim is cut off from the world at these programming centers. The victimsí freedom to walk outside into normal life depends upon their cooperation with the programmer(s). Lullaby music is used as a cue for some alters of slaves to induce trance when their systems are older because the child alters still respond to the cue. Anything can be a cue, but it appears the programmers often pick cues that are naturally reinforced by the mind. The lullaby or carousel music is a good cue, because the lullaby is taking advantage of the natural desire of the brain to retreat from reality to the nostalgia of childhood fun. The retreat of the mind to childhood naturally evokes the helplessness and dependence that a child feels. The programmers are powerful

Page 42 ...

enough to place in cues that donít need natural reinforcement, but from observation it is apparent that they will often skillfully strengthen the hypnotic power by the choice of a cue which carries its own natural reinforcement. One supporting element in programming is that the programmer sets himself up as "god the creator" of the victim, or an alien of a far-advanced race. In hypnotism, this fulfills the need that all hypnotic subjects must have faith and trust in their hypnotist. Hypnosis is subjective in nature. If the programmer is the creator of the alter being programmed, and the alter is additionally under a hypnotic drug that makes it willing to obey, it is easy to see how the victim lets go of all inhibitions, because "god" or this "superior alien" knows what is best. The better and stronger the relationship between the victim and his master programmer, the better the hypnotic commands work. If the slave sees the master as a religious guru prophet (or a great doctor) it enhances his willingness to accept hypnotic commands. Bear in mind that the slave is conditioned to love their master without reservation. Yes, the benevolent dictator has historically received the devotion of the masses, (and many of the Illuminati programmers are actually simply egotistical sadists).

 

USING HOLOGRAMS as an ACCESS AID

The Illuminati is now even resorting to creating talking hologram images to access their slaves with their hypnotic cues.

 

KEEPING THE MIND IN ALPHA STATE

The entire alter system of a Monarch slave has their sleep patterns controlled. Many alters are programmed not to get real sleep. They actually sleep in a hypnotic alpha-state sleep, or what may be called trance sleep. Hypnotists (and brain researchers) will tell you that true sleep and a hypnotic sleep are not the same thing for the brain. Some alters (but not many) must stay awake 24 hours a day internally and carefully watch all that happens in the system of alters. Someone has to take the body and sleep--but whichever alters are set up to do it, they are hypnotically commanded to only sleep about three hours to insure that the mind stays in an alpha state easy to program. Because alters which do not hold the body "rest" mentally in a sense--when they take the body they are fresh. The mind dissociates when it is given unpleasant things to hear which it doesnít want to hear. The electronic implants that send voices to victims are used to create dissociation within the slaves, plus certain implants and devices send specific electro-magnetic wave patterns to the mind to put the slaveís mind into the alpha state. See chapter six for more on the mind-control implants.

 

PREPARING THE BRAIN

The programmer places the victim in an acute state of anxiety and guilt. The tension reduces the power of the judgement part of the mind. One of the tortures for slaves is to keep them from going to the bathroom and relieving themselves. This is part of the hypnotic programming package. The anxiety that this creates increases the power of the programming in the brain, because the anxiety causes slight malfunctions with the brainís judgment abilities. Mental and physical fatigue are also sought in the victim. For instance, water deprivation is common. (This was also done to the author at West Point, where one of this authorís classmates was hospitalized for dehydration during Beast Barracks.) Offensive language also helps drive the mind into tension and encourages it into an alpha state.

 

EARLY TRAINING FOR SLAVES

The children who are being programmed are taught 4 IMPORTANT HYPNOTIC ABILITIES. These four abilities are a. relaxation, b. visualization, c. concentration, and d. projection, which work in handling the slave along with the alpha state.

Page 43 ...

Relaxation and visualization go hand in hand each enhancing each other. When given a good pleasant image to visualize, the victim relaxes, which leads to the hypnotic concentration, which then produces good projection. Initially, the child victim is given drugs that induce euphoria and deep relaxation. They are then taught to work toward that drug euphoria by going to it mentally. They develop the ability to go into that euphoria mentally as a trained behavior. Many of the children will have their training in visualization and concentration reinforced when they go to public schools, many of which are now involved in the programming process. To teach the child concentration and visualization, the child is given an apple and trained to visualize it. The first time, the child will be given drugs which will enhance the experience and perception greatly to around 100 times the perception without the drugs. There is no pain involved in this early programming at around the age of 3 or 4. After the child has gone through the visualization of the apple in the drugged state he or she will work toward the mental ability to visualize it intensely without the drugs. The visualization script used with the apple (in both the drugged and undrugged exercises) will vary slightly from programmer to programmer, yet will be close to the following:

"VISUALIZE AN APPLE. HOLD IT IN YOUR HANDS; TURN IT AROUND; FEEL IT. FEEL THE SHAPE, THE SIZE, THE WEIGHT, THE TEXTURE. NOTICE THE COLOR, THE REFLECTION OF LIGHT ON ITS SKIN. BRING IT TO YOUR NOSE AND SMELL IT. BITE INTO IT, TASTE IT; HEAR THE CRUNCH AS YOUR TEETH SINK IN. EAT THE APPLE; FEEL IT SLIDE DOWN YOUR THROAT. SEE IT GROW SMALLER. WHEN YOU HAVE EATEN IT DOWN TO THE CORE, LET IT DISAPPEAR."

By the way, an apple training incident very similar to this (which is given by the Illuminati to child slaves from the ages 2 to 4), strangely turned up occurring in a setting that the author, who never was a slave nor never in the occult, found himself in when this author was a 4-H counselor at a 4-H camp as a 16 year old. The first thing all the counselors were given was an apple exercise so that we could appreciate each camper for what he or she was. The person who led the exercise was a psychologist. Where had he learned it? The apple visualization must be done to a standard of excellence by the child victim. The victimís life depends upon learning to visualize vividly, so that the internal structures (internal mental images) it builds within the mind will stay strong and firm. The programmers want the child to have good visualization so they will work with the child to have the most successful experience. For instance, the child will be offered a variety of apples to look at, yellow, green, red etc. The child can choose the apple that it likes so that its visualization exercises will be the most successful. The entire imagery of an internal system will be built upon the foundation of the childís ability to visualize an apple. The child will be taken through a succession of exercises where the child learns to visualize the apple in greater and greater detail using all the senses. Eventually, the child is able to visualize his or her apple to the point that the child can dissect or chop the apple up in any way and reconstruct it mentally. The internal seeds of the apple can be seen brilliantly by the child. Upon this ability to visualize, the programmer will then teach the child that the apple can become anything the child wants, a river, a couch, a book etc. The five seeds of the apple will be turned into 5 castles. This is why essentially all Illuminati Mind-controlled slaves have 5 major castles in their system of programming. One approach by therapists has been to cast out/remove the castles. However, the castle imagery is based upon the apple seeds

Page 44 ...

which is based on the apple. The real thing to deal with for therapists is the apple. If the castle is returned to its original image of being an apple seed, and the rest of the apple-and its tree imagery dealt with, then some progress can be made. Unfortunately, not being aware of the original imagery, the therapists have been frustrating themselves with the superficial imagery rather than the foundational imagery.

Another script for teaching the young 2 to 4 year old slaves simple visualization is to have the child close his or her eyes and imagine that they are looking at a white wall or blank screen. Then they practice visualizing simple geometric shapes, and then visualize the screen in different colors, and then finally visualize the objects changing colors.

 

MAGICAL TRAINING ON THE STARLIGHT LEVEL

The Illuminati begin training the child victim to work at the starlight level. This is called magical training. The childís abilities to relax, visualize, concentrate and project are then harnessed in the alpha state by "MAGICKAL TRAINING" which opens up the STARLIGHT CONSCIOUSNESS. Starlight consciousness is the other way of knowing that which belongs to the right hemisphere, and it allows the victim to make contact with the "DIVINE WITHIN". The Divine within the victim is actually the generational spirits, which are placed in during the Moon Child ceremonies described in detail in Vol. 2.

The generational spirits are laid in to help build the programming and to guard it. However, as in so much spiritual work, the victimís (technically speaking, the alterís) will & thoughts work hand in hand with the spirits. The child must learn to visualize and participate in the mental building of the internal worlds, structures, etc. However, the demons will be strategically placed to protect the structures once the programming is built into the mind. (For more understanding of this see Ciscoí s section on "Programming, foundational, destruction ofí.)

 

FINETUNING

The child victimís mind is FINETUNED. This means that the child can function excellently at visualization, relaxation, concentration, projection, while in the alpha state and can work with their subconscious mind. The mental work done in the subconscious can not be retrieved easily. Only through outside assistance or special training can most people access what is done at the starlight level of the mind. The programmers are using the childís abilities with its 5 acute senses to develop the 6th sense (which is its ability to work in the Starlight consciousness, which includes such mental activity such as psychic abilities--which will be discussed in other locations in this book.) Enhancing the mind so that it can work in the subconscious area called the starlight consciousness is referred to by many insiders as astral.

 

THE MONARCH PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR OVER THE RAINBOW

One of the most important concepts of the programmers is having slaves "go over the rainbow." Although in recent years other methods have been substituted for this, there are many hundreds of thousands of slaves for whom "going over the rainbow" is part of their programming. What is the script for programming this?

 

The PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR GOING OVER THE RAINBOW

(Three dots in this script do not indicate missing parts, but rather pauses. In other words, pauses are indicated by three dots.)

 

INDUCTION TRAINING SCRIPT

"BREATHE DEEP --- YOU ARE FLOATING DOWN ... DOWN ... ON A BEAUTIFUL RED CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED -- AS YOU GO DRIFTING AND FLOATING .... ROCKING GENTLY ... DEEPER ... AND

Page 45 ...

DEEPER ... DOWN ... [this repeated, one time, for each color of cloud-orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet clouds.] "LAND VERY GENTLY ... VERY SOFTLY ... IN THE CENTER OF A ROUND, BLACK PEARL. SEE IT GLOWING, SOFTLY, GENTLY ... NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... AND THEN THE SOUTH ... AND THEN THE WEST ... AND THEN THE NORTH OPEN ALL OF YOUR INNER SENSES." [The rainbow gives the much abused victim of mind-control and trauma, a safe mental place to travel to; and this serves as a "home base" for the mind to return to when things get difficult. If the programming begins to be destroyed and a deeper alter experiences real life--its coping mechanism to face the harsher realities of life will be a knee-jerk reaction to go to safety over the rainbow.]

 

BRINGING THE SLAVE OUT OF TRANCE (Switching to the FRONT PERSONALITIES after programming)

After the slave has been switched to deeper personalities who are in trance in order to have the slave a. be programmed b. be programmed & carry out a mission, c. go to a ritual, then it is important that the programmer takes time to get the slave to emerge slowly and gently from their altered state. The induction process is reversed. The repetition of trances will reinforce the depth of the trance state, and keep the undetectable slavery operating smoothly:

"IN THE PEARL, PREPARE TO AWAKEN. WHEN YOU AWAKE, YOU WILL FEEL REFRESHED, ALERT, RENEWED, AND FILLED WITH ENERGY. YOU WILL REMEMBER ALL THAT YOU HAVE EXPERIENCED. NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... THEN THE SOUTH ... THEN THE WEST ... THEN THE NORTH. [this helps the slave orient themselves internally]

TAKE A DEEP BREATH ... INHALE ... EXHALE ...

"YOU ARE FLOATING UP ... UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL VIOLET CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS VIOLET AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY UPWARD ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL BLUE

CLOUD ... UP ... UP ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS BLUE AND YOU ARE BEGINNING TO AWAKEN GENTLY AND YOU DRIFT GENTLY UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL GREEN CLOUD ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS GREEN ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP ... UP ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL YELLOW CLOUD ... GETTING MORE AND MORE AWAKE ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS YELLOW ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP ... UP ...

"ON A BEAUTIFUL ORANGE CLOUD ... FILLED WITH ENERGY AND VITALITY ... YOUR WHOLE BODY IS ORANGE ... AS YOU FLOAT UP GENTLY ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL RED

CLOUD ... ALMOST FULLY AWAKE NOW ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED AS YOU FLOAT GENTLY ...

"STAY ON THE RAINBOW ... [at this point the script for the slaveís programming or mission or ritual will be placed into the mind].

After the programming session, the mission, or the ritual the handler/or programmer finishes...

"LEAVING THE MEMORY IN THE BLACK PEARL AND CLOSING AND SEALING THE BLACK PEARL. YOU WILL REMEMBER ONLY THOSE DETAILS THAT I TELL YOU TO REMEMBER. AND IN A MOMENT YOU WILL COUNT TO TEN AND GO BACK INTO YOUR

Page 46 ...

SPACE, AND RED 2001-A [whatever the code is for the alter] WILL RETURN."

 

DEEP TRANCE PROGRAMMING

If we rate trance depths on a scale of 1 to 13, then the deep trance that is being described here is 7-10. At this 7-10 depth, the person must be constantly watched. The victim is turned on his side so that the victim will continue to breathe. If the person monitoring has doubts whether the slave is alive, the programming staff will poke the lungs and neck. The personís breathing will be encouraged by the programmer breathing along with the person being programmed as he says "BREATHE ... BREATHE ... BREATHE". This is important because at this level the slave is so tranced their body can forget to breathe.

 

COLOR PROGRAMMING

While we are still on the subject of the rainbow and its colors, and before we continue onto other parts of the hypnotic programming process, letís deal with color programming. When Illuminati slaves are being programmed as little children, they usually will get music and color programming. Most readers are like this author, in that they are not interested in learning magic. However, because this author (Fritz Springmeier) was interested in helping victims understand whatís been done to them, it was important to dive into trying to understand the thinking of the occult world in regards to colors. If I write that the occult world views yellow as a healing color, and blue as a relaxing color, and purple (violet) as a spiritually enlightened color, that is not because I want to teach that as a doctrine, but so that therapists can begin to understand the hidden mannerisms & thought patterns of these powerful generational occult families, who believe in such odd practices as child sacrifice. In the 1940ís, as the Illuminati were applying scientific investigation to their ancient skills in mind-control, a number of researchers investigated color psychology. Cecil Stokesí color research on the influence of colors on the mind led to the Auratone films, which were used to treat the "mentally ill". Walt Disney Studios produced one of the best occult attempts to free associate color, light and music in their movie Fantasia, especially Fantasiaís opening selection of Stokowskiís adaption of Bachís "Toccata and Fugue in D minor". Walt Disney also used selections of music from the Satanist composer Igor Stravinsky in Fantasia. Igor Stravinsky is an anarchy-espousing satanist. Fantasia was a long labor of occult devotion for Walt Disney and his studios. It took many years to create the film, and when it was finished, it was used as a programming foundation for alter systems. (Chapter 5 will have more on Disney. Chapter 5 will also give a very detailed script for HOW Fantasia has been used as the primary foundation programming tool.) Disneyís Dick Tracy movie is also a classic example of how color is employed in a movie which is used covertly for mind-control programming.

The five primary areas of occult thinking that were investigated by this author in terms of color programming were 1. witchcraft books such as Raymond Bucklandís Practical Color Magick, 2. an extensive study of several New Age Groups such as the I AM Movement, and Church Universal & Triumphant (CUT) using hundreds of documents that ex-insiders of these groups provided, 3. masonic & rosicrucian sources, such as Manly P. Hallís book The Secret Teachings of All Ages, and 4. Metaphysical books in general such as the excellent The Rainbow Book being a collection of essays & illustrations devoted to Rainbows in particular & Spectral Sequences in general focusing on the meaning of color (physical & metaphysically) from Ancient to Modem Times. The Rainbow Book was done by the Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco in assoc. with Shambhala of

Page 47 ...

Berkeley & London, 1975. And finally, the last primary source -but not least- was interviews with an ex-programmer. What did I find out? After lots of weeding, I have some siftings from these sources to share. In Bucklandís Practical Color Magick, we learn about a type of Voodoo called Poppet dolls. These dolls are made according to the color that is appropriate for the personís problem. For instance, they make a green poppet doll if the person needs help with finances. The name of the person is written on the doll according to the color that corresponds to their astrological birthdate. For instance, Leo is orange, and Pisces is Indigo. Those who need success are advised by Buckland to make a "Color Treasure Map" which is simply a collage of the things they want, making sure that the pictures are bright colors. This is another example of color magic. Buckland provides a Color-Number Code as follows:

1 = Red; 2 = Orange; 3= Yellow; 4 = Green; 5=Blue; 6=Indigo; 7=Violet; 8=Rose; 9 = Gold

The letters of the alphabet then are corresponded to these 9 numbers and by adding up the numbers in someoneís name (numerology), Buckland tells us we can get the nameís Color from such a process.

What did I learn of value from Buckland? some tips on how occultists assign colors to numbers and objects. For the average person these witchcraft teachings are simply trite imaginations. Even so, the fact remains for those of us confronting Occult mind-control, colors are important to total-mind-control programmers of the Illuminati. Colors are important to their world-view. A programmer who knew color magic would likely use color magic in their programming, programming scripts and codes. Now, both you and I know some more about how to second guess the programmerís mind. (By the way, Color programming was dealt with in a major way in Vol. 2, but the tips in this chapter may also be useful.)

 

THE ASSOCIATION OF COLORFUL SIGHTS, SOUNDS, RHYTHM & DANCE.

Dance has been associated with color from ancient times, to greek and medieval courts up to modern times with the use of colored floodlights. Keys in music have been associated with colors by many famous musicians. Beethoven referred to B minor as the black key. Schubert compared E minor to a "girl robed in white with a rose-red bow on her breast". Rimsley-Korsakov interpreted the keys of C, D, A, F, & F# major as white, yellow, rosy, green, and grayish-green. Handel had his own idea of how the keys related to the colors. The brighter hues of a color have been associated by some with the major scale, and the more subdued hues of a color with the minor. Goethe stated that a painting of powerful effect was like a piece of music with a sharp key, while a painting with a muted effect was like music in a flat key.

Certain colors have been associated with violin music. In Wassily Kandinskyís book The Art of Spiritual Harmony, we learn a great deal about color and music. The following comes from Kandinskyís observations, and may relate to Mengeleís programming. The ringing notes of a violin have been associated with a cool red. The largo of an old violin is associated with orange. The placid middle tones of the violin are associated with absolute green. A dark blue is like a cello. White is like the pauses in music that temporarily break the melody. Black represents "the final pauses, after which any continuation of melody see the dawn of another world."

The Rainbow Book is definitely the most comprehensive book this author has seen on the significance of color both physically and metaphysically. An interesting chart is given on page 125, which examines the relationship of the frequencies of electromagnetic waves in the visible light spectrum with an octave of music just above middle C. In order to make the

Page 48 ...

comparison (which is charted below) the light frequencies which are 1012 are written without the powers of ten and taken down 40 to match the note octaves. This gives us a chart which we will arrange by:

COLOR/ORIG. FREK - 40 // OCTAVE FREK/NOTE

Using this arrangement we get:

Very dark red/391 .3 = 392/G NOTE darkish red/418 = 415/G# note

Orangish red/445 440/A note light orange/464 = 466/A # note yellow green/495 = 494/B note green/ 523 = 523/ C note

Bluish green/555 = 553/ C# note Indigo/573-600 = 587/D note

Indigo violet-light violet/618-627 = D# note

Dark violet/655-673 = 659/E note

Very dark violet/682 = 698/F note

Although there is no single one-to-one correspondence between music and color, because there are different patterns to consider and the role of association is such a complex issue, there are several things that naturally suggest themselves: an increase in pitch does seem to suggest an increase in brightness. An increase in brightness also is suggested by an increase in tempo. Colors also fit the mood of a piece of music. A mass of color can suggest the musical ground. Musical intervals have also been related by the ancients to the orbits of the planets. This began with the spherical theory of the cosmos by Pythagoras, where the different astrological bodies made different sounds. Another correspondence with merit is to associate colors with "properties", & then associate with music intervals, then assoc. with related cords, and related planets, and then associate with other things. For instance, Orange would be associated with the Sun, Energy, Glory, and Power. In turn, it would be associated with Re (pronounced "Ray" in music, the whole tone, D). Its related cord would be minor, and its related planet would be the Sun "Apollo." Violet would be death, separation, advanced spirituality. It would be associated with Ti ("Tee") in music, the Maj. 7th, B, and its related planet would be the moon "Diana". There is no way all the different associations can be reviewed here. The chinese have had a number of music-color association schemes, as well as the Hindis, the Tibetans, and others. Is this section on color going somewhere with these associations? Yes, Joseph Mengele, the original Dr. Green (the name Green got passed on to a least one of his proteges), played the violin and piano while doing the color programming to slaves. He was the original master at associating both a tone or chord with a particular color or color scheme. He loved using Fantasia for programming.

 

LIGHT & COLOR

According to Hilton Hotemaís book Ancient Sun God (Mokelumne Hill, CA: Health Research, 1956), light & fire are associated with Sun worship. "Pyra" is Greek for fire, and "Midos" means measure. Pyramid is a combination of the greek words pyra and midos, which together meant "light-measures". In other words, the pyramid was the eternal ascending flame, the spark returning to its maker. The eternal flame of Prometheus is a recurrent theme within all the modern revolutions (which by the way were all created secretly by the occult hierarchy). The Tower of Babel most likely followed the pattern which the ancient babylonian cylinders say was used by the Babylonians in building their temples. Each level was dedicated to one of the 7 planets, and was built in that color. In other words the Tower of Babel looked like a rainbow. The lowest was to Saturn and was black. The next was to Jupiter and was orange. The next was to Mars and was red. The fourth was the sun and was yellow. The fifth was Venus and was green. The sixth was Mercury and was blue, and the top or seventh level would be white.

Page 49 ...

A good example of color programming and a New Age group which is involved with Illuminati/govemment mind-control is Church Universal & Triumphant. In the Covert Action Information Bulletin, No. 30, Summer, 1988, Church Universal & Triumphant was exposed as a conduit of CIA funds. Another clue as to how CUT connects in is that Elizabeth Clare Prophet, CUTís prophetess, speaks in Masonic emples. E.C. Prophet claims she is Marie Antoinette. (One of the first Illuminati programs that this author ran into when working with programmed multiples was Marie Antoinette programming.) Another obvious CIA asset (who is not part of CUT) has been directing implant victims to go to CUT and solve their implant problem by seeking the "I AM force" within them. (The I AM is a system programmed into slaves.) Initiates into CUT have received a letter, "Keeper of the Flame: the need for harmony and love between all the masterís servants united in a common effort cannot be overemphasized. Working and serving together, we form a mandala of light through which the masters of the Great White Brotherhood will awaken humanity." (Quote from a letter by CUT Chairman of the Outreach Committee Michael Veys to CUTís Fraternity of the Keepers of the Flame, c. 1980.) Elizabeth Claire Prophetís "Fraternity of Keepers of the Flame" as she calls her initiates learn such things as astrology, crystals, white magic, color magic, Hinduism (reincarnation, karma, meditation, chakra points), how to decree, how to dress (for instance what color to where at what time), and how to become divine at Summit University.

Elizabeth Clare Prophet (thatís the name she wanted) established Summit University, and CUTís headquarters in Colorado Springs, a house in Santa Barbara, and an underground fortress for the end times in a valley in Montana. Details about Elizabeth Clare Prophet and her organization are hard to come by. If a person gets serious about being part of her organization, they are expected to make a once in a life-time gift of everything they have to the CUT and its head Elizabeth Clare Prophet. (Sources: Notes, Summit University Student and Confidential Interview.) After that they are expected to tithe (one-tenth). Church Universal and Triumphant Tenets, Colorado Springs, CO: 1975, p.12 under Art. XII Law of the Tithe. In return, they are initiated into what I call "the supreme Grand Flattery", "You shall become an enlightened God." One of the programming tricks by the Mind-control programmers is to have some of the alters, incl. front alters believe that they are divine gods. Although members are told they are divine, when people on E.C. Prophetís staff got revelations from the Ascended Masters that she channels, she threatened to expel them if they talked about their revelations. E.C. Prophet does not want any one else to prophecy in her organization. CUT makes their mind-controlled slaves think that they are too smart and intuitive to ever be deceived. In this way, they use New Age ideas and the personís pride to blind them to the fact the person is a mind-controlled slave who is fooled much of the time. When students are invited onto staff it is a commitment. They are told, "Your life will never be your own again, but was it ever your own?" They have already been taught "Ascension Keys". Elizabeth Clare Prophet tells her students that to Ascend to Godhead is their birthright, the divine right of every person. (see Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 23, June 4, 1967, The Summit Lighthouse, p. 41 -"...has robbed men of the birthright of their Ascension...") This matches what the Illuminati teach their people. See also Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 19, (May 7, 1967), The Summit Lighthouse, p. 24 - "The Divine Right is the Immortal Plan...Inherent pattern of unique Christ manifestation..." In the Ascension Dossier of Serapis Bey

Page 50 ...

initiates are told "The capacity of the externalized self must be given in toto." Also-"You must abandon your past to God." In Lanelloís Message(a channeled message), 4/20/73 the students are told, "You do not have to wait for the carnal mind to evolve, for the carnal mind will never evolve. It must be put off and cast into the Flame." (See Lanello 4/20/73 in the Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. 16, #32, 8/12/1973.)

After emptying themselves of all their past and of what they knew, the initiates are then restructured by CUT. In Serapis, Ascension Class they are told, "The Ascension Flame is the Flame of Mother."

 

SPECIAL COLORS

It canít be overemphasized that Green is the highest color in Satanism--it is Satanís color. It is not by accident that green has been used in uniforms, although the decision also was dictated by its advantage in camouflage. In the Omega computer programming a CODE GREEN for many victims means "self-destruct", the ultimate sacrifice for oneís satanic programming. Interviews with witches, as well as a person in witchcraft who the Masons tried to recruit, and an ex-member of CUT, and an ex-member of similar New Age group called the I AM movement reveals that they all wear special colors of clothes on certain days. Due to the large influx of new converts, it has been difficult for CUT to keep up the teachings on wearing different colored clothing during different times of the day, and for different days. Newer converts may be unaware of this teaching. The colors of purple and white are especially esteemed. The magical properties that Masons & New Agers believe are intrinsic to purple is why the 33rd degree has written books using purple, and several New Agers have published books on purple paper. The programmers also manipulate such things so that child alters believe that color "magic" has accomplished things.

 

HEALING BY CORRECT VIBRATIONS & RAYS

Masonic Sources match CUT teachings-

∑ "The second method of healing was by vibration. The inharmonies of the bodies were neutralized by chanting spells and intoning the sacred names or by playing upon musical instruments and singing. Sometimes articles of various colors were exposed to the sight of the sick, for the ancients recognized, at least in part, the principle of color therapeutics, now in the process of rediscovery." Masonic Hermetic Qabbalistic & Rosicrucian Symbolical Philosophy, p. CXI

∑ "50. "The force of the obligation is therefore in the obligation and not in the reason. As a matter of fact, the real reason is scientific to the last analysis; scientific to a degree beyond the penetration, up to the present time, of the Ďradiant matterí of the Roentgen Ray of Modern Science. The Word concerns the science of rhythmic vibrations, and is the key to the equilibrium of all forces and to the harmony of Eternal Nature." Ancient Mystic Oriental Masonry, p.48.

 

USING HYPNOSIS TO HEAL THE SLAVE AFTER ABUSE.

Sometimes the handlers "TRADE DOWN" the symptoms that result from abuse so that the slave will heal quicker, others attempt to remove the symptoms immediately. For burns, the hypnotist can suggest cooling. For other injuries, suggestions for warmth are applied. For bleeding suggestions for stopping blood flow are used.

 

REINFORCING THE PROGRAMMING WITH A DECOGNITION PROCESS

The programmer has gotten the results that he wants via drugs, torture, hypnosis, and deception. Now he must build in back-ups to insure the programming holds up.

The decognition process has 3 steps.

 

Page 51 ...

 

/D note

Indigo violet-light violet/618-627 = D# note

Dark violet/655-673 = 659/E note

Very dark violet/682 = 698/F note

Although there is no single one-to-one correspondence between music and color, because there are different patterns to consider and the role of association is such a complex issue, there are several things that naturally suggest themselves: an increase in pitch does seem to suggest an increase in brightness. An increase in brightness also is suggested by an increase in tempo. Colors also fit the mood of a piece of music. A mass of color can suggest the musical ground. Musical intervals have also been related by the ancients to the orbits of the planets. This began with the spherical theory of the cosmos by Pythagoras, where the different astrological bodies made different sounds. Another correspondence with merit is to associate colors with "properties", & then associate with music intervals, then assoc. with related cords, and related planets, and then associate with other things. For instance, Orange would be associated with the Sun, Energy, Glory, and Power. In turn, it would be associated with Re (pronounced "Ray" in music, the whole tone, D). Its related cord would be minor, and its related planet would be the Sun "Apollo." Violet would be death, separation, advanced spirituality. It would be associated with Ti ("Tee") in music, the Maj. 7th, B, and its related planet would be the moon "Diana". There is no way all the different associations can be reviewed here. The chinese have had a number of music-color association schemes, as well as the Hindis, the Tibetans, and others. Is this section on color going somewhere with these associations? Yes, Joseph Mengele, the original Dr. Green (the name Green got passed on to a least one of his proteges), played the violin and piano while doing the color programming to slaves. He was the original master at associating both a tone or chord with a particular color or color scheme. He loved using Fantasia for programming.

 

LIGHT & COLOR

According to Hilton Hotemaís book Ancient Sun God (Mokelumne Hill, CA: Health Research, 1956), light & fire are associated with Sun worship. "Pyra" is Greek for fire, and "Midos" means measure. Pyramid is a combination of the greek words pyra and midos, which together meant "light-measures". In other words, the pyramid was the eternal ascending flame, the spark returning to its maker. The eternal flame of Prometheus is a recurrent theme within all the modern revolutions (which by the way were all created secretly by the occult hierarchy). The Tower of Babel most likely followed the pattern which the ancient babylonian cylinders say was used by the Babylonians in building their temples. Each level was dedicated to one of the 7 planets, and was built in that color. In other words the Tower of Babel looked like a rainbow. The lowest was to Saturn and was black. The next was to Jupiter and was orange. The next was to Mars and was red. The fourth was the sun and was yellow. The fifth was Venus and was green. The sixth was Mercury and was blue, and the top or seventh level would be white.

Page 49 ...

A good example of color programming and a New Age group which is involved with Illuminati/govemment mind-control is Church Universal & Triumphant. In the Covert Action Information Bulletin, No. 30, Summer, 1988, Church Universal & Triumphant was exposed as a conduit of CIA funds. Another clue as to how CUT connects in is that Elizabeth Clare Prophet, CUTís prophetess, speaks in Masonic emples. E.C. Prophet claims she is Marie Antoinette. (One of the first Illuminati programs that this author ran into when working with programmed multiples was Marie Antoinette programming.) Another obvious CIA asset (who is not part of CUT) has been directing implant victims to go to CUT and solve their implant problem by seeking the "I AM force" within them. (The I AM is a system programmed into slaves.) Initiates into CUT have received a letter, "Keeper of the Flame: the need for harmony and love between all the masterís servants united in a common effort cannot be overemphasized. Working and serving together, we form a mandala of light through which the masters of the Great White Brotherhood will awaken humanity." (Quote from a letter by CUT Chairman of the Outreach Committee Michael Veys to CUTís Fraternity of the Keepers of the Flame, c. 1980.) Elizabeth Claire Prophetís "Fraternity of Keepers of the Flame" as she calls her initiates learn such things as astrology, crystals, white magic, color magic, Hinduism (reincarnation, karma, meditation, chakra points), how to decree, how to dress (for instance what color to where at what time), and how to become divine at Summit University.

Elizabeth Clare Prophet (thatís the name she wanted) established Summit University, and CUTís headquarters in Colorado Springs, a house in Santa Barbara, and an underground fortress for the end times in a valley in Montana. Details about Elizabeth Clare Prophet and her organization are hard to come by. If a person gets serious about being part of her organization, they are expected to make a once in a life-time gift of everything they have to the CUT and its head Elizabeth Clare Prophet. (Sources: Notes, Summit University Student and Confidential Interview.) After that they are expected to tithe (one-tenth). Church Universal and Triumphant Tenets, Colorado Springs, CO: 1975, p.12 under Art. XII Law of the Tithe. In return, they are initiated into what I call "the supreme Grand Flattery", "You shall become an enlightened God." One of the programming tricks by the Mind-control programmers is to have some of the alters, incl. front alters believe that they are divine gods. Although members are told they are divine, when people on E.C. Prophetís staff got revelations from the Ascended Masters that she channels, she threatened to expel them if they talked about their revelations. E.C. Prophet does not want any one else to prophecy in her organization. CUT makes their mind-controlled slaves think that they are too smart and intuitive to ever be deceived. In this way, they use New Age ideas and the personís pride to blind them to the fact the person is a mind-controlled slave who is fooled much of the time. When students are invited onto staff it is a commitment. They are told, "Your life will never be your own again, but was it ever your own?" They have already been taught "Ascension Keys". Elizabeth Clare Prophet tells her students that to Ascend to Godhead is their birthright, the divine right of every person. (see Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 23, June 4, 1967, The Summit Lighthouse, p. 41 -"...has robbed men of the birthright of their Ascension...") This matches what the Illuminati teach their people. See also Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 19, (May 7, 1967), The Summit Lighthouse, p. 24 - "The Divine Right is the Immortal Plan...Inherent pattern of unique Christ manifestation..." In the Ascension Dossier of Serapis Bey

Page 50 ...

initiates are told "The capacity of the externalized self must be given in toto." Also-"You must abandon your past to God." In Lanelloís Message(a channeled message), 4/20/73 the students are told, "You do not have to wait for the carnal mind to evolve, for the carnal mind will never evolve. It must be put off and cast into the Flame." (See Lanello 4/20/73 in the Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. 16, #32, 8/12/1973.)

After emptying themselves of all their past and of what they knew, the initiates are then restructured by CUT. In Serapis, Ascension Class they are told, "The Ascension Flame is the Flame of Mother."

 

SPECIAL COLORS

It canít be overemphasized that Green is the highest color in Satanism--it is Satanís color. It is not by accident that green has been used in uniforms, although the decision also was dictated by its advantage in camouflage. In the Omega computer programming a CODE GREEN for many victims means "self-destruct", the ultimate sacrifice for oneís satanic programming. Interviews with witches, as well as a person in witchcraft who the Masons tried to recruit, and an ex-member of CUT, and an ex-member of similar New Age group called the I AM movement reveals that they all wear special colors of clothes on certain days. Due to the large influx of new converts, it has been difficult for CUT to keep up the teachings on wearing different colored clothing during different times of the day, and for different days. Newer converts may be unaware of this teaching. The colors of purple and white are especially esteemed. The magical properties that Masons & New Agers believe are intrinsic to purple is why the 33rd degree has written books using purple, and several New Agers have published books on purple paper. The programmers also manipulate such things so that child alters believe that color "magic" has accomplished things.

 

HEALING BY CORRECT VIBRATIONS & RAYS

Masonic Sources match CUT teachings-

∑ "The second method of healing was by vibration. The inharmonies of the bodies were neutralized by chanting spells and intoning the sacred names or by playing upon musical instruments and singing. Sometimes articles of various colors were exposed to the sight of the sick, for the ancients recognized, at least in part, the principle of color therapeutics, now in the process of rediscovery." Masonic Hermetic Qabbalistic & Rosicrucian Symbolical Philosophy, p. CXI

∑ "50. "The force of the obligation is therefore in the obligation and not in the reason. As a matter of fact, the real reason is scientific to the last analysis; scientific to a degree beyond the penetration, up to the present time, of the Ďradiant matterí of the Roentgen Ray of Modern Science. The Word concerns the science of rhythmic vibrations, and is the key to the equilibrium of all forces and to the harmony of Eternal Nature." Ancient Mystic Oriental Masonry, p.48.

 

USING HYPNOSIS TO HEAL THE SLAVE AFTER ABUSE.

Sometimes the handlers "TRADE DOWN" the symptoms that result from abuse so that the slave will heal quicker, others attempt to remove the symptoms immediately. For burns, the hypnotist can suggest cooling. For other injuries, suggestions for warmth are applied. For bleeding suggestions for stopping blood flow are used.

 

REINFORCING THE PROGRAMMING WITH A DECOGNITION PROCESS

The programmer has gotten the results that he wants via drugs, torture, hypnosis, and deception. Now he must build in back-ups to insure the programming holds up.

The decognition process has 3 steps.

 

Page 51 ...

 

Step 1 is to program the slave to get inadequate sleep, eat poorly, and work hard. It is called REDUCTION OF ALERTNESS.

Step 2 is to create confusion in the mind via programmed confusion using a series of alters. The person may go into revolving from one alter to another, or may have alters coming and going with conflicting messages so that the person remains in a PROGRAMMED CONFUSED STATE. In military "training" conflicting orders would be rapidly issued to confuse the mind.

Step 3 is to cause the mind to have something simple to focus on so that it goes into a FLAT STATE. In the military, this author became aware that the beat of the drum and marching would shift the mind to a flat state. For centuries the military have known that they could shut off the critical thinking of the mind and put their soldiers into a flat, non-thinking state by training them to the beat of the drum and the sound of marching feet. Now you know why those British Red-coats marched so non-thinking into the barrels of American guns in battles such as New Orleans and Bunker Hill. The mind feels good to shift into this simple flat state. The brain quits thinking and withdraws into a state that it quits thinking except for what the controllers want it to think. This is why marching has been so important in military training. Chanting and singing will also move the mind into this flat state, which is why the French Foreign Legion requires its men -to sing sing sing. When this author lived in the Indian subcontinent, I saw Hindu holy men who had meditated in a flat alpha state so long their brains no longer functioned in anything but a flat state. This non-thinking flat state is believed by Hindus to be nirvana, but God didnít give us minds to throw away and waste, but to use. He gave us independent thoughts so that we could show our love for Him by choosing to love Him. God didnít want brainwashed followers, which is what some of the churches think God is calling for. The programmers can induce a mood or state of mind hypnotically which will make retrieval of something learned dependent upon going into that particular mood or state.

 

And THE BEAT GOES ON...

It is clear that some of the psychologists have NOT got wind that the mind-control is being exposed. The American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis had a recent article (10/1996, p. 105-114) promoting the use of the Wizard of Oz metaphor in hypnosis with "treatment-resistent" children. For a therapist/hypnotist to hypnotically use Wizard of Oz material on child victims of mind-control will get a response from them! The authors of the article say that they use the authoritarian approach to hypnosis (p. 107) for "treatment-resistent" children. The Wizard of Oz metaphor is given on page 108 of the article, which boils down to: the Straw Man, Tin Man, Lion, Dorothy and Toto were surprised at their success- and that they already had brains, a heart, & courage.

 

HYPNOTIC CODES, CUES AND TRIGGERS

This chapter will provide some more of the hypnotic codes, cues, triggers or whatever one wants to call these words, noises, and sensory inputs that manipulate these poor victims turned into Monarch robots. The reader is encouraged to refer to Vol. 2 for the principle list of codes. Other chapters will explain about the structures these codes go to, and also the spiritual dimensions of these codes and structures. Another way to see things is to recognize that the programmers have created "power words" to which they have attached memory and programming. If a de-programmer observes closely the word usage of the victim, you will begin to spot power words of the abuser, for instance, "follow the yellow brick road". Unfortunately, people who are not initiated into the arcane world of handshakes,

Page 52 ...

grips, codes, signals and cues allow the appearance of these things to be interpreted from their own frame of reference. Usually, because these events are not perceived as being significant, outsiders forget them immediately and therefore remain oblivious to some of the most overt clues. Once the reader is aware of the types of programming themes used: the Wizard of Oz, Alice In Wonderland, and Star Wars and Star Trek, etc., he will begin to realize our entire American culture has been transformed into one big mind-control programming center during the second half of the twentieth century! Unfortunately for the victim, apparently harmless little things, for instance, the arrival of flowers to their hospital bedside, a dead bird on their doorstep, or the words "NEW BEGINNINGS" and "NEW LIFE" may signify programming commands. One Illuminati slave in this area has started a large church called NEW BEGINNINGS. The name was not by accident. A cipher is when symbols are used to represent letters. One can use letter frequencies to break ciphers. There are charts for letter frequencies for the chief languages. Likewise, there are frequencies to codewords. The Illuminatiís intelligence agencies have programmed thousands upon thousands of slaves. There are only so many code words to pick from and some of these code words are favorites. In the previous book many of their favorite code words were listed, but words starting with Aís, Bís, Tís, Uís, Vís, ĎWís, Xís, and Yís, were not given and will be now. (A plus sign indicates other words are attached to the root word.) From the co-author Fritz Springmeierís experience, the following is a continuation of favorite code words that have been used to program slaves with:

AARON, ABBY, ABIGAIL, ABLE, ABNER, ABRAHAM, ACACIA. ACE, ADAM, ADELPHI, AGATE, AIR +, ALABASTER, ALADIN, ALBERT, ALFA or ALPHA. ALICE, ALLEY CAT, ALLIGATOR, AMOS, AMY, ANGEL, ANNA, ANTHONY, APACHE, APOLLO, APOSTLE, APPLE +, ARCHER, ARGUS, ARK, ARROW, ASK +, ASTER, ATHANTIS, ATLAS, AUDREY, AURORA. AUTUMN +, AZTEC, B +, BABE, BABY, BACK ROOM, BACK BONE, BAD, BAKER, BALD, BAMBI, BANANA, BANJO, BANKNOTE, BARBARA. BARK, BARON, BEACH +, BEAST, BECKY, BEE HIVE, BEETHOVEN, BELSHAZZER, BERMUDA, BERTHA, BETA, BETSY, BETTY, BEULAH, BEWITCH, BICYCLE, BIG BROTHER, BINGO, BIRD DOG, BIRTHDAY, BLACK, BLACK +, BLACK

SHEEP, BLACK WIDOW, BLANCA, BLONDIE, BLOODHOUND, BLOODY +, BLUE +, BOA. BOB CAT, BOMBAY, BONANZA. BOODLE, BORAX, BOXCAR, BRASS +, BRIDGET, BROOMSTICK, BUCCANEER, BUICK, BULL, BULLDOG, BULLFROG, BUMBLEBEE, BUNNY, BUTTERCUP, BUZZARD, BYRON, T-BIRD, TADPOLE, TALISMAN, TAN, TANGO, TANYA, TARA, TARZAN, TEACUP, TEARDROP, TEEPEE, TERRIER, TERRY, TESTAMENT, THOR, THREE SISTERS, THUNDER, THUNDERBOLT, THUNDERCLAP, THUNDERFLASH, THUNDERSTORM, TIAMET, TIGER, TILLIE, TITAN, TOM CAT, TONI or TONY, TOPAZE, TOPSOIL, TORNADO, TOTENKOPF, TRINITY, TURTLE, UGLY, ULYSSES, UMBRELLA, UNCLE +, UNDERDOG, UNICORN, UNIFORM, URSULA, VAGABOND, VAMPIRE, VANCOUVER, VARSITY, VELVET, VENUS, VERONICA, VICKY, VICTOR, VIKING, VIOLA, VIOLET, VIPER, VIRGINIA VOODOO, VULCAN, VULTURE, WAGON WHEEL, WALDORF,

WALLFLOWER, WANDA. WARRIOR, WASP, WATCHDOG, WEASEL, WHISKEY, WHITE +, WIDOW, WILD CAT, WILLOW, WINNIE, WINTER +, WIZARD, WOLF,

WOLF +, WYOMING, X-FORCE, X-RAY, XYZ, YANKEE, YANKEE DOODLE, YELLOW, YOGI, & YO YO.

Page 53 ...

The intelligence organizations prefer to code a single project with a single word, and an ongoing operation with two words. A nickname of something will consist of two words. The reader needs to bear several things in mind. First, the programmers generally have intelligent, well sounding codes, that do form patterns. For instance, a womanís name from the Bible will be used as a code, with subparts or subcodes having other female names from the Bible. Deeper Illuminati parts will have goddess & god names, and king & queen names for cult alters. These are the names the handler or cult uses--NOT their access codes. The codes for slaves follow patterns. There are standard and unique codes. During the 1940ís through the 1960ís there were only perhaps a dozen American master programmers travelling around. (After that the number of programmers appears to get quite large.) The master programmers would lay in the foundational programs and codes. They developed the scripts. The codes and systems used from system to system do follow patterns. The childís creativity & their purpose in life would contribute to the uniqueness of the programming. Each child visualizes differently and the programmer works with the childís mind. The master Illuminati programmer would allow the handler--the "Daddy" figure in life to have the day-to-day ownership. The Daddy figure, often the actual pedophile father of the child victim, would be allowed to put in his own codes in the sexual part of the system. Some Daddy figures used their own songs, their own poetry and their own interests in this area of the coding. In other words, most of the systemís codes will reflect the master programmer (such as Dr. Mengele), and the sexual part of the system will reflect the "Daddy" figureís programming. The standard method for many of the memory and alter codes is to use a combination of the date of the childís birth along with the date of the trauma for part of the code. A color will then be attached to this, to produce a color-alpha-numeric code combination. These are placed into the internal computers. The standard computer codes were given in Vol. 2. They can be used to temporarily stop programming to give a victim some respite and a chance to regroup. The programmers did not especially care if the front part of a system is discovered and although they hide the anarchy (coven level) witchcraft alters, they donít hide them like they do the hierarchy alters. The coven alters have simplistic codes. The hierarchy alters which are placed in another area of the system and much deeper, receive a great deal of cabalistic codes and mathematical codes. You will not find the mathematical codes in the front part of a system. The internal programming alters have the power to change codes if they need to protect the programming. They will have to hypnotically work with alters when they trance out at night. In other words, most of their programming of front alters will be done when a system lies down for "sleep"--more accurately described as lies down "for trance." If the internal alters change many codes, in their efforts to protect the system, they will even make it difficult for the handler/programmer to get into the system. The science of Ciphers developed rotors that require lines to line up. Some simple schemes using this principle appear in some Monarch systems. This is part of the science of structuring. Intelligence codes often come from the Bible or popular fiction books. The deeper codes are occult words, often in foreign languages such as Arabic, which is an important language in the upper occult world. Slaves will be given COVER NAMES for ops, and often males receive female names and vice versa. The patterns used in programming slaves will represent the world view of the programmer. If the interests of the

Page 54 ...

programmer are known, that will be a major clue to the codes they like to install. For this reason, it would be worthwhile to review the access clearance codes that are used for external security of some agencies, because these same types of clearance codes may be found in mind-controlled slaves. A BIGOT list is a list of names of those who have clearance to a particular set of information. Within a slave there would be numerous BIGOT lists, because persons (personalities) are compartmentalized somewhat like the CIA and the Puzzle Palace (NSA). Agency Codes for clearances include B, C3, K, L, M, N, 0, T, COSMIC, MAJIC (MJ), SI, SCI, and Staff D. (As this author has only examined these secret societies from the outside, some insiders may know of other clearances. In other words, it would be foolish to think that this clearance code list is comprehensive, but it has hit upon the major clearances.) The exercise in judging whether a person can have access to compartmentalized information is called ADJUDICATION. A group of persons (agents) working under one handler is called a NET. The FBI which also uses mind-controlled slaves likes to call its groups NETS. FUNNY NAME is intelligence slang for a pseudonym. GRANNY is a CIA asset used in the US which is not under their direct funding. The American military-intelligence groups publish a periodical called JANAP 299 which lists the cover names (code names) for many of the ongoing projects, groups, or installations. There are other code books too. C can stand for Controller or Control, which means the person(s) handling a mind-controlled slave. A person, who is neither a controller, nor a slave, nor asset, but who consciously advances the desires of the controller is called a TRUSTED CONTACT. Sexual slaves would not be expected to respond to such a term, but a middle level slave/agent of an intelligence agency might be familiar with this type of intelligence jargon. The BIRD was a name for Fort Holabird, MD where intelligence operatives were trained as well as subjected to mind-control. DIA used the code name EMERALD for drug-trafficking. Boy, does this code word have a double meaning. Since the DIA, which is playing both sides, also is involved with drug smuggling & using Monarch slaves heavily coded with EMERALD type coding. Very shortly, we will provide more of the Monarch hypnotic cues (codes) for the multitude of functions that a Monarchís mind must carry out. These cues are reinforced as a conditioned response by the programmer. In other words the response becomes so well trained that it becomes automatic. The type of programming which is placed in a slave varies. Remember, for intelligence operations the slave will have to have BONA FIDES, which are codes to allow two people to meet. All slaves are given CONTROL SIGNS which allow them to indicate via a code that they are in trouble. A RECOGNITION signal allows two people to make contact. For instance, the handler might fly his distinctive sounding plane over a slaveís house in a pre-arranged signal. It might also be a particular colored scarf, and a particular set of phrases. A GO-AWAY code is a prearranged signal that means it is unwise to make contact. The go-away signal may be simply placing oneís hands in oneís pocket or turning the porch lights off. A "GO TO GROUND" signal means to go into hiding. A BLACK ENVELOPE, which is in actuality a black-colored envelope, has been used by intelligence to hold the real name of an agent being used. In the case of multiples, a chief of a station might have a BLACK ENVELOPE with the actual name of a mind-controlled agent being used in his field of operations. A MAYDAY BOOK exists for Illuminati and Intelligence slaves which allows them to call if they are about to be arrested. A telephone number is left open for just this

Page 55 ...

purpose. Also common universal Illuminati codes can be used by the slave to get set free from police and judges. BACKSTOPPING is an intelligence term for setting up proof to support the cover stories the intelligence agencies give their agents and assets. Some of the programmed multiples they use, need BACKSTOPPING. Within the Jehovahís Witnesses, especially their headquarters, the Illuminati uses Enochian language to program with. With Druidic branches Druidic symbols are used. With the Jewish groups, Hebrew is used. Other languages are also used. An Illuminati System can easily have 6 different languages used as programming codes. The foreign language codes will be for small parts of a system only. Special artificial languages are also employed, as well as sign language. The Illuminati employs signs which they teach some of their slaves with pick-up sticks. This system of secret symbols is a series of crosses and horizontal & vertical marks. These marks can be drawn on anything, and consist of up to 7 lines. They are believed to be used in regards to ritual dates/ceremonies. These secret signs resemble similar secret symbols used by the Romany tribe of Gypsies. The masters of mind-controlled slaves also use a technique where one signal or code will carry several messages simultaneously. This is called MULTIPLEXING. We are all aware of the phenomena of how the brain can selectively hear. The brain can select certain sounds to pay attention to, such as when a person is in a noisy room listening to someone, or a football player is trying to hear the quarterbackís calls, likewise certain alters hear certain codes/cues/triggers while others donít. The internal programmers and reporting alters may internally hypnotically make telephone noises that are fake, so that host alters loose the ability to discern what is real and not real, so that they donít pay close attention to access calls. This ability of the brain is manipulated in MULTIPLEXING.

 

MONARCH MIND-CONTROL CODES

contents:

A. ALPHA (basic) ... p. 55

B. BETA (sexual) ... 56

C. CHI (return to cult) ... 56

D. DELTA (assassination) ... 56

E. EPSILON (animal alters) ... 57

F. OMEGA (internal computers) ... 57

G. GAMMA (demonology) ... 57

H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS ... 57

I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times) ... 58

J. OMICRON ... 58

K. TWINNING (teams) ... 58

L. THETA (psychic warfare) ... 58

M. RHYMES, SONGS, TONES, etc ... 59

N. ZETA (snuff films) ... 60

0. Sample codes ... 61

P. Catholic programming ... 62

Q. MENSA programming ... 62

R. HAND SIGNALS ... 62

S. Scriptures in programming ... 63

U. Alien Programming ... 63

 

A. ALPHA (basic)

∑ Basic Commands. (These basic commands are also found used in many slaves, although there will be exceptions to everything.) Many of the basic structures/codes will be put in using a sensory deprivation tank and LSD. For the most foundational levels of a system, the programmers may use the Hebrew letters associated with the attributes of God and the angel names. This can also be worked into English, as there is a cabalistic equivalent in the letters B through K for the Hebrew letters associated with Godís names used in magic to conjure angels. In the basic Alpha structuring, Illuminati slaves will have stars as power sources, and the ditty Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star will pertain to this programming. The Hansel & Gretal story is used for obedience programming.

Page 56 ...

 

Another story line that is used in programming is the Cassandra and Apollo myth. Common access triggers are "HELLO PRINCESSí, 3 knocks, flashes of light, tones, and sequences of blank phone calls.

If the slave leaves their answering machine on, a recording may be left "IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A PHONE CALL PLEASE HANG UP & TRY YOUR 911" accompanied by a beep-beep-beep. This activates a program within the slave to call a prearranged phone number for further instructions.

B. BETA (sexual)

∑ SEXUAL ALTERS---most of the following codes are for deep sexual alters. In Illuminati Systems these are called Beta alters, in CIA systems they create Beta models whose primary function is to provide sex, usually perverted sex and S&M for the perverts who run our secret government and visible government. BETA models are those who are primary job is sexual, such as service as a Presidential Model (sex slave for a President). These System models may be numbered BETA 1, BETA 2...BETA 601, etc. Sexual programming for espionage and seduction, such as is done at Disneyland, may well involve the use of hundreds of dolls, such as Wonderwoman, Genie, Barbie type dolls. The names/codes would tie in with these dolls.

TIME CLOCK programming is placed in to cover the time that the sexual alters were on a mission, so that they can switch back to the - front and nothing be remembered.

Colors attached to sequences of numbers have been used for some of the Beta programming. For other sexual operatives, the intelligence agencies trigger them via specific sequences of chess moves.

Betty Boop programming is used sexually. Betty Boop was a 1930ís cartoon character who was an attractive "vivacious vamp". She was described in one cartoon as the "kitty from Kansas City." She had cartoons about Gigolos, Bimbos, Little Red Riding Hood, Mother Goose rhymes which were used as programming themes. Plays on words such as "CHESS-NUT" were used in the cartoons.

 

C. CHI (return to cult)

Chi programming uses a lot of idiosyncratic phrases, and little ditties. Some of the nursery rhymes listed in the song section will be Chi programming. Some of the Chi programming has been listed in the Alpha programming section of Vol. 2.

p_solemetric.jpg

The number of hang-up calls may serve as a code, incl. when the hang-up calls happen.

 

D. DELTA (assassination)

∑ Delta alters --are activated to kill by the following three things: seeing specific clothing, items held in a persons hand, and particular words. Since these items would specific for a particular murder there is no particular specifics that can be given.

 

Page 57 ...

It is thought by some people that the following TV ad may have been used to trigger Hinkley when it was time for Hinkley to attack President Ronald Reagan.

 

p_hero.jpg

One man who was programmed as an Delta-type assassin by the NSA in the NJ region, was programmed to be activated for assassination mission via the David Letterman program, Clintonís speeches such as his speech touching on the baseball strike with "little kid" wording, and by several movie stars (Arnold Schwartzenegger, Slyvester Stallone, etc.). I Dream of Jeannie programming is used for assassination, as well as at the CIAís Farm the song Old McDonaldís Farm is used with programming done to CIA assassins. Distinctive jewelry & clothes. Emerald ear rings used as a signal to others that a message was being carried. Emeralds mean drugs, rubies mean prostitution, diamonds (rhinestones) presidential model work. Red, White & Blue worn sometimes by presidential models.

 

E. EPSILON (animal alters)

F. OMEGA (internal computers)

The Omega programming works along with an Executive Control Board (or Grand Druid Council) and Internal programmers. The Executive Control Board is associated with both numbers of the clock, and precious gems and metals such as "9 OíCLOCK GOLD".

For G. Gamma programming see Ciscoís section on "Programming, Foundationsís

 

H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS

NICRO NECTRUM NECTO--take one back to oneís "true time period". When the child victim is hypnotically inducted by counting numbers during programming by a Doctor and a Mother-of-Darkness, these two will reassuring they child that things are O.K. and sweet talking to the child as it is inducted.

Page 58 ...

 

I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times)

END-TIME ACTIVATION CODES

Most slaves have end-time programming. The programming to activate a slaveís end-time programming often runs pages upon pages of coded messages. A number of Monarch slaves have been de-programmed enough that they began accessing and spewing out pages and pages of these activation codes. In the end times, there appears to be a great deal of color coding for operations. Many of the people who are taking part in the end times events are not American. For instance, the different lists of people to round up are categorized by color. The Red list in America are anti-NWO opposition leaders to be executed approx. 2 weeks before martial law. The blue list are anti-NWO order people who will be programmed or killed in the process. The yellow list is people to be rounded up for reeducation camps after martial law. Other countries apparently have different color codes. The red & blue lists have been distributed, & are periodically updated. The blue routes have already been marked by blue patches of color to guide those transporting prisoners when martial law is declared in the U.S. Within Monarch slaves, some of them apparently have an internal crystal/and or rocks that are programmed to explode at a certain point in time--thus releasing the victimís end time programming. The internal crystal (mental image) contains at least the four basic colors, red, green, blue, purple. One sample of part of end time programming was given in the previous Vol. 2 book. Still another example is as follows:

BB 243-ABCD-XXZ≤ (blue ray)

CC-458 ABCD-42T (red ray)

CD-379 ABCD-H1≤ (yellow ray)

CE-211 -ABCD-JKL (green ray)

CF-531-ABCD-ZZU (purple ray)

TMFT.47 ZONES 7-12

17876747270 OCEAN SIDE

PORT 18,22,34,41 CONTACT

YELLOW RAY SHOVE 79230 A2

TO RIGHT SIDE DAGGER HANGS

LOW ON PART SIDE FISH

SCHOOL CLOSED ROOM 37-56

RAILS EXIT END

17876747270 COL. BLACK PATCH

TO MALL 76747270 THIEF

AZT FMT BZT CET

11,4,6,9,32,101, 70

YELLOW FLAGS AT HALF MAST

YELLOW DOG ON RUN

BLUE FISH AT HOME

[This program is related to a slave contacting

other slaves in some end time operation.]

A team leader will have a down line of around 4 people--which are coded red ray, yellow ray, green ray, blue ray. When the activation code hits a slave team leader during the end times, they will in turn activate their people, who in turn will have people who are team leaders and have a down line. At least two false callback alarms will be sounded (tested) before the real one.

 

J.>> Omicron programmingórelates to programming of slaves for the Combination (between Intelligence- the Mafia and Government.)

K. TWINNING (teams)

L. THETA (Psychic warfare)

The following is only speculatory, but worth taking note of. This author believes that some of the Theta models got chess programming. Within the system of Enochian magic is the magical system of Enochian Chess. The Golden Dawn has been identified as one of the groups carrying out mind-

Page 59 ...

control. Some Golden Dawn leaders have recently put out a reference book Enochian Chess of the Golden Dawn by Chris Zalewski (St. Paul: Llewellyn Pub, 1994). Enochian chess is played with four players, on a chess board that is divided up into four squares, one for each of the magical watchtowers of air, water, earth, and fire. It has only been since 1992 that researchers within the Golden Dawn (specifically the New Zealand branch which is called the Emerald of the Sea) reinvented a set of rules to play enochian chess. The moves for Enochian chess may have been used in recent years as a programming script. Since only a few people have mastered the game, and since the game is more than a game, it is magic, it would stand to reason that the temptation would be there to use it as a programming script if the programmer knew the game.

 

M. SONGS & NURSERY RHYMES

∑ What follow is a list of Nursery Rhymes Used As Triggers, & Songs which have Monarch programming meanings &, such as access parts, or soliciting a behavior or thinking.

 

NURSERY RHYMES

The Illuminati create imaginary worlds for many of the deeper alters to live in. They keep these alters living in such unreality and nonsense that deeper alters have a difficult time separating their subjective programmed reality from the objective reality of the outside world, which doesnít understand them. Nursery rhymes function well for programming in messages. Often these nursery rhymes are distorted slightly to serve their programming purpose. Some of the programming distortions and uses of these nursery rhymes are provided below. Major corporations and advertising groups working for the Network place nursery rhymes into their television ads. These nursery rhymes are constructed in the ad to activate on certain slaves which usually are sleepers. Some were given in Vol. 2, here are some additional nursery rhymes beyond those listed in Vol. 2:

A Tisket A Tasket

Baa, Baa, Black Sheep (used for money laundering scripts, and drug money, drug carrying scripts)

Bye, Baby Bunting (used with actual rituals where the slave child is placed within a skin, cocoon programming with a butterfly coming forth etc.)

Diddle, Diddle Dumpling

Ding, Dong Bell (Dr. Mengele liked to use this--message: donít disturb the mouse that runs the internal system clock.)

Fa Fe Fi Fo Fum (Movement within the systemís bean sprouts in the system, and also a death threat.)

Farmer in the Dell, The (Used by the CIA for a serious program)

Georgy Porgy

Gingerbread Man

Hey! Diddle Diddle! (used for astral projection programming)

Hot-Cross Buns!

Humpty Dumpty (used for shattering the mind programming)

Iím a Gold Lock (used to instill cover programming to hide the truth)

I Love Little Pussy (kitten programming)

Jack, Be Nimble

Jack and Jill

Jack Sprat (possibly cannibalism programming)

Little 80-Beep (come home to Papa programming)

London Bridge (This was used at the Presideo and other sites for learning the chants, and the spells. At the Presideo it was used with barber pole programming. They all fall into a stupor at the end.)

North Wind, The

Queen of Hearts, The (swearing an obedience oath programming)

Rub-a-Dub-Dub (refers to the 3 internal programmers)

Some MOB HISTORY.

Traditionally, the mob crime bosses have had a yearly summit. In 1928, they had their yearly conclave at Cleveland. In 1929, they had their secret yearly conclave at Atlantic City. In 1931, they held their secret annual conclave at Wappingers Falls, NY. At the Wappingers Falls meeting, attended by about 300 overlords and soldiers, the heads of the family clans discussed their crime family agendas. They decided where the first national Mafia convention was to be held. Once the Mafia was able to hold their yearly private national meetings, they were able to coordinate their activities, as well as decide such things as:

a. the direction of national & internal operations, and long range plans

b. the promotion of new bosses

c. decisions on turf & rank, commodities & cash

d. hashing out alliances or disputes with the Mishpucka, Triads, FBI, Illuminati, etc. and working with others in a concerted manner. The mafia clans would then leave the annual summit meetings and follow through in their area of operations, until they would meet the next year, review their successes & failures, get new assignments, and decide upon new short & long term goals. In 1927, the Mishpucka worked with Mafia to highjack a bootleg shipment of whiskey travelling from Ireland to Boston for the Kennedy Illuminati family. Most of Kennedyís guards were killed in the shootout, and J.P. Kennedy had the widows of the guards besieging him for financial assistance. Billy Grahamís good friend Mafia Chief Joseph Bonanno was one of the chiefs who attended the yearly conclaves. He also met with J.F. Kennedy in the Winter of 1959. John Kennedy was known to have said that mobster Sam Giancana worked for his Kennedy family. The mob/Illuminati alliances and infighting are too complex to deal with in this book, but both groups had to put plans into action to deal with the repeal of Prohibition, which would end their lucrative bootlegging. The short term plan for the Mafia was to control the film industry in Hollywood, and to penetrate the unions better. The long term plans called for sending their next few generations of children off to the top schools and getting them into legitimate respectable corporate positions. By learning the ins and

Page 110 ...

outs of honest, legal operations, they could then mix in the illegal operations with their legal ones & look legal. They planned to extend their power base into politics, the Harvard-Stanford business schools, as well as the finest corporate board rooms. They intended (and have succeeded) in getting some of their offspring to produce/direct T.V./films. They would have an increasing presence within the Bohemian Grove membership, as well as some of the other great social & business clubs. Their plan to take over the film industry hinged on their union control over unions and theaters. The Chicago mob controlled the International Alliance of Theatrical Stage Employees Union. The mob controlled the projectionistís union, and if the film makers had the theaters where their movies were shown shut down, what good would it be to make movies? The film makers and the mafia both had power & money. Rather than fight a protracted war, they made a deal. The major studios would give about $50,000 a year to the mafia, and the small ones $25,000, to be allowed to function. Other agreements were also reached. Mob henchmen Willie Bioff and George E. Browne were mob lieutenants who orchestrated the mobís "Hollywood takeover". Time Magazine, Nov. 1, 1943, wrote,

 

 

"In the witness chair in Manhattanís Federal Court sat bland, wily Willie Bioft (pronounced Buy-off), blackmailer, panderer, labor leader, and now star witness against eight ex-pals, who are charged with shaking down $1 million from the movie industry...Question: Was it true that Bioft once had a five-year plan for taking over 20% of Hollywoodís profits-and eventually 50% interest In the studios themselves? Bioff (wistfully): "If weíd lasted that long, we would have. Question: "Did you ever say you were boss of Hollywood and could make producers do whatever you wanted?" Bioff: "Yes-and I could make them dance to my tune." Although Bioff rolled over on his pals and ended up getting car bombed, that didnít stop the mob/Mishpucka infiltration & control of Hollywood. (Bioff had tried to save his public image by helping Walt Disney settle his labor dispute with the mob-led unions, but Walt wisely relected his offer of help, and made sure he didnít offend the Chicago mob leaders who were disgruntled with Bioff.) Hundreds of millions of dollars were poured by the Mafia & Mishpucka into real estate in southern California, by using legitimate local businessmen to launder the money. Hollywood was declared a "free zone" where all the Mafia/Mishpucka families could operate without a fear of a turf war."

Let us backtrack slightly to 1930. Columbia distributed Disney cartoons from 1930 until 1932, when Disney switched to United Artists, because Columbia wasnít bothering to pay Disney the money they owed. In 1930, Cohn, Pres. of Columbia Pictures, got Disney off the financial hook with Powers by intimidating Powers with some street toughs carrying a legal suit. If Disney wasnít indebted to the mafia before, he was at that point. Biographers have been puzzled why Disney went into such a traumatic depression after Henry Cohn "helped" him. Tough guy Henry Cohn made sure Walt knew who was boss. His attitude was that Walt should be happy to be paid at all by him for the cartoons Walt supplied Columbia. After this, Walt would lock himself in his room and weep uncontrollably for hours. He was impossible for anyone to get along with. He was unable to focus on anything, and would stare for long periods out the window. Biographers blame Waltís behavior on the fact that his wife was pregnant. They also blame it on his friend Iwerks defection to another company. Frankly, Walt had treated Iwerk like a dog, and deep down must have known why Iwerk left such an abusive relationship. To claim that he wept for hours day after day because he realized he might become a father is too much to swallow. When Walt was asked years later about why he was so depressed he said it was the stress of the financial situation. Walt said, ,,I had a nervous breakdown ... Costs were going up; each new picture we finished cost more to make than we had figured it would earn when we first began to plan it...I cracked up."

Page111 ...

This author submits to the reader that part of his breakdown may have indeed been the financial stress from having come under the heel of the mafia. They had all the means to make or break him, and he had no choice but to surrender to their overwhelming power to blackmail & destroy him OR to get out of the business. What this did was place Walt in a position where his two strongest traits had to clash--his overwhelming obsession to be his own boss, and his creative obsession to create animation which was wrapped up with his ego & his deep phobias and psychological needs. His mind couldnít give up its independence nor its creativity without great mental anguish, and therefore Walt was very saddened, knowing that he would have to admit defeat, and buckle under the heels of the big boys. Just when he needed emotional support his wife was going to have a child, and his best animator left. Walt had abandoned Iwerks years before, and Waltís wife had wanted a child for some time. Iwerkís departure and his arriving child do not in themselves account for the long intense nervous breakdown that Walt experienced. Biographers point out that Walt was very reluctant to have children, and that he was impotent with women including his wife much of the time. His impotency to carry out normal sex may help explain his secret sexual habits. Waltís masonic brother Carl Laemmle offered Walt a good deal to help him recover from Henry Cohnís abusive control of Walt, but Carl wanted the copyright to Mickey Mouse in return for the help, and Walt wouldnít part with Mickey Mouse. Instead, Walt signed a contract offered by Joseph Schenck of UA (United Artists), who was one of the Mafiaís illegal drug kingpins. In 1935, the mobís illegal drug dealer Joseph Schenck went on to found 20th Century, Inc. which later merged with Fox in Ď38 to form Twentieth Century-Fox, whose board of directors would include two Illuminati kingpins William Randolph Hearst and Malcolm MacIntyre. Joseph Schenckís brother Nicholas Schenck and Marcus Loew merged Metro Pictures and Goldwyn Pictures and named Louis B. Mayer as its head. Meanwhile over the years, MCA, headed up by Illuminati Kingpin Lew Wasserman gained a monopoly over the American film industry with the secret backroom deals that they made with Ronald Reaganís Screen Actorís Guild and Petrilloís American Fed, of Musicians. (By the way, Lew Wasserman would try to revive Reaganís acting career in the early Ď60ís. Frank Sinatra and Walt Disney were both friends of Ronald Reagan, and all three believed in mind-control.) Ronald Reagan and Petrillo in turn worked with the Mafiaís NCS Council of 9 (which incl. Anthony Accardo and Sam Giancana), which at one point divided the U.S. into 24 mob territories. After J. Schenck went to jail (very briefly), he was replaced as Pres. of 20th-Cent. Fox by Spyros Skouras. Before his arrest, while Schenck was still in charge of 20th-Cent. Fox, he made numerous offers to Disney for Disney to incorporate his studio as a subdivision of 20th-Cent. Fox. Disney worked for a few years with them distributing his films, but he would not let go of trying to be independent. The FBI and American Intelligence turned to the mob to help them as the U.S. entered WW II. Perhaps Waltís mob connection added impetus for his recruitment. Walt went to a number of American Nazi meetings prior to Pearl Harbor. This author believes from knowing Waltís personality that Walt may have been on assignment, rather than a Nazi sympathizer. Still, why does one of Disneyís pre-Pearl harbor cartoons display a swastika? Disneyís Epcot Resorts is close to the mobís Atlantic City Board Walk with its nightclubs. The resort was designed by Robert A.M. Stern. (This author doesnít know about Robert Stern, but there are programmed multiples and Illuminati members within the Stern family.) At Walt Disney World, the nightclub

page 112 ...

there was named "Cage", and then later í8 TRAX". Comedy Warehouse, which is a nightclub at Pleasure Island in Walt Disney World opened on May 1, 1989 and has used slave comedians as well having people who are mind-control abusers. On Feb. 11, 1987, Walt Disney Co. was reincorporated in Delaware. Delaware is the only state that allows total corporate secrecy. No one can find out who really is running a Delaware corporation, and many other secrets can be hidden under Delawareís corporation laws. Capital Group has considerable shares in Disney, as well as 29% of the shares of the Robert Mondavi winery at 7801 St. Helena Hwy, Oakville, CA. Wellington Group and Mellon bank also have shares. Behind Capital Group are mob controlled groups like Debartolo Reality Corp. and La Quinta Inns (a Bass bro. operation.) Sam Bronfman operates Sterling & Monterey Vineyards. There are countless people walking around that have felt the ruthless, impersonal, controlling, money-grabbing side of the Disney Corp. Also, there are a number of journalists who have experienced first hand the secrecy and paranoia that the Disney corporation has. Most journalists are not used to the secrecy that pervades Disney. Because Disney has shaped the myths of America for several generations, the public takes more concern over who is running Disney, than they would other institutions. Because most of America believe in the image that the Illuminati have built for Disney, they are rooting for it to succeed.

 

 

How the Disney Executives have figured out how to steal land all across the U.S.

Over the years Walt Disney has developed several very sneaky reliable techniques to acquire land. They acquire land through their executives and large stockholders and family members of the execs and stockholders. After all the deals are made in an area, and when everything is in place over a period of time, these people then turn their land over to Disney. Disney works with government officials and local bankers to line up special deals so they can succeed in their plans. After everything is lined up, the corporation announces their plans and goes forward. This methodology has been used repeatedly, for instance the American History Theme Park in the Manassas Civil War battlefield area of Virginia for which Disney has acquired 1,800 acres and has access to at least 1,200 more. In Nov. Ď94, after a new Virginia governor was elected, the Virginia "Disneyís America" project was announced, and Virginia voted almost instantly for the money for transportation and infrastructure improvements to the area so that Disneyís theme park would be viable. Disney set up 3 banks in Napa, CA. Their banks made loans to old families in the valley. The trusts and the wills for these families were made up by Stanford Univ. grads. These people set on the boards of these banks or connect with the boards of these banks. They charge large fees, and know every trick in the book to rob people of their estates and their living trusts. The Stanford grads, who connect in with intelligence agencies & the mob use certain code words when they set up their businesses, such as RESOURCE, EVERGREEN and PACIFIC. There are a number of scared landholders who are being intimidated to sell their land in the Napa Valley region.

 

 

DISNEY and the GOVERNMENT

Just prior to W.W. II, the FBI recruited Walt Disney. His job was to spy on Hollywood or anything else that looked suspicious. Documents obtained from the Freedom of Information Act, in spite of heavy censoring, clearly show that Walt Disney became a paid Special Correspondent asset of the FBI. He reported to FBI agent E.E. Conroy. In 1954, Walt was promoted to Special Agent in Charge (SAC) which means others reported to him.

Page 113 ...

After "leaving" the CIA, ex-DCI (ex-head) of the CIA William Hedgcock Webster became a lawyer for the Wash. D.C. based firm of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy. In 1993, when news broke about Walt Disneyís FBI membership, ex-CIA head Webster worked with the Disney family to cover up to the public that Walt Disney was an FBI agent. Webster went on TV and had interviews to spread the fabrication that Walt was not connected to the FBI. Why? One of the countless items that Disney was involved in was the investigation into the disappearance/rape of a six-year old child Rose Marie Riddle on 1/12/61. According to documents gotten from the Freedom of Information Act, W.G. Simon was the FBI agent who met with SAC Walt Disney in L.A. about the case. W.G. Simon has been one of those people who has been publicly lying by claiming that Walt Disney never was an FBI agent. The paper trail proves otherwise. Why is it so important to the FBI and CIA to cover up that Walt was an FBI agent? Walt also worked for the CIA, even though documentation of that is not available. This author theorizes that the reason the FBI and CIA are so touchy about letting people know that Walt worked for the government is that the Network knows how the FBI and CIA worked together to procure children for mind-control programming purposes. Because Disney and Disneyland played such as enormous role in Mind-control, Disneyís connection to them, although on the sufface a seemingly minor fact, is in reality a minor fact setting on top of an enormous ghastly secret. When W.W. II started, the government incorporated the Disney studios into the war machine. The military paid Disney $80,000 for 20 training cartoon, which cost Disney $72,000 to make. Disney studios also made some secret films for the military. Mickey Mouse and Goofy cartoons were slanted to have war themes, for instance, the Goofy cartoon of 1941 "The Art of Self Defense" and "How to be a Sailor" in 1944. Perhaps in honor of the contribution Disney had made to the war effort, "Mickey Mouse" was the password of the Allies for millions of men on the big D-Day invasion on June 6,1944. Walt Disney produced a cartoon showing Donald Duck paying his taxes faithfully. The film was entitled The New Spirit. It was very successful in getting Americans to comply with the IRS. In 1946, Disney made a film for the public schools for sex education entitled The Story of Menstruation. For the United Nations, Walt Disney created "Itís a Small World" attraction for UNICEF for the Ď64-65 Worldís Fair. This attraction was moved to the theme parks & has been a major feature for mind-control. After learning of the enormous amount of mind-control programming going on during after hours in secret tunnels at Disney as well as in the public facilities, it makes more sense why the Russian Premier Nikita Khrushchev would be denied a visit to Disneyland by the U.S. government "due to security considerations" when he was visiting the U.S. in Sept. 1959. Khrushchev obviously had his own security working in tandem with American security and the intelligence people for whatever reason(s) didnít want the complication of these Russians going to a major programming site. Some powerful military men have been connected to Disney films. Two former commanding officers of the USS Alabama nuclear sub were technical advisors for the Disney film Crimson Tide. Walt Disney was tied to the U.S. government, and recent disclosures show that he was tied to the FBI. Walt used his FBI connection to destroy the life of Art Babbitt, who had led the strike against Disney in 1940. Babbitt found that everything he attempted in life after the strike was ruined by some hidden power. Was Walt part of naval intelligence attached to the FBI? Was he part of the FBI

Page 114 ...

that is involved with child procurement and mind-control? In the 1950ís the Illuminati began organizing covens on the West coast and began solidifying their power. (This comes from several independent sources.) Likewise, itís clear that Disney didnít have the clout in 1953 with local governments, that it does today. Walt Disney was unsuccessful when he tried to get permission from the city of Los Angeles and the Burbank City Council for the construction of Disneyland (called Disneylandia at that time), in the Burbank area. One Burbank councilman told Walt, "We donít want the carny atmosphere in Burbank."" Inconsistently, within a few years they gave permission to Universal to build an amusement park in Burbank, which opened in 1964. Disney then ask the Stanford Research Institute to locate a spot for Disneylandia (Disneyland), which they found at Anaheim. In recent years, Disney decided they wanted to build another amusement park (called California Adventure) across from Disneyland. In order to do so, the Interstate highway will have to have changes, and the Anaheim city council needed to approve the large 55 acre expansion. In contrast to the Burbank City Council in 1953, Anaheimís City Council was enthusiastic about the expansion in spite of lots of local opposition. The locals complained at council meetings to the City Council that the city had no business going hundreds of millions of dollars into debt to help a corporate giant. (Anaheim will issue $400 million in bonds.) Locals also raised concerns that the public school system in Anaheim is stressed to the breaking point where they are considering going to half days, and that Disney Corporation should give as much consideration for the school children of Anaheim as they do to their Amusement park. Disneylandís Pres. Paul Pressler bragged about Disneyís new California Adventure amusement park, "Disneyís California Adventure is really a celebration of the fun, the beauty, the people and the accomplishments of this magical state. We really have set out to try to capture a bit of what the California dream is all about." (Sounds like the dream is to be wealthy and control people. The elite would rather give us BREAD & CIRCUS than an education.) The Dragnet films were done in part at the Disney studios. In an Office Memo from the 66-new LA SAC FBI agent to Hoover (12/16/54), which was obtained via the Freedom of Information Act, the typed memo states, ,,Mr. Disney has volunteered representatives of this office complete access to the facilities of Disneyland for use in connection with official matters..." Historically, we now know that Disneyís use for "official matters" included mind-control.

 

 

J. DISNEY & MIND CONTROL

Once the reader is familiar with the programming scripts, the reader merely needs to watch the Disney "Adventures in Wonderland" that come on TV in the morning to see Disney mind-control at work. Within a few minutes one morning, this author had seen a white rabbit create "a world in your mind" (the quote is what the show said!) with a ring, watched Alice go through the mirrors, watched a White Rabbit [the programmer] read a book to a little girl, and the TV listener be told by the show "The White Rabbit is our only hope!" The deeper alters of Illuminati slaves who are programmed for espionage, for spying & blackmail, & seduction & assassination, are given programming to live in a fantasy world. They never touch base with reality. Much of this type of programming has gone on at Disneyland. Disneyland visitors are taken in a boat where dolls sing an around-the-world theme song "Itís a small small world". These doll world parts of the amusement parks are used for programming assassination & espionage alters. The song & dolls play important roles in these alterís mind-control programming. Some slaves at around age 19,

Page 115 ...

have this type of programming tested to make sure it is solidly in place. The song ,,Itís a Small World" was composed by the Sherman brothers for Disney originally as a theme song for a ride at the í63-í65 NY Worldís Fair. The Sherman brothers were talent that Disney discovered. They were born in NYC, and both graduated from Beverly Hills High School. They wrote Disney songs for at least 29 films. Mind-controlled slaves, who repeatedly bump into each other, but donít know why, will be found saying, "Itís a small, small world." Both rituals & programming go on at Disney amusement parks during both the day & night. Steven Rockefeller and Walt Disney travelled and spent time together with Dr. Hadley Cantril, an establishment expert on human behavior. (See There Was Once A Time of Islands, Illusions & Rockefellers. NY: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1975.) When Walt Disney began Walt Disney World he sent Card Walker to the Florida capital to request quid pro quo, and the governor gave it to Disney. What that meant is that Disneyís property in Florida was totally controlled under Disneyís jurisdiction, they had their own laws, their own police force, their own hospitals, and their own tax rate. No outside authority would interfere with Disneyís jurisdiction. DisneyWorldís finances would be untouchable and out of sight by the state of Florida. Never had so much power been given away. DisneyWorld became its own crime syndicate within the syndicate. Disney amusement parks are like a city within a city. They have there own security forces, and the local police allow the Disney security forces to take care of their turf. Disney has their own policies (laws). Some of the security forces can be identified in plain clothes with clean-cut hair styles and have communication devices. The security forces have a headquarters room where TV monitors display-live the exit points at Disney as well as other locations. America Ďs Most Wanted has a fairly large file on children who have been kidnapped at Disney Amusement Parks. One mother, who got separated from her child when getting off a train, frantically told a guard her child was missing. The guard took her to the monitor room, where they saw the kidnapper carrying the child out of the park with the boy slumped over his shoulder. In that short of a time, the kidnapper had drugged the child, cut his hair different, and put a different shirt on him. (This anecdote was mention in Inside the Mouse, pg. 52) As written before, white slavery is part of what Disney is all about. This mother was one of the fortunate few who did manage to find their kidnapped children. An insider states that the Disney police are definitely part of those moving and abusing innocent children brought in for occult rituals. In addition, the Disney security forces spy on their own employees. Employees do not enter the theme parks like the visitors, nor do they move around like the visitors. They have underground tunnels and underground entrances and facilities for that. One victim of total mind-control mentioned that a tunnel entrance was at the Matterhorn mountain at Disneyland. (The Matterhorn was opened by Walt and his good-friend Richard Nixon, who rode in the first car down the mountain.) The Disney productions has given the Illuminati the cover to bring together Illusionists, magicians, and special effects artists without anyone being suspicious. Some of these men were able to apply their talents toward programming children. As an example of their talents, Disney special effects artists were able to create 16 realistic-looking cadavers for the 1989 film Gross Anatomy. Walt Disney, Inc. has teamed up with Los Alamos and Sandia Labs, two other groups which are heavily involved in mind-control and people control to develop body scans, branding and access codes for the visitors to Disneyís theme parks. Each of the Disney Theme parks, such as Disneyland, DisneyWorld, EuroDisney etc.

Page 116 ...

have vast underground facilities. These underground facilities allow many of the workers to get to the ride areas via underground passages. Each theme facility also has a vast infrastructure underground in order to maintain it. The underground areas contain wardrobe design and repair units, fitting rooms, restrooms, cafeterias, security units, computers, freight ramps, utility encasements, and large connecting tunnels. The underground areas also have programming rooms. They have their own power plants and water systems and their own police force. Disney company employs 71,000 people at several locations, tone recent TV show used the figure 40,000 Disney employees.] People are coming and going 24 hours at the Disney theme parks. Three shifts keep up the 24 hour business. The night crews maintain and repair the parks for the thousands of people that will soon arrive in the morning. Disneyland makes a natural prop for carrying out mind-control. The items they sell are also natural props--such as the Goofy watch ($19.95) which has hands that move backward to confuse a slave as to what time it is. Was Walt Disney aware of how Disneyland was used for programming? There is no doubt. Disney lived much of nights at Disneyland, and had an apartment at the firehouse near the train station on Main St. At night, if he was not doing anything else, heíd roam the grounds of Disneyland scribbling notes on his own distinctive blue paper, which heíd leave for workers to follow the next day. The notes would say such things as "Replace these flowers," or "Move that bench". (Prince of the Magic Kingdom, p. 25) Walt Disney knew everything that went on in his Magic Kingdom. The Epcot Center and the Disney amusement parks market all kinds of occult triggers, including crystals, rainbows, wizards etc. that reinforce the programming. The Epcot Center has two glass pyramids along with its "Journey into Imagination". Disneyworld has the Island of Atlantis on its sub tour. Fantasyland is one of the most used tours of Disneyland for mind-control purposes. It has carousels, merry music, an incredible castle, boat rides, story book characters etc. Sleeping Beauty Castle with its blue turrets and gold spires is the central visual object of Disneyland. You cross a drawbridge to get into it. Inside Fantasyland are Illuminati programming sites such as the Mad Hatter teacups, the King Arthur carousel horses, and Snow Whiteís forest. In the far corner of Disneylandís New Orleanís Square is the Haunted Mansion. This mansion is designed to frighten and scare, it has an ingenious design and many special effects and illusions. Realistic ghosts, a screeching raven, howling voices, and other scary things welcome the visitor. Life size holograms are created at the Haunted Mansion, and dance in sync with the music and then fade out at certain points. There is a hologram of a womanís head in a crystal ball who chatters non-stop. A real good laugh for the programmers of a little child. When you are toward the end, you will have a chance to look into a mirror where a hologram ghost will nestle up beside you. Star Speeder is another great programming location at Disneyland. It was the creation of George Lucas and the Disney Imagineers. The technology is borrowed from Star Wars, and is similar to flight simulators used by the military to train pilots. Disneyland Hotel offers Character Breakfasts, where children eat breakfast with Disney characters, to people who make special arrangements. U.S. Special Forces, which carries out mind-control, owns two hotels near Disney World, and the Mormons have one also. Knottís Berry Farm with its Ghost Town, Amusement Park, & its Charlie Brown themes and characters is near Disneyland. One of the Disney executives began one of the most horrible trauma-based mind-control programming centers in Los Angeles called Magic Castle a comedy warehouse. This

Page 117 ...

trauma center had horrible torture chambers. Children were brought in from South and Central America to be programmed at the Magic Castle. A brave L.A. policeman exposed the place--for which he lost his job, and eventually was able to get the site closed. One of Disneyís recent ventures in their Disney Institute, which Newsweek labeled "the Disneyland of the Mind". (Newsweek, Mar. 4, 1996, p. 61) A private club called Club 33 at Disneyland located upstairs in the New Orleans Square is believed to be involved in mind-control. Cubís Den supervises childrenís activities at the Wilderness Lodge Resort at Walt Disney World. At Disney-MGM studios the major attraction is the Twilight Zone Tower of Terror. Guests take a strange scary trip through the hotel, where guests are finally sent into an elevator that drops out of control 13 stories. The ride has been advertized on TV. Disneyland now has a Temple to the Forbidden Eye--which is simply a Temple to the All Seeing Eye, the Illuminati symbol. Visitors, who have the patience to wait in line, can strap themselves in for a ride that is like a jack hammer that jars the rider through a temple filled with snakes, rats, and mummies. One aerobics teacher couldnít walk for three days after the jarring ride, which comes across as ,,hokey". The experience is more traumatizing than fun, but then maybe that is what was intended.

 

 

DISNEY VACATIONS FOR THE ELITE

Years ago this authorís newsletters exposed Hilton Head Island, SC as a watering hole of the powerful elite incl. retired generals and admirals, and the site for the eliteís Renaissance Weekend "meat market". Remember, that at one time Hilton Head Island was private, with imported alligators in the water around it. A person was only allowed on the island by going through security gates with a clearance. In a later newsletter, Disneyís Hilton Head Island Resort was mentioned. This resort, built by Disney Vacation Development, Inc., is located on a 15-acre private island linked to Hilton Head island by a narrow bridge. Members to the Disney Vacation Club can exchange time for vacations at Disney and other resorts around the world. Memberships cost minimum $9,412.

(Chapter 5 Page 4)

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MELODYLAND

Right smack across from the entrance to Disneyland is the Assembly of Godís Melodyland Christian Center, the birthplace of TEN (Trinity Broadcasting Network). The Assembly of God denomination has been heavily infiltrated by the Illuminati, and has been heavily used as a front for programmed slaves. Paul Crouch, president of Trinity Broadcasting Systems, Inc., was affiliated with Melodyland in 1973 when TBS was getting started. At that time, Melodyland was a rich heavily infiltrated charismatic church, with its share of programmed multiples. In 1973, closet homosexual minister Jim Bakker, and his wife Tammy Faye, a programmed multiple were with Paul Crouch in Anaheim at Melodyland. Paul Crouch had been the assistant pastor of Bakkerís home church in Muskegon, MI. Crouchís right hand man was Alexander Valderrama, a charismatic Roman Catholic. TBS used an abandoned military base as their TV complex, using hangers as studios. In the early 70ís, ABC put Bakker & Crouchís early shows on their affiliate stations on Sunday morning. Bakker had already gotten his career kicked off with Illuminatus Pat Robertson and his 700 Club. Jim Bakker split and went to the east coast. To help Bakker with his money, Bill Perkins, who had been a financial analyst for the World Orderís mind-control research at Sandia National Labs in Livermore came to help Bakker run his ministryís finances. Later, televangelist Bakker began building Heritage USA, which was to be a big-money resort. Bakker hired people who had worked for Disney to construct Heritage USA. Bakker studied Disneyland, Disneyworld, and other Disney places as a model for Heritage

Page 118 ...

USA. After Disneyworld opened in Florida, Jim Bakker was a REGULAR visitor to it. Heritage USAís Ft. Heritage was modelled after Disneyís Ft. Wilderness, Main St. was modelled after the Magic Kingdomís Main St., and Disneyís wrought-iron fencing was also copied. Most people are aware of Jim Bakkerís $265,000 payoff to Jessica Hahn to keep her sexual services to him a secret, his longtime homosexual relationship with his right hand man David Taggart, and his prison sentence. James Orson (named after Orson Welles) Bakker was from Muskegon, the same place that Cathy OíBrien, a freed Mind-controlled slave came from. He was born pre-mature, and had some interesting family situations that make his family suspect. While Cathy OíBrien got programmed via the Catholics, Jim was part of another denomination which also was into programming, the charismatic Assemblies of God. His grandfather, who lived next door to Jim, and where Jim spent much childhood time with was popularly known in town as a "huckster", and nicknamed Kingfish after the manipulative character on Amos & Andy. Tammy his wife grew up in International Falls, MN in poverty in the home of her stepfather and mother. Besides having a "shopping demon," she has had her share of phobias and mental problems, as can be expected from someone who has had to suffer through programming. It would be worth pointing out who has come to Jim Bakkerís rescue when he was under attack. For instance, on Thursday, Oct. 4, 1984 when Jim was under attack, Jim Bakkerís show had six people give endorsements and praise of Jim Bakker. Those were Ronald Reagan, Dale Evans, Robert Schuller, Oral Roberts, Billy Graham and Rex Hubbard. Of those, this author knows for sure that all are masons, except for Rex, who may or may not be. Robert Schuller, Billy Graham and Oral Roberts are "Christian ministers" who participate in using and handling mind-control slaves. These three ministers all participate in secret Satanic rituals. The last few paragraphs have given only a sketchy picture of the intimate relationship between Disney Mind-control and the charismatic movement and its use of trauma-based total mind-control.

 

DISNEYANA FOR THE PROGRAMMED & OBSESSED.

For people who have been programmed with Disney programming and who are obsessed with Mickey Mouse and everything else about Disney, and for other people who just have the collecting spirit for Disney memorabilia, there is a group called Disneyana. Disneyana, was organized in the 1980ís, and consists of people who are cult-like in their devotion to anything true Disney. Some of them to express their devotion outwardly tatoo their bodies with Disney characters. This group holds their annual convention at the Contemporary Resort in FL. One Disneyana at the annual convention said, "We collect to keep the good feeling inside." Another when interviewed said, "This is why itís all about love." The author knows as a fact some of the men who are obsessed with Mickey Mouse & Disney items are programmed multiples. One of Kenneth Angerís occult friends has had the worldís largest Mickey Mouse collection. Who is Kenneth Anger? Kenneth Anger, a member of LaVeyís Magick Circle & later his Church of Satan, is an occultist and an underground film maker. Kenneth Anger (he choose the last name Anger) was raised on the Wizard of Oz books. His biographer Bill Landis writes that the Oz books "laid the groundwork for Kenís attraction to Crowley, the occultist who would rework Rosicrucian thought into his own magical system." Ken was obsessed with Crowleyís life & magic. As a child, Ken had danced with Shirley Temple in competition after she became a child star. Ken Anger loved the OTOís solar phallic religion, and was also obsessed with Mickey Mouse. He spent part of his time studying his friendís Mickey Mouse collection. Ken Anger did his

Page 119 ...

casting for his film ,,Lucifer Rising" by telling occult friends & acquaintances that they could live out their goddess or god power-trip fantasies by acting for him. The British governmentís National Film Finance Corp. fronted 15,000£ for Lucifer Risingís production. Famous occult musician Jimmy Page did the sound track gratis. Ken Anger acted as the filmís Magus and made his Magus role resemble Mickey Mouse in the film Fantasia. (The role Fantasia plays in mind-control programming will follow as the last part of this chapter.) "Lucifer Rising" also starts with Fantasia-type volcanoes. Another of his well-known films was "Invocation of My Demon Brother."

 

Mind-control features in Disney movies.

The elements within Disney movies that are intentionally put in for mind-control would take volumes to describe. A detailed description of how just one Disney movie is used as a programming script soon follows. Fantasia was selected as the example. A random sampling of features in Disney movies for mind-control programming could include:

∑ Cogworth the enchanted mantle clock in Beauty and the Beast.

∑ The character Door Knob, which is a doorknob portrayed as a person in the Disney cartoon Alice In Wonderland, is useful for programming door knob alters.

∑ The Blue Yonder is a Disney movie on time travel of a young boy. Time travel movies are used for programming to mess up the victimís sense of time.

∑ Disney film "Animated Alphabet" has letters which come alive, which is useful for programming. And what about the Ď82 Disney movie "Computers are People, Too!" ?

∑ All the Illuminati members this author is aware of who have received trauma-based total mind-control were taught to astrally project and study on the astral plane what they needed to learn. A Disney movie that portrays this is Goofy over Dental Health. This is an educational film released by Disney in Ď91 and again in Ď93, where Goofy places a magical toothbrush under a childís pillow, so that the child astrally projects to a dentist office and while on the astral plane studies how to have healthy teeth.

 

∑ Illuminati alters believe that trees and flowers are alive. The 1932 Disney film Flowers and Trees is a story about two trees who fall in love. The film portrays the occult belief that trees can talk and sing. Internally, alter systems will be constructed with singing trees and flowers that represent people and which are alters. The singing trees give out internal codes to move alters internally where they need to go. Return to Oz. (1985) This Disney film begins its story line about a girl who is thought to have psychological problems because of her tales of Oz. She is warned not to talk about Oz by her relatives. She is taken to a psychologist who wears a big ruby ring, who tells Dorothy that electroshocks wonít hurt her, and that we are at the "dawn of a New Age." Dorothy is told that her memories are ,,just dreams" that stem from excess electrical current in the brain. She is sent to a mental institution to receive shock treatments for talking about Oz. A lightening storm allows her to escape the shock treatments and when she sleeps, she awakes in Oz. In Oz she goes through many mind-control scenarios, ruby slippers, mirrors, etc., and toward the end visits with evil Mombi, Princess of Oz who keeps Ozma (Dorothyís twin) as a slave. Mombi eventually casts a spell and enchants Ozma into a mirror. Sci-Fi author J.D. Vinge in her Return to Oz based on the screen play writes on pg. 211-212, "Dorothy gazed at herself in the mirror, seeing her own reflection, and remembering the moment when she had looked at herself and seen someone else there, someone so like her that it could have been her sister." Parts of this film were filmed near Stonehenge, Eng. Disney has put out several films on the Wizard of Oz theme, all of which were used for programming. The original series of Oz books were by Baum. In

Page 120 ...

í39, MGM did the famous Wizard of Oz film. In the Disney movie Tron (1982), a young computer genius goes into an altered state where he ends up becoming a computer program. After defeating the MCP, he returns to the real world. This is simply a programming script. A special effects team created a 3-D world, showing how talented Disney special effects people can be in making something seem real. This movie should show people their mind-control capabilities. Mathematical Applications Group, Inc. (MAGI) were one of the groups that created the graphics. Disney came out with 3 videos of new adventures in Wonderland which are mind-control programming. In the mornings here 9-9:30, on channel 21, Disney has a Wonderland Show every morning which is mind-control programming for children. Within a few minutes, this author had seen a girl walk through a mirror, the 3 lives of Thomasina mentioned, and a little ditty "Iím a little tea-pot" where a person becomes a tea pot. They also had an "under the umbella" scene. This was all pure programming, right on TV. Of course, they show the White Rabbit as a central figure. ABC under the auspices of Disney produced a lengthy 140 min. film Wild Palms which depicts Illuminati mind-control and life. One reader of Vol. 2 stated that the Wild Palms movie would have made no sense except that having read the Vol. 2 book, the movie made lots of sense in the light of Vol. 2ís revelations. The film depicts how children are kidnapped, switched at birth, programmed via TV cartoons, programmed to kill and use stun guns etc. The film depicts Illuminati bloodlines and arranged marriages. Although the name ,,Illuminati" is not used, if viewers substitute in the name "the Fathers" for Illuminati fathers, they will get an insiderís view of life at the top. The main controllers are addressed by their slaves as "Papa" or "Daddy" or "Mother". This is true to life. A person opposed to the Fathers states, "One day we will wake up and discover we donít own this country and no one will care." The movie states that events are not happening randomly. The movie shows an underground tunnel system which has an entrance hidden by a swimming pool. Quite a few actual programming codes were said during the film, for instance, "down, down, down through the pool of tears..." and "weíre going to go down the yellow brick road now." The movie was created by Bruce Wagner, who obviously is an insider concerning trauma-based total mind-control. The fact the movie was made shows the arrogance of the programmersí beliefs that their criminal acts in programming thousands of little children will not be exposed, and that people will be too stupid to realize that what is put out as fiction is actually mirroring what is happening. Itís like they believe their own script that IF people did find out "no one will care." Because so much of the Illuminati programming involves the creation and programming of 3 alters linked into trinities, it is not surprising that Disney has helped such triad programming with a series of movies about threesomes, including:

3 Blind Mouseketeers

Three Caballeros

3 little pigs

Three Little Wolves

3 Lives of Thomasina

The Three Musketeers

3 Ninjas

Three Orphan Kittens

For Mickey Mouse programming they came out with Thru the Mirror, where Mickey Mouse steps through his bedroom mirror and ends up in another world (altered state). Not all of the Disney movies that have mind-control programming themes got released to the public. One unreleased cartoon had Penelope fleeing from a sinister looking Grandfather Clock which is carrying her to another world, and has another scene where Penelope tries to hold onto someone who personifies the Wind. George Lucas, who directed the movie

Page 121 ...

Star Wars, which was a movie planned by the Illuminati & used for Illuminati programming, also directed Disneyís movie "Captain EO". Captain EO (who looks like a demonic entity) goes to rescue the Queen (who looks like the harlot describes as Mystery Babylon in the Bible). The Queen is in captivity simply because she and her people believe in black and white (which represent good and evil). When they renounce such a belief, they are saved by Michael Jackson (in actual life a mind-controlled slave) playing Captain EO. Itís a New Age witchcraft film through & through. By the way, Michael Jackson has gone to Disney amusement parks many times, sometimes in disguise. It is public knowledge that his Jehovahís Witness family has been very abusive mentally and physically to their children. Disney has put out several movies on how the mind works, such as the educational film The Brain & Nervous System in 1990. Their film Runaway Brain is a cartoon where Dr. Frankenollie transplants Mickeyís brain into a monsterís body & vice-versa. A 1994 film, Puppet Masters shows the govt.ís secret Office of Scientific Intelligence trying to save the U.S. from aliens who live in human bodies. In recent years, Bette Midler has been Disneyís main actress. In the Vol. 2, it was exposed that she is possibly a Monarch Mind-controlled slave. She is famous for her "mood swings" (switches in personality), and she had a "mental breakdown" in 1985. Her eyes and body gestures are those of a programmed multiple. She has gone out on tour for Disney without making -money, and she is best of friends with Jeffrey Katzenberg (second in command at Disney). Jeffrey Katzenberg by the way is extremely disliked by his counterpart Sid Sheinberg. Bette Midler plays Stella in the movie Stella. Stella is an occult name. In the movie, the script seems tailored for Bette Midler and for someone who is a programmed slave, rather than the actress fitting the role. At the movieís end, Stella (Bette Midler) attends her own daughterís marriage by peeking in a window and watching from the outside. This is the script they give so many of the parts of a slave, so that they feel unworthy and feel like they are always on the outside looking in at life. Many parts (personalities) of slaves find it hard to connect with real life, because they feel they are on the outside looking in. And then in true Disney fashion, Disney had Bette Midler play the role of the lead witch in Hocus Pocus. The movie Hocus Pocus does some hocus pocus of its own. While pretending to make fun of witchcraft, they actually teach witchcraft. They do make the 3 witches look comical. By the way, the 3 witches stand for the maiden, mother, crone combo that the Illuminati reverence. Disney subtly works in deep occult things, such as the all-seeing eye on the cover of the book, the little girl promising the cat (who is a familiar spirit) that her descendants would always care for it (true, because the cat was a generational spirit). The cat is killed in the movie but canít die. And Bette Midler as lead witch in her costume, which has some Mother-of-Darkness symbology on it, states as she gets ready to take the life force from an innocent girl, "We want to live forever, so we take childrenís lives." This is wholesome entertainment for children? The Disney capacity for deception extends to its own workers. PR men recruit young people for its Disney College program. They tell the young people what a great stepping stone it will be for their careers. They have been known to make it sound like the greatest thing in your life. Kids come from all over the country due to the slick recruiting tactics to work for Disney. They are then housed in Disney housing, given menial jobs, and paid low wages. Most people in the College Program leave disillusioned. If the worker happens to think of a great idea, Disney officials have been known to steal the idea, and because the worker was working for Disney the worker will find that they are unable to get any credit or money for the idea that Disney steals and makes millions off of. One uncredited creator of a Disney sale item said, ,,iterally, theyíre using everybody for everything." (Inside the Mouse, p. 239.) >>> Next, will be the script for how the Disney film Fantasia has been used as a standard programming tool since the 1940ís by the Illuminati.

Page 122 ...

 

 

DETAILED SCRIPT ON HOW THE DISNEY FILM FANTASIA IS USED FOR PROGRAMMING TRAUMA-BASED MIND-CONTROLLED SLAVES.

During the 1950ís, Ď60ís, and Ď70ís at least 90% of the Illuminatiís trauma-based mind-controlled slaves were subjected to watching Disneyís Fantasia film in order for them to build the foundational imagery of the mind-control. Child mind-control victims had their eyes taped open, and then sat one-on-one with their primary programmers so that the programmers could give the scripts as the child watched Disneyís Fantasia over and over. What made Fantasia unique as a programming tool is that it had almost everything the programmers needed to create the foundational imagery for their trauma-based mind-control. To build a dependable alter system means that the worlds need a solid foundation. Fantasia has provided the means to get a solid foundation for the internal worlds that the Illuminati slaves build in their mind. It is also a masterpiece in coordinating color and music.

The Disney film Fantasia which premiered on Nov. 13, 1940 (at Broadway Theater in NYC) was a financial disaster as a movie, but was an Illuminati programming masterpiece. The film was released to theaters in Ď40, Ď46, Ď56, Ď63, Ď69, Ď77, Ď82, Ď85, Ď90 in order to catch every generation of children. The video was released in 1991. During programming much of the child slaveís mind will watch the film. One particular part (alter) will be forced to memorize everything in the film. This small part (small alter) is well hidden in each victimís mind. This small alter, who has a vivid and total recall of the film Fantasia, is locked carefully away so that ONLY an access code will pull him/her up. Watching the videotape Fantasia is not going to pull this alter up. The programmers pull this alter up when they have a clean slate alter. When they are taking a clean slate of the mind, they will pull the clean part up and have the alter who has memorized Fantasia throw its memory onto an internal big screen. The internal Outer space (aka Rubicon) is shaped like an amphitheater, and functions as a big vast screen for replay. There is an internal ball or sun created via the lighting effect of the movie Fantasia, so that the movie appears projected in the mind as on a globe. And the Fantasia film images hit this internal globe and go circular in the mind and spin through the system. The programmer will then say to the new part "THIS IS WHAT I WANT YOU TO CREATE. THIS IS WHAT WE NEED." In this fashion, Fantasia has provided the programmers with their primary tool for taking a dissociated clean slate part of the mind, and manipulating it to become a new workable part within the system. The young part that holds the entire Fantasia memory is strategically placed in the system so that it can be called up from anyplace in the system. No matter where the programmer is working in the system, he can access this small alter whose function is to remember the movie. Most of the system will go into a trance sleep if shown the movie. The front (as well as most of the systemís alters) will be totally amnesic to having ever seen the movie. Since the programming put in with Fantasia is so fundamental it should come as no surprise that the programmers have done an excellent job in protecting this programming from everyone, including the slave. Abreacting the film for many alters could rip the system apart, because after the film is memorized severe trauma begins to be overlaid and attached to the film. There may be some small alters that still carry tiny bits and pieces of memory of the movie, but only one will really remember it.

The following script will be a running account of how Fantasia has been used as an important preparatory film for Illuminati trauma-based mind-control to train the mind-control victimís mind to be able to visualize the programming that will be layered in. The

Page 123 ...

time clock will begin when the feature filmís action begins, and then will run its entire 116 minutes. This will give the researcher of mind-control a blow-by-blow description of how a Disney movie is used for programming. The film was often shown to child victims around 3 to 4 years of age with a wide screen while the child was under a guided LSD trip. (Prior to the use of LSD some other drugs were used.) A Grande Dame or Mother-of-Darkness often worked with the Illuminati programmer as an Assistant Programmer. The scripts & the programming have already been discussed prior to showing the child the film, so the programmers know the direction they want to take the child, & will tailor some of what is said to the child victim to individualize the programming. When a three or four year old is shown Fantasia on a hypnotically-prepared and controlled LSD trip, the colors & effects of Fantasia are increased about 1,000 times. The film is realer than real to the child. The movie will not be shown just once, but over and over so that the scripts are ingrained into the mind. The imagery for the childís internal world will be well established, because the big screen movie enhanced by both the drugs and the bright colors of the art work will seem more real that life itself. At this time, the child is a multiple, but the walls between the various parts of the mind are not solid, but similar to the walls between ego states in an adult non-multiple. A large part of the 3 or 4 year-old childís system will be allowed to view the system, including the Christian parts. Then the entire system (with the single exception of the alter carrying the entire memory of the film) will be hypnotically told to forget having seen the film. Years later, the front alters will not remember having seen the movie, but they may have a strange dislike for the film. They may find that they canít identify where their feelings of dislike of the film stem from. The child victim will watch the movie with its programmer and assistant programmer one-on-one, with no other children in the room. The child will watch the film repeatedly and be grilled about what is in the movie. The child will see the movie so many times in such a vivid form and will be tested to the point that the movie will be memorized. But it will be hypnotically locked up in the subconscious by the programmers, so that it forms a base for the mind to begin building programming, but will remain hidden from the conscious. At the time the Fantasia film was made, the Illuminati had been creating trained multiples for years, but they knew they wanted to program the different personalities in accordance with the best mind-control techniques of the day. For this reason, the Fantasia film was planned ahead of time, so that it could possibly serve as a programming aid. The film is silent (almost no words) except for music so that it can be used for hypnotic visualization, so that the Mother of Darkness & the programmer can fill in the programming script with the child victim as they watch the movie. As it turned out, their plans were successful. The New Age author David Tame states in his book The Secret Power of Music (Rochester, VT: Destiny Books, 1984, p. 292), that Fantasia is. . . "A superb marriage between the visual and musical arts. Most of the sequences.. .are what New Age cinema was intended to be!" The power of the movie to influence the mind stands out. In order to make the film, Disney used some strong arm tactics on a few people. The movie was a box office flop when first released in the 1940ís, but then it was made for the occult world anyway. By the 1960ís, the Illuminati had create a drug culture and had lots of undetectable mind-controlled slaves running around that had been programmed with Fantasia. In the 1960ís, Fantasia became a hit with the drug culture which had its share of Illuminati slaves deeply involved in it. One more reminder, the sentences that are "ALL CAPS" in the script are things that the programmers are saying to the child victim as the child watches the film. (Bear in mind,

Page 124 ...

that the child watches the film over & over, so not everything indicated in this script by caps that the programmer says will necessarily be said in one showing.)

 

00 minutes. Curtains open. Action begins with an orchestra. The Conductor upon a step pyramid is the center of the scene, and is shown to be the center of authority. Master Programmer Dr. Joseph Mengele liked Fantasia because he was a musician and a violinist. Mengele (Dr. Green) liked Bach, Beethoven, and Schubert and orchestra music. He enjoyed taking what he liked & using this music to make slaves. He would portray himself during programming as being the conductor, & all the orchestra were his children. The film will allow for a repetition of this theme.

 

00.5 minutes. The instruments begin playing. The musicians are silhouettes which cast shadows upon the wall. Alters will often see themselves in this fashion too, as merely a shadow or merely a silhouette.

 

01.5 minutes. The MC (named Taylor) begins talking. He begins grooming the viewer. He says that the film may suggest to your imagination "geometric figures floating in space."

 

02. minutes. The M.C. says there are 3 kinds of music. He says some music is to create definite stories, some to create definite pictures, and some music exists for its own sake.

 

02.5 minutes. The M.C. introduces us to the "Absolute music."

 

03. minutes. He states that ,,Abstract images that might pass through your mind...music will suggest other things to your imagination..." The Philadelphia Orchestra begins playing "Toccata and Fuge" by Bach in the background. As a cartoon for children (or adults) the film has already lost the normal audience at this point. (There is no way that Disney could have escaped realizing that the film starts out losing the normal audience.)

 

03.5 minutes. The conductor is standing out and everyone else is a silhouette with shadow mirror images (like so many of the alters become). Leopald Stokowski is now standing as the rising sun rises. This is an allusion to sun worship and the sun rising in the east. The music is going up and down, and this music at this point is used to train the child to go up and down the trance ladder (that is to go deeper or lighter in trance).

 

04. minutes. The conductor opens his hands and waves them in an Illuminati hand signal. The music begins.

 

06 minutes. A row of violinists play, they are merely silhouettes with shadows.

 

06.5 minutes. A harp scale is played in the background

that is used in the programming. Triggers are attached to this harp scale, or the harp scale is used as a foundation identifier for a piano scale. More children can be taught the piano than the harp, so this scale is usually transferred to a piano scale.

 

07 minutes. A series of 3 musicians is shown.

 

07.5 minutes. The conductor (the programmer) becomes invisible. The Prog. Assistant will ask the child, ,,WHO IS GREEN? GREEN BECOMES INVISIBLE."

 

08 minutes. First lines representing bows are shown (the violinists are invisible), then the Golden Gate Bridge. "REMEMBER THE BOW, NOT THE VIOLINIST." The bow lines flashing on the screen represent energy. 08.5 minutes. Colored disks are flashed onto the screen. The lights are represented to the child victim ĎTHATíS DR. GREENíS ORCHESTRA." Geometric shapes and flashes of lines explode onto the screen. Concentric rings that will pattern the concentric worlds appear. (See Vol. 2 p. 196 for an illustration of this.)

 

10. minutes. Asst. Prog. will say, ,,YOU ARE HIS STAR." as stars flash on the screen. Many hidden alters (parts) are stars. Swirling lines arrive, and then colors and then more concentric lines.

 

11 minutes. Worlds within worlds are shown. Water is shown. Concentric circles that are the pattern for the worlds are presented. A varying number (5 or 7) of Castle-like structures materialize and then disappear. (These will form the pattern for some of the internal castles.) A quick flowing yellow line comes down the center of the screen, ĎTHATíS THE YELLOW BRICK ROAD."

 

11.5 min. Lots of stars emerge.

 

12 minutes. Various worlds are shown, and an illusionary castle. Lots of stars are shown, which will be how the victim will model many of their alter parts after. Lots of purple stars appear, representing royal star alters.

 

12.5 minutes. Spiral splotches of cloud-like colors appear and disappear in dissociative colors. This is the Kingdom of the Gods during programming. The Asst. Programmer takes the opportunity to ask, "WHOSE ORCHESTRA?" This scene is used for the internal heaven where the kings are. Then the camera shows the conductor finishing.

 

13 minutes. The programmer has finished building his basic worlds.

 

13.5 minutes. The MC talks about Tchaikovskyís Nutcracker.

 

14 minutes. 13 circling lights come into view circling around and around. (The 13 lights are something like 4 yellow lights, 3 white lights, 4 orange, 2 blue-something like this. They donít have to be all the different programming colors at this point, because that programming will come in its own time.) Stars turn

Page 125 ...

into fairies. A fairy with lots of fairy dust whirls around. ("Make a wish" the slave will be told later on, create what you want.) Flowers grow into butterflies. Hypnotic music plays as the fairy throws fairy dust. Soon, the Fairy spins a web.

 

15 minutes. The cabalistic tree of life is made with lights, and then the many colors of the ribbons are flashed up on the screen quickly. A compass image is very quickly flashed on the screen.

 

16 minutes. Lights multiply on the screen, and a spider web appears in the background. There are lots of stars which shine as lights in a spider web. (Stars will serve as alters in programming, the spider web serves as a system within the system, see Vol. 2.) There are several shots of multitudes of stars on a spider web. 16.5 minutes. There is an explosion of light which has a splintering effect (which will fit in well with an electroshock later on to create alters.) Around and around go 6 big mushrooms dancing, with a little one trying to participate. The programmer will point out that the mushrooms are "A FAMILY". When the splintering effect is done with real electricity in the future, the mind will splinter into a family.

 

17.6 minutes. Concentric circles appear in water. Flashing pedals emerge as if they were dissociation spreading through the water. The flowers are the top spinners (see the pages in Deeper Insights on spin tortures to create spinner families), they dance, & then they float away in the bubbles (of dissociation). "A FAMILY OF SPINNERS" the programmer will say. "SEE THEY SPIN YOU INTO BUBBLES INTO NOTHINGNESS." There is lots of dancing shown by the spinners. Everyone is dancing to the top. The child victimís head will be wobbling back and forth from the influence of the drugs and dissociation at this point.

 

19.5 minutes. When the family of fish make a star, the Asst. Programmer says, "SEE HOW SAD THEY ARE." The fish dance in circles and they also hide behind veils. "THE FISH MADE ITS OWN BUBBLES AND YOU CAN MAKE YOUR OWN BUBBLES TOO."

 

21.5 min. The child is trained to trance at the hypnotic 8ís that appear in the water. This type of scene will put the deeper alters to sleep of a slave still actively being used. The movie here is being used to teach symbols, which will be important in the programming. Asst. Programmer, "LOOK YOUíRE JUST FLOATING.. ..FLOAT, FLOAT, FLOAT, SLEEP...SEE SHE WENT RIGHT INTO THE CENTER OF THE TRANCE STATE.. .YOU DANCE ROUND AND ROUND AND ROUND AND WHERE WE END UP YOUíLL NEVER KNOW."

22 minutes. Lots of bubbles begin appearing. They will be used in the programming to assist the child to protect its mind from the traumas. The asst. programmer may have a bubble toy to make bubbles in her hand as a game to play with the child. The child will be trained and programmed to put its memories into bubbles and let them disappear. ,,WHY WOULD YOU WANT TO GO INTO THE BUBBLE TO GET AWAY FROM THE DARKNESS? 1,2,3...NOW THERE ARE MANY BUBBLES, THIS IS WHAT WE WANT YOU TO DO." At this point the film is showing different colors of bubbles, for instance gold bubbles. This trains the childís mind to identify different colors of bubbles. The bubble-fish-flower scene is going on. ,,DONíT YOU FEEL LIKE THAT FISH, ROUND AND ROUND YOU GO" (dissociation encouraged). The fish continues going in a dissociative spin. The fish swim in graceful perfect figure 8ís which have a subconscious hypnotic induction message to the victim. "SLEEPY LITTLE FISH" is said when the music gets hypnotic. "YOUíRE SLEEPY & YOUíRE TIRED, THIS IS NOTHING BUT A DREAM." "ALL THE DIAMONDS ARE ALL AROUND, NOT YOU" In other words, this is teaching the child that their entire internal world can be around them, but "you donít know that itís you." The child begins to lose the ability to realize that other parts of itself belong to itself, they are only stars, etc. The fish changes into anot her character. flowers are appearing in different colors of the color coding, red, green, orange, blue, white. . .All of a sudden it getís still. "SHH, LISTEN CLOSELY."

 

22.5 minutes. Eyes shine in the darkness. "EVERYTHING IS FINE, YOU JUST RELAX."

Silhouettes appear, which represent fish (alters, and people) who are there but you donít see them, they are behind the veil like the silhouettes. ĎTHEY ARENíT THERE, IF YOU SEE THEM THEY ARENíT REAL THEY LOOK LIKE A FLOWER, WHEN YOU SEE THEM, YOU WONíT SEE A CHILD- YOU WILL SEE A FLOWER." The silhouette veil gives the sense to the child that he can sense something but itís not there. 23 min. Different plants appear and dance. (This part of movie is very important in structuring.) The plants separate into many plants and flowers, and they multiply on the screen, but at the end they solidity into a solid plant. This is teaching the ,,you-are-one-but-you-are-many" concept. "FAMILIES ALWAYS WORK TOGETHER. WHETHER YOU ARE BLUE OR YELLOW OR GREEN, FAMILIES ALWAYS WORK TOGETHER IN HARMONY."

 

24 minutes. "BUBBLES ALL HAVE A LIFE SOURCE...THERE, LOOK, WHATíS IN THAT BUBBLE?" 24.5 minutes. ,,YOU CAN HAVE YOUR OWN ORCHESTRA". Fruit that hangs on the tree is shown, which will be the basis for how they hang the programs (the fruit) in the internal world. Note the colors, orange, white, yellow, purple, blue, green,...

 

24.5 minutes. Fairyland appears on the screen. The Fairies awake and fly through leaves. ĎTHEREíS YOUR

Page 126 ...

FAIRIES. SHE IS VERY MAGICAL. SHE CAN CREATE ANYTHING AND SO CAN YOU." "THE FAIRIES ARE SO MAGICAL."

 

When the core is being first split, the parts of the mind that are creative are taken and used to create the fairies. The programmers will only take these original creative splits, they will not try to get fairies from any more torture. The fairies are the creative parts of the child, how ever many creative parts that the child has splintered will be the number of fairies created. These parts of the mind receive very heavy programming. They are core splits. (If readers remember on page 87 of Vol. 2, it refers to a Core Protector coded "Creation". That alter was a fairy, a core split. Not only does this creative part make things "magically" for the system, it protects the core. Does that help people to understand how the Core can be so creatively protected?! (For more understanding about the Core see Ciscoís very deep article on the Core.) Fairies are assigned to every part of an alter system. The child of 3 or 4, who watches Fantasia has had their core locked away at 2 1/2. The coreís stars have not been locked away yet, & have access to her energy. When the system is built, the stars are locked away & become the coreís guardians. They will act like the core to protect her. The real value of the fairies comes when the coreís stars are locked away & the Programmers have to depend upon the creative power of the fairies.

 

24 minutes. A vine (which represents a systemís double helix) lights up one leaf after another. The leaves are staggered (alternated) and they light up in sequence, which teaches the child the foundation of how they will create the DNA helix and its staggered exit permissions.

 

25.5 min. The leaves are now floating up and down, like the alters will learn to do. "SOME FALL TO THE GROUND AND DIE." This is the point where the story of the Oak Tree will be added in for programming. When the Illuminati programmers want "to destroy" an alter they can use the chandelier-MT 6:22-23 torture mentioned on page 310 of the Vol. 2 Formula book, and then have the splintered alters become leaves that fall to the ground and die. After this, these disobedient and now "dead" alters can be taken & be dissociated from their memories. The memories are locked up someplace permanent within the mind.

 

26. min. Out of a leaf like "box" come a series of fairies. The child is taught to put things (such as alters) in boxes of various shapes.

 

26.5 min. Leaves blow in the wind. Fairies cover things and keep them safe.

 

27. min. Fairies continue flying around. The seasons are passing in sequence. An internal green-skirted fairy will be connected to the internal hourglass during the programming.

 

27.5 min. The fairies quit flying and skate on ice. The season has turned to winter.

 

28 min. A winter scene. The four seasons have come to an end.

28.5 min. A sorcerer is introduced by the MC (emcee). The sorcerer is shown and then his assistant or trainee who is Mickey Mouse. Mickey Mouse wants to be creative and magical like the great wizard. Mickey Mouse sees the power that the sorcerer has, and wants that power. What is really being subtly portrayed here is the programmer (the wizard) and the core & the coreís creative splits (Mickey Mouse). Showing the programmer as a great wizard is actually right on the money. The top programmers are all Grand Masters in the Illuminati and are very much into witchcraft.

 

29 min. The sorcerer (wizard) is shown again. This time the wizard,, with his skull beside him, creates from his witchís cauldron a big colorful butterfly which is forever changing. (Is this big yellow, purple, white, and blue butterfly meant to be a Monarch butterfly? The programmers will use it that way for this Monarch programming.) The great wizard magically creates the big colorful butterfly and then he shatters it into countless splinters!

 

 

 

Disney often portrays Mickey Mouse as a Sorcerer.

 

 

30 min. Mickey sneaks around and grabs the magic hat. (The magic hat is one of the few things in the film that doesnít mean anything for the programming. It merely has witchcraft symbols.) Then a magic broom appears.

 

30.5 min. The broomstick comes alive. The broomstick imagery will be used to help create the pancake people (ribbon alters who will haul the internal computer messages). The broomstick person in the film hauls buckets of water. The child is having story after story layered in over a period of time, which are being skillfully constructed toward a programming end. Parts of the childís mind that see the movie Fantasia will be dissociated clean slates. They will need to have some imagery given to them so that they have something to build mentally upon. In Ciscoís section of the book, in the Truth article it is discussed how the

Page 127 ...

mind looks at sensory inputs and tries to make sense of a pattern by comparing it to previous patterns that it has identified. Learning is a step-by-step building process, and so is programming.

 

31. min. Mickey as the apprentice sorcerer (in a sense the victim who the programmer is training) manipulates the broomstick person. "THE CHILD (Mickey) CAN DO WHAT THE GREAT MAGICIAN DID. YOU CAN TELL YOUR MIND WHAT TO DO. YOU GET POWER BY LEARNING TO BE CREATIVE." Mickey (and the victim) become mirror images of the Wizard over them.

 

32 min. Then the sorcerer sits on his throne, and while on the throne acts like the conductor. Here is a subtle mental tie-in that Mickey is playing the role of programmer (conductor) and is sitting on an Illuminati throne (like so many of the Illuminati Grand Master programmers have actually done.) Michael Aquino is just one of several mind-control programmers who have gone by the name of Mickey. Because Mickey Mouse is substituted for being the programmer at different points in programming, this scene will tie in well with other standard programming sessions.

32.5 min. Mickey in the film clearly is shown leaving his physical body and astrally projecting himself. This is such a vivid portrayal of occult astral projection, that it is mind-boggling that many Christians consider Walt Disney movies to be christian. (See Vol. 2, p. 319, for a discussion of the scientific methods to understand and induce astral projection.) This again is laying the mental foundation for the child to leave its body mentally and either hover over its body in dissociation or to travel somewhere via astral projection. Mickey Mouse then begins conducting lights.

p_starry-sky.gif

These lights represent the alters that the victim will make for the conductor. The lights (aka stars) are the conductorís orchestra. Lightning (such as flashes that come from electroshock) and stormy weather are being controlled by Mickey. Notice that the things Mickey is controlling are fear-based. After the child has viewed the film many times and memorized it, when the electro-shock is applied during this time of the film, the child will control it like Mickey by Ďmagicallyí creating splits.

 

33.5 min. Mickey begins conducting waves. Then, for those who understand the veiled scenes, Mickey begins going through the different magic spheres conquering the different spirits. This is Enochian Magic. 34 min. Mickey wakes up back in his body, and he is in trouble with rising water i.e. a water trauma. Mickey is thrown into the water. The child victim will identify this with the drowning tortures that are given to instill "no talk-no tell" messages. After Mickey (or in child himself) has done something, and returns to his body, then the "Ďno-talk"í message will kick in. Victims of mind-control often get the feeling of drowning when they trigger a no-talk message.

 

34.5 min. More water continues to flow.

 

35 min. All of a sudden without any continuity of action, Mickey gets an ax and kills the broom by splitting it. The broom dies and then multiplies when it comes back to life. This is such a clear picture of what the programmers want the childís mind to do. They will traumatize the child essentially unto death, and then they want the tortured alter to multiply itself into many more duplicate alters. Armies of brooms are formed from the broom. This scene here is a clear red flag that the Illuminati asked Walt Disney to produce this film. This scene with the trauma death of the broom, with it splitting in half, and then coming back to life in a multiplied form, is evidence that this film was meant to be used for training children in multiplicity. The assistant programmer will say "ITíS O.K. TO SPLINTER." "YOU ARE TIRED, YOU CAN ESCAPE THAT BY RESTING AND LET A PART OF YOURSELF COME OUT." At this point, it is necessary to explain what is going to be done when they begin to splinter the childís mind. After the splitting trauma, the programmer needs to be able to see what the child has created, so he wants the child to look at whatís been made. "ĎCAN YOU LOOK AT WHAT YOUíVE CREATED?" However, the part of the child that looks back at the trauma will then see that the dissociated trauma was real and that will make the child angry. The programmers want the child to dissociate what he built, and when the child looks back at what he has created he goes into a vortex of dissociation. The child is told if he ever looks back at the memory he will go into the vortex.

 

35.5 min. Water is being thrown in by the brooms, while Mickey throws water out.

Page 128 ...

 

36 min. All of a sudden a hypnotic vortex sucks things in during the film.

 

36.5 min. The brooms all march in an army, while Mickey reads his magic book. Mickey then uses his magic book as a lifeboat when he gets whirled into a vortex. A vortex is often created from that part of the mind that is holding the high energy that accumulates in the mind just before the mind splits. It holds the highest energy of the mind. One way a vortex is created is to place the child on a traumatic Disney ride--like a rollar coaster. Special electrical boxes or electrical shoes are outfitted onto the child so that during the ride, at a particular timed moment when fear is increasing, that fear has pain of the electrical shock added to it. A cattle prod of course would be too dangerous to take up on some type of ride like that with all the motion. Also bear in mind, a small child doesn,,t take need the electrical power that an adult needs to take it down.

 

37 min. At the bottom of vortices in the Illuminati programming, the programmers place Guardian demons. In Fantasia, when Mickey gets to the bottom of the vortex, sure enough, there is a Guardian there to meet him. The Guardian spirit parts the water as if he were Moses with the Red Sea.

 

38. min. The Conductor and Mickey Mouse shake hands. The conductor does something very significant. Mickey congratulates the conductor and then the conductor (programmer) in turn says, "Mickey, youíve done a good job." (Yes, the core/core splits have done a good job at this point, they have just created their inner world!) The MC tells us about the next song the occult Rite of Spring. Spring rituals are creation rituals and so this music is ritually connected to what the programmers are going to do in this segment. The MC states that instead of the viewer seeing tribal dances (which are by the way witchcraft dances), that instead Disney has decided to show us scenes of what went on billions of years ago. (This next part is also a subtle push for Darwinís theory of evolution. But because it is childís entertainment, people donít have their guard up. The theory of evolution is important, because it allows people including the victim to not take moral responsibility for their actions, and it is also the basis of some of the Hinduism and witchcraft teachings that will be given the deeper alters. This is a backdoor approach to destroy godliness that is carried out on children in general.)

 

39.5 min. The MC says, "Imagine a lonely tormented little planet spinning in a sea of nothingness." This is exactly what the programmer will say to the child as they work together at building an internal world. The "sea of nothingness" is what the reader will see described in our books as "Outer Space" or ,,the Rubicon." Also that "sea of nothingness" is used much later to reinforce the secrecy of the programmers. Much later as the programmer and torture has progressed the programmers will say to alters, "LOOK DOWN ON THE EMPTY SEA OF NOTHINGNESS. THERE IS NO DR. GREEN. THERE IS NO DADDY THERE."

 

40 minutes. A swirl of stars in a galaxy appears. Swirls of comet-like lights flash by. "MANY WORLDS THERE." This will set the base for the child to build galaxies and worlds within their mind. "BE LIKE GOD, CREATE YOUR WORLD. BE YOUR OWN GOD AND CREATE YOUR OWN WORLD" the child is told at this point.

 

42 minutes. The face of the planet emerges.

 

42.5 min. Lots of volcanoes erupt on the screen, setting the foundation to build realistic internal volcanoes.

 

45 min. Oceans, and water and fire are coming into being. The child victim needs to know how a world is created in order to create their own internal world. Lava begins flowing as the flute plays the background music. Lightening flashes. The violence of the fierce weather portrayed will be enhanced by the child on drugs to a thousand times its magnitude. This is important because it will take a great deal of mental energy and external torture to create the internal worlds. Having such super-vivid pictures will help when the victim goes to build their internal worlds. There will be special purpose fragments that will be made into the elements of fire and water. Thatís all these special purpose fragments will know. Breaking through the layers in the alter systems will trigger internal earthquakes. This and a later earthquake scene are used to build the foundation for the internal violent weather. If an internal earthquake shakes a slaveís mind, it has the same effect as if a real earthquake were going off. Everything internally shakes and shifts. An alter system will also have fire children, who start internal fires, and will give internal alters the abreaction or sense that they are burning. The mind gets very survival minded when it thinks it is burning, and goes right back into the programming that is linked with the victimís compliance for survival during programming. 46 minutes. The oceans continue to form.

47 min. A calm occurs in the action.

 

47.5 min. The screen gets dark except for an amoeba, which becomes two amoebas. As the little amoebas multiply, the asst. programmer encourages the child, "ITíS O.K. TO MULTIPLY. GOD WANTED YOU TO MULTIPLY" Remember, the programmers are working with a pre-schooler with clean slate alters. The programmers must show images that the child can relate to. The concept of the broom being split in half and then multiplying and now the concept of the amoebas splitting are portrayed in a way that the

Page 129 ...

childís mind can grasp the concept.

 

48.5 min. "IF GOD CAN MAKE A FISH, YOU CAN MAKE A FISH. YOU CAN DO ANYTHING, YOU CAN BE ANYTHING."

49 minutes. Dinosaurs appear. The programmers will reframe the concept of dinosaurs into monsters and demons. The sea-going dinosaurs will be refrained as guardian demons which guard the internal rivers. These guardian demons tie in with Armageddon end-time programming. They also guard the various worlds.

 

50 min. Dinosaur-birds swoop down and grab prey. This imagery will be refrained to lay the basis for the winged-monkey watchers of the Oz stories. The winged-monkey watchers are the child alters who are assigned to watch and guard the system.

 

51.5 min. Fierce dinosaurs (later ref rained as Dragons) protect the swamps. Swamps are built into the internal worlds, so this is very helpful. Demons and alters like Dameon are set up as guards.

 

52 minutes- More swamps appear. The swamp scenes will form the base in the childís mind for the internal river Styx. (See more about this in this bookís article "Programming, foundations, destruction of"). Some dinosaurs that have long necks that look like snakes begin appearing. The asst. programmer will reframe these to the child, "LOOK, THE SEED OF SATAN." "THAT IS A DEMON." While the child watches, they reframe the hugh dinosaurs as being demons. Pictures of reptilian looking demons will be shown to the child too. At that age, the child is not going to see the difference. (A note for therapists: Some ""demonsí" may actually be important parts to an alter system, and are being used to protect unauthorized users from entering important areas of the system.)

 

54 min.- Fierce Tyrannosaurus Rex chases dinosaurs. This chase scene is especially frightening to a young child on a LSD trip. Long-necked snake-like dinosaurs appear. They may be refrained as a python snake. T Rex is also known as Leviathan, a demon that inhabits the kundalini spinal column and causes pain in the victim, he is written about on page 302 in our Vol. 2 book. In the film a long fierce struggle between T Rex and other dinosaurs ensues.

 

55 min. The dinosaurs begin dying and soon dies. ,,THE LORD DOESNíT LIKE THEM."í This will later be refrained that if parts integrate they are to die. If someone tries to get into the system, the alters are to bury themselves deep like these dinosaurs do on the film.

 

56 min. Dead bones appear

 

59 min. Mountains soar out of the ground into eminence.

 

59.5 min. It gets stormy on the screen, winds & floods appear.

60. min. Stillness comes as the sun rises.

 

61 min. The sun sets. (During the programming, this may be refrained as the moon setting. It can be both or either or. Remember, the programmer is working with the childís creativity.) Various scenes during the film show the moon in different phases which is important for bringing in programming concepts like Mr. Moon.

 

61.3 min. The orchestra is now playing. Music is an important part of mind-control programming. The affect of music on the mind and body has been studied. Music can double the heart beat, accelerate the respiratory rate, make that rate irregular, enhance perception, lower the threshold for various sensory stimuli, change blood pressure & circulation, and alter the muscles in the body. Dance music and "march" music done by orchestras change muscle response. Music is also a great way to cause dissociation.

 

62.5 min. The MC introduces the "ĎSound Trackí who he says is an important person for Fantasia who can be seen around the Disney studio. When Mr. Sound Track appears, he is simply a vertical line. The MC says he is "an important screen personality." The ground work is being laid for a person being anything, even a line. The MC states that each sound creates a picture.

 

63 minutes. The MC encourages the personified Sound Track ""donít be nervous."" Then a sound is made like an electrical shock and the line develops a splotch of color in it. During the programming at this point an electrical shock would be applied to the child.

 

63.5 minutes. The harp is ask to sound. The harp begins playing a scale and the line becomes double 8ís and snake-like spirals. The child will be taught to dissociate when seeing such double 8ís.

 

64 min. The violin begins going up and down. Each of these instruments is going up and down the scale, like do-ray-me-fa-so-la-tee-do. The music is used to teach the alters to go up and down the helix, which is figured in this part of the film. As the music goes down, an alter is taught to go down in trance, and as it climbs higher, the alter will trance higher. All these instruments (violin, flute, bass, bassoon) are being used to teach alters how to work in the system. The MC describes the flute as "very pretty".

 

64.3 min. A trumpet begins playing and the colors, yellow, orange, etc. begin showing.

 

64.5 min. When the bassoon plays, the MC says, "Go on. Drop the other shoe"-- "Go to the shoe" which translates "Ďgo to the ground"" --the deepest trance level. The following is the double-pyramid, with a helix up the middle that appears when the bassoon plays: -(This configuration is very important to all these Illuminati alters systems.)-

page 130 ...

p_rugbyball.gif

65 min. The drum plays and some other percussion instruments play. These are taught to the child as the cultís "HEARTBEAT". They will hear this sound internally for many years to come. Then some sounds that have a shattering effect (cymbals) like broken mirrors are made in the film.

 

65.5 min. As the sounds take place a line is made with a pyramid at the top. This is laying the groundwork for the systemís structuring.

66 min. The MC laughs and talks about Beethovenís Pastoral Symphony (Beethovenís 6th) which is next.

 

66.5 minutes. The screen comes alive with magical Unicorns of different colors. Then Pan (a satan-like figure) appears playing his pipes, and soon lots of little Pans (little demons) are playing their pipes. The little Pans (demons) play and dance with the unicorns. The orchestra plays again. (This author, Fritz, remembers when I said that Pan was an evil demon, I was rebuked by a Christian minister. He then said Pan a benevolent cheery creature". A number of books which may be obtained from Satanic bookstores document that Pan is indeed considered a powerful demon by occultists.)

67 min. Pegasus (the mythical greek winged horse) flies in. As a Mother horse she takes care of little ones on the screen. She is a protector in the programming.

 

68 min. "FANTASY IS FUN. FANTASY IS A GAME YOU PLAY. MOTHER TEACHES YOU. SEE HOW MOTHER IS A TEACHER. SEE THE BLACK AND WHITE HORSE. THEY ALWAYS FLY TOGETHER, BUT ARE SEPARATE. THEY ARE FLYING OVER THE CLOUDS." "OVER THE CLOUDS, INTO THE BLUE YONDER." The child is rewarded for what it has to do with the game of fantasy. "THATíS YOUR REWARD FOR DOING WHAT YOU ARE TO DO. YOU CAN LEARN TO FLY OVER THE CLOUDS." The child feels rewarded by the game of fantasy. The fantasy scenes in Walt Disneyís Fantasia are like the Wizard of Oz scenes in Oz, fantasy-land is more colorful and fun than real life. Vivid colors will be splashed about during the fantasy-land scenes.

 

68.5 min. A castle appears as Pegasus flies around. This and other castle scenes will help the child develop the imagery for the spiritual castles that the child will build internally. Then they swim in the water. "SEE THE MIRROR IMAGES, WATER CAN BE GLASS." During the programming mirrors are put into the internal system. A mirror can be a piece of glass, the surface of a pond, or an asphalt runway. When the programming is complete, underneath the water &/or the runway lurk demons.

 

70 min. Waterfalls emerge and issue forth. The waterfalls are used by the programmers to erase all the slaveís memory of what was done to them. The child will be told at the end of watching Fantasia (and this will be said at other programming events too), "JUST REMEMBER THE GOOD, JUST REMEMBER THE FANTASY". The fantasy is given so that the subconscious can rest in peace after the programming. The child is told "WASH YOURSELF CLEAN."

 

70.5 min. The little girls appear as girl centaurs (half girl-half horse). "SEE THE LITTLE GIRLS ARE HORSES."

 

71 minutes. Then a scene appears where one girl centaur braids another girl centaurís long hair. The Illuminati teach their slaves to braid their memories. They braid their memories up and then lock them in. All the Daddy memories will be locked up & braided and then locked for good.

 

72 min. Male centaurs appear. They are near water and make mirror images in the water.

 

72.5 min. A crown is placed on a female centaur and 2 doves. During the Illuminati death, burial and resurrection ceremonies lilies are used for crowns, and doves are used. These are significant programming/ritual symbols. The female centaurs look at the male centaurs. This will be refrained as a system can have both male and female parts.

73 min. Starting with one female centaur, the females act seductive to the males, who then respond. For bras the females have bras of daisies. The Vol. 2 book explained how the daisy programming is a life-or-death type program. Vivid colors are used for each centaur. For instance, one may be purple and another one another color, which sets the groundwork for alters to have different access color codes. Alters do not usually see themselves as being in different colors, although it does happen on occasion.

 

73.8 min. A marriage takes place between the centaurs. The programmers catch these nuances of the film and use them. The marriage here teaches the child to be acquainted with the arm-and-arm marriage ceremonies. Remember, the programmers are dealing with clean slates that must be taught from the ground up. In the next few minutes, the cherub children will watch sexual body language, and the child victim is also picking up on enticing sexual body motions.

 

74.2 min. The centaurs go swimming. "I FEEL LIKE A LITTLE GIRL WITH A HORSEíS BODY."

 

75 min. Little cherubs are dancing and flying around. When pictured the artists at times single out 3 cherubs who blow flutes together. The female centaur appears,

Page 131 ...

who is fair haired (blond) and blue-eyed, which is what the Illuminati like. When she hears the tone (of the flutes) she goes into a trance state and walks with her eyes closed. This imagery is used to teach alters that when they hear certain tones, they are to go into a trance state and do certain things. The little cherub turns into a heart, and when no one is watching goes into the tree. In programming, this part is the Keeper of the Tree. Notice how everything is veiled. The assistant programmer will point the cherub out to the child victim, "LOOK AT WHAT HE DID."

 

76.5 min. A curtain then shrouds the scene. The curtain appears to be tree-like. More bubbles appear, and more water. All the mythical creatures on the screen begin to dance and be merry and have a feast.

77 min. "SEE THE FEASTS, SEE THE BANQUETS, THE FEASTS ARE O.K. THE BANQUETS ARE O.K."

 

78 min. "THE LEAVES ARE FALLING." Blood-like wine is drank at the feast. "SEE THE BLOOD."

"SEE THE LITTLE DEVILS POP UP." The only human in this Disney scene is honored. This is done to teach the alters that humans and animals can mix. That they can be accepted for what they are, even if they think they are an animal or something else they will be accepted at the cultís feasts. These scenes are all for internal programming. By the way, one of the pretty female centaurs makes a sexual pass at the fat human, who then chases her. "MUST PLEASE THE MASTER."

 

80 min. A scary storm comes up, and Zeus, and the greek gods appear. ,,BETTER FEAR IT. HEíS A GOD YOUíD BETTER FEAR HIM. HE THROWS LIGHTNING." This demon who throws lightening is named Furfur. He also makes thunder & strong winds in the system (alter systemís worlds). Readers can learn more about this demon, named Furfur, in Ciscoís second part of Deeper Insights in the article on "Programming, foundations, destruction of".

 

81 minutes. Lightening bolts are thrown from heaven.

 

81.5 min. All the little cherubs run for cover in fear.

 

82 min. Pegasus the protector flies in to protect everyone, especially a new born Pegasus. The wind is personified as a two-headed blowing person. This two-headed Janus wind comes storming through the heavens. The programmer will often place his own voice "IN THE WIND." The greek god (internal demon) throws a lightening bolt.

 

83 min. "SEE THE GODS". The child is learning what to make internally. Zeus then relaxes & goes to sleep.

 

84 min. More vivid colors form. "FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH ALL THE COLORS." The film at this point is teaching the child to stay in the framework of the programming for safety. To go outside of the programming is terror. The child is learning to fear the godlike demonic guardians.

 

84.5 min. The fantasy world is coming alive. It is a happy fantasy world. A goddess in the sky makes a rainbow emerge. This is the rainbow goddess of the programming.

85 min. All the happy unicorns and cherubs fly Ď"over the rainbow." (Refer back to the Vol. 2 book p.94 to understand the significance of going over the rainbow.) The unicorn is derived from old British paganism where the lion represented sun worship, and the unicorn represented moon worship. This is why the Royal Arms of the British Royal Family have a unicorn on one side, & a lion on the other. Sexually the unicorn represents androgeny. During programming, the horses, pegasi, unicorns and centaurs shown in the Fantasia movie become the foundation upon which the Illuminati programmers build the Night Mare alters who are beasts of burden who carry an alter systemís memories. These are logical no-emotion alters who are early splits & who are programmed after the child is verbal. See Ciscoís article on Dream Work for more understanding about the horse alters, as well as chapter 7 on Structuring.

 

86 minutes. More rainbows and lots of bubbles come into view. The film has done an excellent lob of showing how the Furfur God of thunder protects the Rainbow. Once an alter has gone over the rainbow, they can not come back because a demon protects the Rainbow. The rainbow is also protected by alters who fear the gods. After seeing Fantasia, the therapist can understand why the little child protector alters have fear about these gods. The master (who represents Furfur) in the movie swallows the rainbow. If an alter looks internally for the rainbow, he or she will only find stars, because the protector will come up and say, "I swallowed the rainbow." The rainbow is kept well hidden internally. This scene is used to teach alters how to go over the rainbow. ""BEFORE YOU GO OVER THE RAINBOW, YOU HAVE TO PUT ALL YOUR MEMORIES IN THE BUBBLE. YOU CANíT TAKE ANYTHING OVER THE RAINBOW INTO FANTASY LAND."

 

86.5 minutes. Apollo, the sun god comes out.

 

87 min. A big mother spirit who fills the whole sky is now shown by Disney. She hangs over the rainbow. When a system is built this is indeed what they put in. All go to sleep in the film.

 

87.5 minutes. Arrows shoot the stars into the heavens. This is more programming imagery. When you look for the rainbow, you see stars.

 

88 min. The conductor finishes again.

 

88.5 min. The next setting is a Venetian noblemanís (a dukeís) palace. Curtains open. The use of curtains is spoken about in our previous books.

 

89 min. Curtains open. An Ostrich begins dancing, and gets others to ballet dance.

 

90 min. The Ostriches begin dancing in a circle, this is

Page 132 ...

laying the groundwork for what the cult family does. The Assistant programmer may tell the child, "SEE ITíS O.K. TO DANCE TOGETHER. DANCING IS ACCEPTABLE." The programmers will not directly tell the child that this represents the cult family.

 

91.5 min. The Ostriches are eating grapes. They are playing, looking in the pool & they are seeing bubbles.

 

92 min. Hippos emerge out of the pool. "ITíS O.K. TO BE DIFFERENT. ITíS O.K. TO BE STRANGE. USE YOUR CREATIVITY." The hippos begin to dance and dance.

 

94 min. Elephants appear and are having fun and blowing bubbles out of their trunks. The programmers may be having fun blowing bubbles with the child. The programmers like to mix love and hate, kindness and sadistic behavior. That way the victim has a hard time separating love from hate. If you ask many slaves about "Daddy" they will tell you that they had fun with Daddy. They are right--they had fun intermixed with sadistic torture. Bubbles continue to lift off. One of the bubbles has a fish in it. This is imagery for the bubble programming. The child victim is trained to dump their bad memories into bubbles and let them float away. The therapist will notice that many victims feel like they are floating. They have an unreal feeling. The bubbles are floating their bad memories away.

 

98.5 minutes. A new setting and the hippos are hypnotically sleeping. 3 sinister alligators that remind one of the 3 primary programmers appear. The 3 alligators have robes that hide them, and shadow images of themselves lurking behind them. The alligators are trying to get the hippos. The 3 alligators are portrayed like the programmer is, he is someone to fear, love, & respect all at once. The hippo is running away and dancing. The alligator dances with the hippo, but makes menacing attempts to eat him. A flying hippo lands on an alligator. Elephants, hippos, alligators are shown. The elephants, ostriches, hippos and alligators all dance in fantasyland.

 

100 min. The orchestra is dancing. Ď"DO WHAT YOUíRE TOLD AND WE WILL HAVE FUN."

 

101 min. The MC announces the next part as ""the struggle between the profane and the sacred."í The conductor stands in a silhouette that suggests the same pose that the upcoming Satan takes.

 

102 min. A high dark mountain with a castle looms in front of the viewer. A winged fiercesome Satan figure raises his wings. His wings are sectioned like fingers with claws, and will form the imagery of the demon Malebrinche, whose satanic claws hang over the alters and terrorize them. In the Illustrated Guidebook, the reader will find lots of these claws in the pictures lurking in the background. A child victim will be taught to fear the hands of the programmer, Satan and Malebrinche. The wings (hands with claws) open. And Satan is portrayed as an awe-inspiring figure. (By the way,, the word maleficia means evil misfortune caused by witches. The witch in Disneyís Sleeping Beauty has the demonic name of Maleficent.)

 

102.5 min. Satan begins raising the dead skeletons. This provides a foundation to layer in the Valley of the Dry bones coming alive with armies of skeletons.

 

104 min. The film also has some images at this point that will help with the foundation for the Armageddon programming. Satan calls everything to himself.

p_satan.gif

104.5 min. The hell pit is shown. This is laying a foundation for the hell pit with all its demons. All kinds of vivid colors are shown in hell, to make the scene more real than real for the child victim. Satan smiles as demons burn in hell. "NO MATTER WHAT COLOR YOU ARE, IF YOU ARE NOT GOOD YOUíLL END UP THERE.í"

Fantasia portrays Satan as a terrible powerful being.

 

105 min. "THATíS WHAT HAPPENS IF YOUíRE BAD. YOUR THROWN INTO THE HELL PIT."

 

105.5 min. Three beautiful lady demons begin to dance in a circle, all of a sudden these demons take on their luciferian form, one becomes a goat.

 

106 min. The demons continue to dance with powerful Satan watching over them. The hell pit and the demons are portrayed in vivid scary graphic depictions. The hellish fire and the ghoulish dancing of its occupants continues for what seems a long time. "WHEN GOD FINDS OUT HOW BAD YOU ARE, LOOK

Page 133 ...

AT WHAT HEíLL DO TO YOU."

 

107 min. Satan is portrayed by Disney in all his evil dark majesty.

 

107.5 min. Bells begin to ring, and the demons slink away, & the dead return to the earth to their graveyards.

 

108 min. Ghosts return to the graves. Soft music begins to play. Ave Maria by Schubert, which was written for the Catholic church, begins playing.

 

109 min. Satan folds himself into a mountain. Ď"DO YOU SEE LUCIFER ANYWHERE? NO. YOU ONLY SEE A MOUNTAIN."

 

110 min. Lights shine as if they are a column of moving people who are walking with lights, and then some walls appear.

 

110.5 min. An arched bridge appears with its mirror image. The column of silhouetted people who continue walking have mirror images in the river. The asst. programmer will be telling the system (which the front parts will hear) "TIME FOR ALL THE GOOD CHILDREN TO GO TO CHURCH. ITíS O.K. TO GO TO CHURCH. GO SERVE GOD."

 

113. min. An opening, a vertical sliver of light comes from what appears to be doors opening up. There is a mirror effect in the way the doors open, which will facilitate making mirror image front worlds. A whole new world opens up, which will be the front systemís world. Both the front alters and the deeper ones will be told to forget the movie. Later when a system is better programmed, the programmers will pull up the front alters and have them walk through these doors into the light. When they are hypnotically taken through these doors into the light and away from the fear and darkness of the Kingdom of Satan, they are hypnotically told to close those doors and never look back. The Kingdom of Satan has been shown in detail and in great length. The Kingdom of Satan has been shown as powerful and fearful. Satan is shown as a mighty power that is to be feared. The Kingdom of Light is only shown as a peace, as a refuge from evil. It is not shown to be good. It is not shown to have power or intelligence. It is simply a place to go to escape the fear of Satanís power. This is all the programmers really want the church to be. It will be a stabilizing balance to let the mind recuperate from the hell of the programming, but it is not intended to be seen as greater than Satan and his Kingdom.

 

115 min. The film ends with a peaceful gaze at heaven. The child is being told in the last few minutes "THAT WORLD BELONGS TO YOU. ITíS A BEAUTIFUL WORLD. ITíS THE WORLD WE WANT YOU TO LIVE IN. ITíS BEAUTIFUL." After all the hell that is eventually dumped on the child, and the scare that Satan gives them in this Fantasia film, the child is only too happy to create a beautiful world to live in.

 

*******************************************

The effectiveness of Disneyís Fantasia is that it is used to communicate to & build the unconscious structures within the childís mind. The unconscious mind is the seat of our creative abilities. Then the conscious mind makes adaptations upon this unconscious thinking.

 

SUMMARY

Now that the reader has covered so much, the following quotes (with bold emphasisís added) take on even deeper meaning: Joe Flower in Prince of the Magic Kingdom, ,, Walt Disney was obsessed with creation, driven to build magical worlds not, as many artists are, out of paint and canvas, or words, or even film, but physically, out of concrete, wires, smoke, electricity, and highly programmed employees." (p. 23) Julian Halevy in Nation decries Disney taking this nation into a "drift to fantasy." He adds, "...one feels our whole culture heading up the dark river to the source--that heart of darkness where Mr. Disney traffics in pastel trinketed evil for gold and ivory." For those who understand programming Aubrey Menen comments about Disneyís success are profoundly appropriate, "the strongest desire an artist knows...to create a world of his own where everything is just as he imagines it." John Ciardi was not so nice, he termed Walt Disney as "the shyster in the backroom of illusion." Eliot said, "While his filmed fairy tales may have appeared at first glance to be light and dreamlike, upon closer examination they seemed more nightmares of deconstructed reality in league with the eraís leading neo-Freudian Modernists."

∑ You have now finished reading a never-before-heard, unprecedented Warning about the Dark Reality of the Disneyís Magic Kingdom, and how it fits in with Mind-Control. Most Americans when surveyed say they believe in God, most go to church, and

Page 134 ...

many believe they are born-again. Because of the Illuminatiís deception campaign over several generations, the American public, and the world in general has been led to believe that Disney was good, and that Walt Disney was a good man. Because of his image, people suspended judgement about Disney and Disney movies. They entrusted their children to him. People had been manipulated into a frame of mind, a predisposition that whatever comes out of Disney is good. They entrusted their children to take in what Disney fed their childrenís little minds week after week. The publicís predisposition of trust was used to introduce Illuminati beliefs and their political agenda, and to carry out a vast program of trauma-based mind-control on hundreds of thousands of tiny little children, whose minds and souls were stolen from them. Because many of the child slaves, who are programmed with Disney-themes, are programmed with roles in bringing in the Anti-Christ, Walt Disney and his family have played a major role for the Anti-Christ. And now you can see how accurate the Word of God is when it says, What is highly esteemed among men, is an abomination to God. First, there will be an Overview of the types of sources used, and then will follow a partial Bibliography on this Disney Section.

 

TYPES OF SOURCES

People who have worked for Disney and who are getting pensions and medical insurance have talked about Disney under the condition of anonymity. This is because the Disney hierarchy will not permit exposure without retaliation. Several non-Disney people who helped with discovering facts for this section were threatened that their children lives would be taken if they continued to investigate Disney. What I (Fritz Springmeier) finally have put in this, is solely my responsibility.

∑ One type of source for this was books on the Hollywood Film Industry and books on Disney Films. There were about 20 books of this category which were perused for a better understanding of who the Disney brothers were and what Disney Co. was about. One of the best in this type of source was The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdom by Christopher Finch (NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1975.)

∑ Another type of source were the standard biographical reference books,, such as Whoís Who, Whoís Who in the West (1951), World Biography, Who Was Who,, Current Biography 1952, etc.

∑ Another type of source was critics of Disneyís movies such as several articles exposing the Lion King, Media Spotlightís article Fantasia, Rush Limbaughís comments and statements concerning how Disney had betrayed its viewersí trust, the Spotlightís Feb. 26, Ď96 p. 31 article "Disney Turns Back on Family Values."í

∑ Another type of source was magazine and newspaper articles about Disney such as the Oregonianís art. on a Disney director being a convicted child molester. NY Times, Newsweek and other magazine and newspaper sources. An important series of extremely good investigative reports which were written by Harry V. Martin for the Napa Sentinel in 1989 were very important in learning of some of the Illuminati/CIA/Contra/Drug Running activities in Napa Valley, CA that Roy Disney is associated with. Harry V. Martin went into all kinds of records and did an excellent job of investigative reporting. The magazine Monde 2000, no.12, had an article on non-lethal weapons that the NWO is developing. This article was reprinted in Encounter Chronicles Journal of Scientific Intelligence, and discussed how Disney has been working with Sandia Labs and Los Alamos.

∑ Another type of source were victims of Illuminati mind-control, who have recovered memories of being programmed at Disneyland and Disneyworld.

∑ Another type of source has been to watch Disney movies as an investigative tool to understand how Disney is programming, how they are skillfully indoctrinating the American people into witchcraft, etc. This author has also personally been to both Disneyland, near Anaheim, CA and Disneyworld, near Orlando, FL.

∑ Another source was the Walt Disney Co.ís Annual Reports, and also the reference book Directory of Corporate Affiliations (1986) published by the National Register Pub. Co.

∑ Another type of source were books which specialized in covering details about Disneyland such as Disneyland And Beyond the Ultimate Family Guidebook (edited by Ray Riegert, and printed by Ulysses Press of Berkeley, CA); and Walt Disneyís Disneyland (by Martin A. Sklar and introduced by Walt Disney.) AAA had a 27 page booklet "Disneyland Park and Southern California", which came out in 1996, which provides information on what is being offered at Disneyland and vicinity. The book refers repeatedly to

Page 135 ...

"Disney Magic". One has to wonder how Christians and non-occultic persons canít see how occult Disney is.

 

Partial BIBLIOGRAPHY

BOOKS.

AAA. Disneyland Park and Southern California. 1996.

The Walt Disney Co.ís Annual Reports. pub. by the Walt Disney Co. annually.

Auletta, Ken. Three Blind Mice. NY: Random House, 1991.

Cluran, Richard M. To the End of Time. Rockefeller Ctr, NY, NY: Simon & Schuster.

Commander M. The Controllers: A New Hypothesis of Alien Abductions. (subtitle Alien Abductions, or Government Secret Mind Control Black R&D Programs). 88 pages long. 1990.

 

Current Biography 1952

Directory of Corporate Affiliations (1986) published by the National Register Pub. Co.

Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney Hollywoodís Dark Prince. NY, NY: Harper Paperbacks, 1993.

Finch, Christopher. The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdom. NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1975.

Hagstrom, Robert G. Jr. The Warren Buffett Way. NY: John Wiley & Sons.

Hulteng, John L. The Messengerís Motives, Ethical Problems of the News Media. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1976.

Jackson, Kathy Merlock. Walt Disney, A Bio-Bibliography. Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.

Landis, Bill. Anger, The Unauthorized Biography of Kenneth Anger. NY: HarperCollins Pub., 1995.

Moldea, Dan E. Dark Victory, Ronald Reagon, MCA and the Mob. NY, NY: Viking, 1986.

Mosley, Leonard. Disneyís World. Stein & Day: NY, 1985.

Neelands, Barbara. About Ben Sharpsteen. Second Impressions, No. 1 A Sharpsteen Museum Reprints Project, Calistoga, CA: Sharpsteen Museum, July, 1990.

Riegert, Ray, ed. Disneyland And Beyond the Ultimate Family Guidebook. Berkeley, CA: Ulysses Press of Berkeley, CA.

Schickel, Richard. The Disney Version. NY: Simon & Schuster, 1968.

Siu, R.G.H. The Craft of Power. NY, NY: Quill, William Morrow & Co.

Sklar, Martin A. (with intro by Walt Disney) Walt Disneyís Disneyland. Walt Disney Prod., 1969.

Smoodin, Eric. Disney Discourse Producing the Magic Kingdom. Routledge: NY, 1994.

Stein, Jeff, ed. The Basic Everyday Encyclopedia. NY, NY: Random House, 1954.

Sterling, Claire. Thieves World -The Threat of the New Global Network of Organized Crime. NY: Simon & Schuster, 1994.

Taylor, John. Storming the Magic Kingdom. NY: Alfred A. Knopf, 1987.

Thomas, Bob. Walt Disney An American Original. Hyperion (Disney): CA, 1994.

Wallechinsky, David and Irving Wallace and Amy Wallace. The Book of Lists. 666 5th Ave., NY, NY: Bantam Books, 1978.

Wallechinsky, David and Irving Wallace. The Peopleís Almanac. Garden City, NY: Doubleday and Co., 1975.

 

Whoís Who, Whoís Who in the West (1951), Who Was Who World Biography

PERIODICAL SOURCES

Carson, L. Pierce, Whoís Who in the Napa Valley, Appellation, Oct/Nov. Ď95

 

George Magazine, ""Here Comes the Soní", Dec. Vol. 1, No. 10.

 

House & Garden, "Sticks and Stones, Mickey for Mayor?", Oct. 1, 1996, pp. 61 -68ff.

Page 136 ...

Martin, Harry V. Napa Sentinel. A series of articles in 1989 were very important in learning of some of the Illuminati/CIA/Contra/Drug Running activities in Napa Valley, CA that Roy Disney is associated with. Harry V. Martin went into all kinds of records and did an excellent job of investigative reporting.

 

Monde 2000, no.12, had an article on non-lethal weapons that the NWO is developing. This article was reprinted in Encounter Chronicles Journal of Scientific Intelligence, and discussed how Disney has been working with Sandia Labs and Los Alamos.

 

Media Spotlightís article Fantasia,

 

Mother Jones, May-Juí, 97, p. 61.

 

NAPA VALLEY REGISTER, the following articles are samples of what was used:

"ABC Will Mount An Anti-Drug Campaigní" Friday, Jan. 10, 1997, p.1D

"Childrenís Books Get Red Carpet Treatment In Hollywood Films" May 16, 1996, p. SC

"Disney and McDonaldsí" May 24, 1996

"Disney Buys ABC", Saturday, Aug. 19, 1995, D.

"Disney Earnings Up 28 Percent In Third Quarter", Friday, July 26, 1996, p. 8C

,,Disneyland Expansion Given OK" Wednesday, Oct. 9, 1996, p.D

Ď"Disney Links to McDonaldís May Be Back. Thursday, Apr. 11, 1996, 7A

"Disney World Makes Sure World, Remember the Magic"" (by L. Pierce Carson), Sun., Oct. 20, Ď96

"Federal Employees Get Disney Tour" Saturday, Dec. 9,1995, p. 5A

"Itís Lights-Out For Main Street" May 14, 1996.

"An Overlooked, Different World Inside Theme Park" Sunday, Sept. 29, 1996, p. SC

"Mickey Going On The Road", Friday, 7/26/96, p. 8C Ď"Past and Future In Disney Communityí", Friday, Oct. 4, 1996, p. iD

"Planned Parenthood Benefit On Sunday"--Events of Interest sect. on p. A2, Sept. 13, Ď96

"Pentagon Still Wastes Money", Mon., 4/15/96, p. 4B

 

Newsweek

"Power Failure" 12/23/96, p. 34-36; Ď"Sending an SOS at ABC", 5/12/97, p. 54-55

 

NY TIMES (the following are samples of what was used: Articles during the "50ís & Ď60ís were looked at. ,,Disney Offers Faux Memories of Atlantic City Boardwalk" by Joe Sharkey, Tuesday, Dec. 10, 1996 "Baptists Censure Disney On Gay-Spouse Benefits" Thurs. June 13, 1996, p. A10 ,,Disney to acquire 2 radio stations", 4/15/97, p. C4.

 

The PRESS DEMOCRAT (the following are example of what was used:)

"Baptists, Disney Paths Diverge" Saturday, June 29, 1996, p. D4

"Disney To Buy Stake In Web Company" 2/15/97, p. E6

"Heavy Disney" Sunday, Oct. 20, 1996

"The Ins and Outs of Allen" by Frederic M. Biddle and Renee Graham, On Q,, Sept. 29, 1996, p. 27

SAN FRANCISCO CHRONICLE (the following are examples of what was used:)

"Disney, Miramax Bond", May 10, 1996

"Disney Signs Asian Animator"

"Miramax Plans To Make ĎThoughtful" Films", 4/11/96

 

SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER (the following are examples of what was used:)

"Disney Institute Is A Short Course In Creativity" by Catherine Watson, Sunday, May 26, 1996, p. T9

"Mouse Matriculation Is A Great Experience" by Catherine Watson, Sunday, May 26, 1996, p. T9

"Tomorrowland Jumps Into The Future", Sunday, July 14, 1996, p. T3

The Spotlightís Feb. 26, Ď96 p. 31 article "Disney Turns Back on Family Values."

 

Time Magazine, "Job Hunting With Mike [Ovitz]" 2/24/97, p. 50; Ď"Hilton Has Room For ITTí" 2/10/97,

 

Wall St. Journal (many issues from several decades.)

 

SOME OF OTHER SOURCES (used & not used).

∑ Various Disney brochures.//∑ Rush Limbaughís comments concerning how Disney had betrayed its viewersí trust.//∑ Interviews w/ Napa Valley residents.

∑ Interviews with disgruntled insiders to the NWO.

∑ Interviews with various types of Disney victims.

[Disney has used mafia-type tactics, i.e. death threats, to intimidate numerous people into selling their property. Roy E. Disney has been reported involved in these land thefts. Victims of this type of intimidation are in many states, but several prominent regions are Napa Valley, CA; Shenandoah Valley; Virginia, & FL Disneyís land-grabbing operations could be a book in itself. This author has lots more research which I HAVE NO PLANS to reveal, which has been left w/ key others, such as the connections of VaVin, near Leon,VA, who produce Prince Michel de Virginia, whose chef & others connect to Belgium. The background of several key people, like Robert Podesta. Financial records, such as Fed. Judge Fern M. Smith (Burrows). ETC. This para. is not indexed.]

Chapter 6

For picture #1 p_6-1.jpg

Chapter 6

 

 

For picture #1 - click here!

 

 

 

 

Page 137 ...

 

 

CHAPTER 6

SCIENCE NO. 6-

THE USE OF ELECTRONICS &

ELECTRICITY

Developments in fiberoptics, computers, electronic communications, nano-technology, bio-chips & neuro-electrical research have combined to bring mankind to the point where mankind can be controlled by one centralized monolithic Beast computer. The ultimate mind-controlled slavery is now possible. We are in the first stages of its implementation.

The chapter will be organized in the following sections & subsections:

 

 

Section A. An Overview of the subject.

A1. Where this article is headed

A2. Where the NWO is headed

 

 

Section B. An intro to implants

B1. Three typical implant victims

B2. Documentation of implants

B3. GWEN Towers

B4. Body suits

 

 

Section C. Specific Implants

C1. Audio implants (a. public. b. secret)

C2. Body manipulation implants

C3. Visual holographic implants

C4. Memex/Brain Link implants

 

 

C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants

C6. Tracking & LD. Implants.

 

 

Section D. Direct monitoring & manipulation of the brain/mind

D1. Direct monitoring

D2. Direct manipulation

 

 

Section E. Auxiliary uses of electronics & electromagnetic waves.

E1. hypnotic induction

E2. polygraphs

E3. attacks against people & objects

E4. virtual reality

 

 

A1. Where this article is headed

This chapter is designed to cover the complexities of hi-tech mind-control in simple-to-understand language. To accommodate those who are more technically literate and who want more, some clues to more technical sources are given, but time & space limitations mean that much has gone unsaid. My deep thanks to the many victims, who placed their trust in me to get their stories out to the world. I hope that I have vindicated their trust. There are a number of disinformation agents that appear to be putting out good information on implants, but are actually disinformation agents. We can error by undershooting or overshooting the truth. The principle topics that these pretend "whistle blowers" have been discussing are the tracking implants and remote viewing. (For RV info, see Theta Programming material in Vol. 2.) Neither topic is any revelation, nor are they the most dangerous items in the eliteís electronic mind-control arsenal. If the reader has not skipped chapter 5 on disinformation, then he will be aware how factual information can be used in disception, such as in chicken feed & building bona fides. Why is it that the TV program "The Real X-Files" shown on channel 4 was created by a CIA operative, Jim Schnabel? And why are all the "private" Remote Viewing organizations run by what appear to be entirely all intelligence operatives (such as Ed Dames, et. al.)? And why do we see mind-control specialists, like "ex"-Intelligence officer C.B. Scott Jones who gets involved with several UFO research organizations & disseminating disinformation? One "researcher", who is publicly exposing" the NWO, tried to convince this author, "The government has no secrets." (A word-for-word quote by the way.) He needs to read a supplement to the National Industry Security Pro grain manual (Mar. 92 release) where the Air Force teaches their DoD contractors how to construct cover stories to lie about the nature of their work for the

Page 138 ...

government. I will not take cheap shots at the World Order, & I will not intentionally mislead the reader. You will get the whole truth and nothing but the truth, as well a single chapter can present it. Vol. 2ís chapter 6 which was on this same subject was not the final word and neither is this chapter. Before I start passing on lots of information, I should clarify one point. Human brain cells communicate by superconductivity, not electricity. Electricity travels near the speed of light, while superconductivity is in the range of the speed of sound. Government researchers have a device called a SQUID (Superconducting Quantum Interference Device) which actually monitors the light flowing from brain cell to brain cell. This is why over 5% of the brainís dry matter weight is iridium and rhodium. However, this does not subtract from the fact that electromagnetic waves have the ability to change what the brain experiences and thinks. I must also provide a small glossary for electronic mind-control terms that most people are not familiar with.

 

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTRONIC MIND CONTROL

Bio-medical telemetry--Transmitter-receivers that are often located at the base of the skull which record body functions & brain wave activity. Their data is sent to remote computers for monitoring. A bio-medical telemetry implant may also function as the primary control implant on body suits of implants. Early versions were used on astronauts.

 

 

EMF weapons--Electromagnetic Frequency weapons. These basically are machines that can modulate and beam electromagnetic waves in such a fashion that they control biological/mental functions within the victim. Portals to the central nervous system can be manipulated to create visual images, project voices into the mind, and create pain, moods and emotions.

 

 

Psychotronics--This word was originated from Soviet research. The American public have mistakingly thought that the word is equivalent to psychic activity. A more precise translation of the Russian term would have been "applied psychoenergetics". American psychotronics research was initially done at Stanford Research Institute. This is the Theta Programming that Vol. 2 described.

 

 

Remote Viewing (RV for short)--This means psychic viewing of something.

 

 

Syntel--This is short for synthetic telepathy, which is the remote sending of voices and thoughts into a victim of electronic mind-control. The military and intelligence agencies have successfully achieved this capability and have carried out countless meetings over their possible uses of syntel.

 

 

A2. Where the NWO is headed

Since 1991, this author has been in contact with various victims of implants. The natural first reaction of many initial listeners would be skepticism to the subject. The psychological profession has had articles in their professional journals ridiculing these poor victims. If a fair-minded person will match the experiences of what one can witness happening to these implant victims (as well as their evidence) to the cutting edge of what science is researching and capable of doing, then there is no doubt that implants are being used on an ever increasing mass scale. The World Order is using amplifiers, generators, electronics, listening devices, non-ionizing electromagnetic radiation, a snapping type sound energy that hits and burns the body, closed-circuit videos to monitor implant victims, nanotechnology, and tracking devices that scanners (incl. mobile hand-held scanners) can pick up-- JUST to name a few. This chapter will provide an indepth overview of

Page 139 ...

many of these electronic mind-control gadgets. Unfortunately, the twilight zone of Big Brother is upon us. People (such as limosine drivers) that have been around the movers and shakers report that they brag about these technological controls. The technology described in this chapter, such as nanobots, and holographic implants are in the "R&D stage" of use. What is meant by "R&D stage" means that the World Order is using a large variety of experimental items, but the reader should be forewarned that this does not mean that these items are any indication of where the World Orderís actual secret R&D is at. This author has worked with enough mind-control victims to have established several facts:

∑ Society is getting only the crumbs of what is known by the World Orderís hierarchy.

∑ The World Order is releasing technology at a control rate, much of it through mind-controlled slaves who are programmed to "discover" a particular "discovery". They are in reality only disclosing what has been known in secret, and their discoveries are actually helping cover up where the World Orderís secret research is at. However, itís not difficult to see the direction the World Order is headed. They are working at making virtual reality (aka cyperspace) the "in" thing. They are fusing the human mind to computers. Computers/robots are taking over human jobs, and humans are becoming more like computers/robots. Sci-fi gurus, cyberpunks, and establishment scientists are selling and advertising this technological direction as "freedom", and the crowds of sheep are accepting things like brain implants as "survival equipment" and "freedom". The cool" technological pied pipers of our time are teaching our children that gadgets that remove their minds from reality are giving them new freedoms. But this chapter is written because there are still a few people with the neural-receptors and the computing capacity left in their craniums to comprehend the dangers that these mind-controlling devices have for

humanity. Witnesses have told me that the creation of "robocop" type cybergs (the fusion of man & other equipment) has already been experimented on in secret. Indeed, the government gave out research contracts for cyberg research back in the 1960ís. And the use of electro-magnetic waves (esp. Tesla waves), implants, and other electronic devices by the Illuminati for mind-control is on the increase. How much of a genuine threat do these things pose humanity? [Iíll spell it out for the reader, but we must remain calm, a fear-based response only makes things worse.] Yes, it is true that the NSA can remotely track people if they know the specific EMF waves (evoked potentials from EEGs in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt range) of a personís bioelectric field. Each personís emissions are unique, just like their fingerprint, paimprint, and their voiceprint. This means that the NSA can remotely track anyone in public. And yes, it is true that the NSAís RNM system can remotely send EMF Brain stimulation signals which create visual images, subliminal audios, what appear to be audible sounds, and thoughts into peopleís minds. Yes, it is true that body suits of implants are used to control peopleís minds and bodies, as well as track them. Yes, it is true they have voice prints of hundreds of thousands of Americans and can identify & track via their computers all electronic communications in this nation. Most phone calls go through about 30 computers before they reach their destination. The phone companies computers, according to someone who worked for AT&T and witnessed it, record ALL phone calls using computers. However, to weed out the worthless from the worthwhile, the Illuminatiís fronts use a list of key words, such as names or phrases called THE WATCH LIST which the computer uses to identify conversations worthwhile to listen to. Even though the NSA uses

Page 140 ...

supercomputers, it is monitoring most communication on the entire planet so they have to squeeze the WATCH LIST as tight as possible. According to Bamford, James. The Puzzle Palace. NY: The Puzzle Palace, 1983, p. 459, "...according to Raven, programmers would simply reduce Malcolm X to the last two letters in his first name (lm) followed by a space and then the letter X. Then any time an intercepted data communications containing that particular combination of letters and spacing (lm X) streamed past the computerís reading head, it would automatically be kicked Out for further analysis. Part of the reason that the computers are swamped with Watch list submissions is that many items require numerous entries. When searching for derogatory references to President Richard M. Nixon, for example, technicians would have to program a variety of possible key words, such as "Tricky Dicky". This, according to the former G Group Chief would be converted to The new technology which is being implemented in stages includes computer imaging of a person which makes a "whole body map" of the personís body which is stored in the computer. Something that has been only developed for a narrow use by the NWO is the downloading of the holographic image of a personís thoughts so they can be transmitted to another. (See Appendix 3 on cloning for more on this.) The majority of the few people who know this is going on wouldnít waste time reporting it, because the public wouldnít believe it anyway. However, some prominent scientists are predicting that it is just around the corner. The three top research institutes in this field, Stanford Research Institute, MIT, and the Carnegie-Mellon Univ. all have people saying that this capability is "almost here". Austrian born Hans Moravec, dir, of the Robotics Inst. at Carnegie Mellon Univ., is quoted in The Indianapolis Star, 6/14/1987, in an article entitled "Immortality", "In an astonishingly short amount of time, scientists will be able to transfer the contents of a personís mind into a powerful computer, and in the process, make him--or at least his living essence--virtually immortal." MIT artificial intelligence researcher Gerald J. Sussman states, "Iím afraid, unfortunately that Iím the last generation to die. Some of my students may manage to survive a little longer.íí But as fantastic as all these powerful capabilities sound, there are gliches in their electronic control of humans.

As an outsider looking inside for a number of years, this author has been able to take note of some of the success and failures of the New World Orderís electronic mind-control. First, the NSA picks up so much intelligence information, they are drowning in their own information. Only so many people can make decisions, and they can only digest so much information. They may try to manipulate people and events, but Christians (who are free of the mind-control) can step through those manipulations by having the mind of Christ. Next, if a person understands who they are & believes in following Christ, outside visions & outside or strange voices or thoughts do not alter the course that a person will take. Most of the people this author has met who have been subjected to remote electronic control over their mind--HAVE REJECTED the instructions & harassment of their electronic handlers. Not only is it clear that the voices are being transmitted from an external source to the victim, others can also detect that something is amiss. The element of secrecy is missing. One man spent an afternoon talking to this author about the World Order had tried to electronically control his mind, and turn him into a drug pusher. He had sucessfully foiled them for several years. Although he has had to flee & try to go into hiding to keep his own mind. The most powerful mind-control is still trauma-based mind control built on a foundation of multiple personalities (dissociated personalities and dissociated parts

Page 141 ...

of the mind). It appears that electronic mind-control is being overlaid on top the mind-control based on dissociation. When this is done, the electronic mind-control is frightening, because the victimís consciousness is not able to think passed the electronic mind-control which catches their undivided attention. They are too distracted to deal with the deeper issues of trauma-based mind-control.

Imagine being a programmed multiple, and your handler doesnít have to even be near you to relay complicated codes and instructions. He can use your implant. But again, how serious is electronic mind-control? Let me relate to you about a guided tour that a civilian friend of mine took through a NWOís major beast computer center in Alaska back in the 1970ís. The engineer, who was in charge of building and getting the center operational, gave him a tour of the siteís capabilities. At that point, the NWO had built a massive computer center in Alaska, one in So. Africa (believed to be located at the U.S. embassy in Johannisberg), and one in Pine Gap, Australia. These three sites were very specific, because they formed a triangle on the globe, and couldnít be located anywhere else, due to the naturally occuring lines of force of the planet. These Beast Computer Centers consist of aisles and aisles of big state of the art computers. They each have several dozen people to run them. Even in the í70ís, an operator could speak into the computer and it would answer. For instance, if you asked the computer about anyone on the planet, it could usually pull up all kinds of information about that person. If you asked the computer how could you get that person to kill someone? or how can I isolate this person? The computer would spill out a plan almost instantly, telling you all the people around that subject who could be manipulated and in what fashion those people need to be manipulated to cause the end result. This is the end result of years of "BLACK PSYCHIATRY--which means applying psychiatric techniques to manipulate people and nations. These computers electronically connect to some of those people who are electronically controlled, so that the controllers can actually control the world from a computer. These computers also store vast amounts of personal information about peopleís thought processes and thinking. It is possible that electronic surveillance is being done to read the thoughts of people and that the computers are actually able to store this information in some usable fashion. Because this is so secret, they canít give any hints of their vast ability to monitor thoughts, as well as organize and store those thoughts. This sounds like science fiction, but from people who invent & work at state of the art technology, this is actually said to be old technology. They are limited in how they use this technology because they want it to remain secret. Meanwhile on the surface, the public system has automated fingerprint identification with the AFIS system, and has automated birth certificates electronically too. This all ties in with the intense desire of the World System to use the potential of their computersí memories. Large Neural computers that have artificial intelligence using neural processing which is a type of learning similar to learning done by the human brain are being used. Recently, the world champion chess player was beat by a computer. This authorís friend, who toured the Alaskan computer center, was shown how a war could be created between any two nations. The operator merely asked the computer what it knew about a certain country and then ask it how could a war be created with a neighboring country. This is the end result of countless studies such as the U.S. military reference book Basic Psychological Operations Study (BPS) which outlines country by country, specifying where each country is vulnerable for PSYOP operations (psychological warfare).

Page 142 ...

This kind of thing has a long history. For instance in W.W. II, the Office of War Information and the 0SS cooperated in psychological warfare projects. What this authorís friend saw was a network of Cray-type computers, perhaps similar to the EMASS system of Cray computers that E-Systems developed. Such a system can store 5 trillion pages of text and work with that data base with lightening speed.

The reason this authorís friend was allowed to see this technology, was that he happened to be at the right place at the right time, and the Engineer operator of the Beast Computer said that this system was obsolete. Which is true, todayís 9 Beast computers are much better at speech than the computers at these three control sites were in í73. The Beast computers can (according to another eye witness who used it) hear human voices and determine what language is being spoken and then can listen and answer in that language. These computers link directly to thousands of mind-controlled slaves and can-- via various methods-- almost instantly control the behavior of numerous people. This, along with good old fashioned phone calls, allows the elite to manipulate events very fast. Anchorage is the site of a National Security Agency NSA listening post(LP). The Beast computer was located northeast of Anchorage, and so is the HAARP project. The HAARP facility is near Gakona, a hamlet about 140 miles north of Prince William Sound and its signals travel on a field line to Australia. The Beast Computer is also linked to Australia as well as satellite systems. The HAARP site took a 4-wheeled truck to reach, and the Beast Computer site in 1973 was even more remote. The University of Alaska Fairbanks (which has its own super computer) and the Alaskan Poker Flat Rocket Range also were involved with the HAARP project. 30% of the U of Aís supercomputerís use was for DoD projects. HAARP uses 3 powerful transmitter sites in Alaska. Somewhat on the flip side, the human brain which they control can, IF it has a memex implant, interface with the Beast computer which acts as a vast repository of human knowledge as well as answering questions to essentially all previously answered questions instantaneously. If the human brain has some type of virtual reality holodeck attachment, the computer can even walk the slave through a realistic setting indistinguishable from the real world. Robocop or robo-soldier has an incredible advantage with such extended memex/remote viewing capabilities. The World Order has experimented in memex/remote viewing along several divergent paths. One method has been psychic (demonic) method, where the "natural" mental facilities of the human are trained. The other route has been high-tech. According to eye-witnesses both methods have yielded positive results, although it sounds like they are still refining their capabilities. The word telematics has come into use to denote the interconnection between computers and telecommunications. France has a National Telecommunications Research Center, which works with groups such as CII-Honeywell Bull (Jean-Pierre Brule, Pres., & Emmanuel de Robien, Sec.-Gen.). CII-Honeywell Bull did telematics and implant research, and so has IBM France. IBMís subsidiary SBS developed satellite-based communications. In Britain, their National Physical Laboratory NPL has been active in telecommunications research. Professional computer groups have umbrella groups such as the British Computer Society, which help determine policies. In the U.S. the National Center for Supercomputer applications works on virtual reality interface with humans. Meanwhile SCAN (Swinburne Centre for Applied Neurosciences, Hawthorn, Australia 3122) has been working on how to monitor human thoughts. These are just a few of a vast network of research groups applying their efforts to the types of things you will read about in this chapter. Around 1973, TRW began designining

Page 143 ...

a satellite that would allow the CIA to communicate with its assets/agents in "denied areas". This was code-named Pyramider, and used frequency hopping. The signals can be hidden among random urban radio transmissions. (See Robert Lindsey, The Falcon and the Snowman. NY: Simon & Schuster, 1979, p. 218) Some people who are related (in some fashion) to the CIA have been receiving Syntel implants that are communicating to them using signals that frequency-hop. So the proof is in the pudding, the CIA used Pyramider to contact implant victims. The World Order does not use every technological gadget they have in every situation. Use of secret weaponry is restricted so that the weaponry remains secret. This is one reason why victims of mind-control display such a wide variety of symptoms and control mechanisms. But what is scary is that any bozo can already purchase on the public market a frightening array of electronic mind-control devices. Information Unlimited puts Out a catalog that any bozo on the street can order from which advertises 200,000 volt stun guns, laser ray gun, compressed air guns (Alr Tasers) that knock people down with probes that attach instantly to the human target and jam their nervous system with T-waves, laser listening devices to listen at long range via their windows, implants along with the tracking system to keep track of people, animals or objects. They also sell other novel devices. While this author has that catalog that advertises for sale computer chips to implant people with, the psychiatric profession is helping cover-up Big Brotherís implant technology. For instance the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, Sept. 1995, Vol. 183 (9), pp. 603-604, has a story about two males (aged 33 and 53 years old) who were labeled delusional because they complained of implants hidden in their fillings in their teeth. The article is entitled, "Delusional electronic dental inplants: Case reports and literature review." The shrinks concluded the two men were obviously mentally ill and needed treatment with drugs because they are claiming that they have electronic dental implants. The psychiatrists wrote, "neither had any insight into the implausibility of the delusion." The doctors gave antipsychotic drugs, and physically intervened to "prevent an inappropriate dental extraction." According to the article, for some unknown reason, the two men "responded poorly" to anti-psychotic drugs. It never occurs to the psychiatrists that the reason the anti-psychotic drugs didnít work is possibly because the menís complaints were legitimate. The two shrinks were E. Sherwood Brown and Michael T. Lambert. There are other cases too, where people complaining of implants have been labelled "delusional" by psychiatrists. The Amer. Psychiatric Assoc. is guilty of refusing to seriously review evidence that harassment & mind-control may be impacting people mentally. DSM-IV reflects this continuing refusal to accord victims of electronic mind-control any official recognition by the therapeutic community. Based on research by Drs. W. Fry & R. Meyers, the Network has learned how to make brain lesions of a minute controlled size with ultrasonics, rather than doing a lobotomy. In 1963, Dr. Peter Lindstrom at the Univ. of Pittsburgh was able to use a single unfocused sonic beam to destroy fiber tracts in the brain without damaging the nerve cells near them. Sonic beams (sound waves) can be used to control human thought. (Weíll discuss sonic beams some more later, now letís delve into a key part of their electronic control--implants.)

 

 

SECTION B. AN INTRO TO IMPLANTS

B1. Three typical implant victims

Letís look at three victims who suffer from of mind-control implants & body-control implants, who are known by this author. We can refer to them as "Amy", Victim No. 1001..., "Betty", Victim No. 1002..., and "Cathy", Victim

Page 144 ...

No. 1003... --

"Amy" determined by using a spectrum analyzer that she had waves of 750 mhz targeted on her. "Betty" determined that she had the entire spectrum of radio-microwaves hitting her in a Morse code pattern. The transceiver (transmitter/receiver) for the signals was a fiber optic receiver made to look like a pubic hair that repeatedly burned holes in her underwear. Apparently, this side effect is a "bug" they havenít gotten out of the technology. "Cathy" has ELF & VLF waves of 435 & 1080 Mhz signals targeted on her. When sheís active both types of waves come, and when she remains still the 1080 signal fades. (435 is in the 400-450 Mhz band which is the window to the human consciousness, and 1080 is in the 1000 to 1200 Mhz band.) They are also using a Nitrogen particle beam, which produces "nitrogen narcosis" (like the bends) in targeted victims. Xenon lamps can affect the mind and body, too. 435 Mhz is converted to 1080 by interaction with the high-atmosphere HAARP project. The 1100 (1000-1200) Mhz frequency can affect genetics. Implant RF frequencies have been damaging the eyes of implant victims. Although this gives us a starting point in our discussion, these are not the only frequencies that threaten mind-control victims. (See Section Dl for direct monitoring /manipulating frequencies.) Author W.H. Bowart in his Vol.1, No. 1, pg. 1 Freedom of Thought newsletter quotes Brian Bard of Glendale, CA who wrote, "I failed to discuss the utilization of power in modern mind control implants. Like Delgradoís stimoceiver, no internal power source is necessary. The same electro-magnetic energy which is collected through induction by such relays produces an internal electrical charge of equal energy. Utilizing a capacitance circuitry design, the charge is stored as a mechanical distortion of the crystalline lattice and discharged as a focused pulse of electro-magnetic energy at a lower frequency. Higher frequency E-M has a higher energy state than lower frequency. Thus, the effective output of photons may be twice or thrice the potential of the relays. "A more advanced design in use utilizes 50 or more distinct channels for various functions. Not only the encrypted primary input signal utilized for signal output, but several channels are reserved for supplementary energy induction. With integrated switching, both passive and active surveillance of brainwave activity may be enhanced. Contrawise, signal output may be boosted and focused on specific neural pathways. The devices remain active, programmable signal relays with multiple selectable channels so long as electro-magnetic induction continues to occur."

Modern microchip implants will have 250,000 components. Certain electrical freks will trigger certain neurochemicals. The frek 7.83, which is the elec. field resonating between the planet & its ionosphere, makes the subject feel in one with all creation. But it isnít quite that simple, because a 7.83 frek can be sent in numerous different wave shapes, such as the rolling sinusoidal pattern, jagged sawtooth waves, rectangular (flat on top, flat on bottom) waves, and they all have a different effect on the brain. (Mega brain, pp. 108-109) One can imagine the potential power an implant that could create the proper frequencies could have over an individual.

 

 

B2. Documentation of implants.

On the following pages, are the startling anechoic chamber results when two victims of syntel implants were examined. (Synthetic telepathy implants give thoughts & voices.) These two pages document that they were receiving signals, in fact, the anechoic chamber results helped to pin point what building those signals were coming from!

Page 145 For picture #2 p_6-2.jpg

Page 146 For picture #3 p_6-3.jpg

Page 147 For pictures #4-6 p_6-4.jpg p_6-5.jpg p_6-6.jpg

Page 148 For picture #7 p_6-7.jpg

Page 149 For picture #8 p_6-8.jpg

Page 150 For picture #9 p_6-9.jpg

Page 151 For picture #10 p_6-10.jpg

Page 152 For picture #11 p_6-11.jpg

Page 153 For picture #12 p_6-12.jpg

Page 154 For picture #13 p_6-13.jpg

Page 155 For picture #14 p_6-14.jpg

 

Page 156 ...

 

REFERENCE PAGE FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES & MIND-CONTROL

The best way for people to understand electromagnetic waves is to think of the oceanís waves. Some waves in the ocean are big, and some are small, size is amplitude. Some beaches have waves that come quickly and some have waves that come slowly, this is called the frequency that the waves comes. Researcher figured out how they could change the amplitude or the frequency of electromagnetic waves in a controlled way, and this is called amplitude modulation or frequency modulation. Because all electromagnetic energy beams travel the same speed 3 x 10Ļļ cm/sec, an energy beam with a short wave must have many more of those short waves pass in a given time such as a day than a long wave. The shorter the wave the greater the frequency that a wave will arrive. While our image of an ocean is that it moves up and down in relation to the surface. In other words, the ocean wave moves (vibrates) up and down in relation to the surface (a mathematical plane). Electromagnetic waves vibrate in 3 dimensions (relative to 3 planes), generally they are only drawn as one-dimensional waves. Our brains operate on waves that are very low frequency (from one cycle per second) to about 50 cycles per second. A cycle per second is called a Hertz (Hz). Due to the wide range of different amplitudes and frequencies it has been more practical to induce various measuring units. It would be nice if all the measuring units could be done in feet or meters or whatever, but the range in size from the very tiny to the very large means that they use different measuring units. Just like you use different measuring units to get a quart of milk and 3 gallons of gas. The milk could be called a quarter-gallon but it isnít. In measuring frequency they use the following measuring terms:

1,000,000 cycles per second = Megahertz (MHz)

1,000 cycles per second = Kilohertz (KHz)

1 cycle per second = Hertz (Hz)

In measuring amplitude they measure the length of the waves with kilometers, meters, and centimeters. The very small waves are measured in angstroms, microns, and nanometers. What is an angstrom. A nanometer is one billionth of a meter. That is a very tiny fraction written as 1/1,000,000,000 of a meter or for short an nanometer. A micron is one millionth (1/1,000,000) of a meter. Ten nanometers are said to make up an angstrom. (In other words an angstrom is 1 ten-billionth of a meter.)

After they measure radio frequencies, the waves of different lengths are given other names. They could just say Ďwaves from 30,000 to 300,000 MHz", but instead they shorten things by having a special name for these waves EHF (Extremely High Frequency waves.)

This names are as follows:

Extremely High Frequency EHF

EHF 30,000 to 300,000 MHz

Superhigh Frequency SHF

SHF 3,000 to 30,000 MHz

Ultrahigh Frequency UHF

UHF 300 to 3,000 MHz

High Frequency VHF

VHF 30 to 300 MHz

Medium Frequency MF

MF 300 to 3,000 KI-Iz

Low Frequency LF

LF 30 to 300 KHz

Very Low Frequency VLF

VLF 3 to30KHz

Extremely Low Frequency ELF

 

 

ELF Below 3 KHz to 1 Hz or less

 

 

Page 157 ...

 

 

BRAIN FREQUENCIES (FREKS) RELATE TO STATES OF ACTIVITY

The lower brain frequencies pertain to sleep and dream states. The middle brain frequencies pertain to normal wakeful activity. The higher brain frequencies pertain to aroused, or concerned or states of anxiety. No brain waves means a person is "brain dead", even though some body functions may continue. Naturally occurring phenomena, such as lightning in a thunderstorms, sunny days that soak a person with extra positive ions, can all affect the thinking of brain.

CHART GOING UP THE FREQUENCY SCALE

These frequency no.s are in Hertz which is cycles per sec. (However the first part of the scale are non-linear, asymmetrical waves, which are mistakingly called Hertzian by many people.)

1 Approx. beginning of brain waves

6.66 Theta brain waves

7.85 Alpha brain waves

15.7 Beta brain waves

30-30.56 Government VLF stations

32-33 Government VLF stations

34-42 Government VLF stations

50 Approx. Upper limit of brain wave frequencies

60 Produces an audible sound

62-254.1 CTCSS (Continuous Tone Coded Squelch Systems). These tones CTCSS tones are broadcast continually interspersed on a frequency, which allows several different users to broadcast separately on the same frequency and only pick up the message that has their CTCSS tone. Post Office Tones are 82.5, 91.5, 97.4. & 100.9. U.S. Customs & border patrol is 100 Hz. U.S. Secret service is 103.5 Hz. EPA is 114.8. IRS & BATF is 123.0. Veterans Affairs, GSA, & Dept. of Energy is 127.3. Fed. Aviation Admin. & U.S. Marshall service is 136.5. Coast Guard Intell. is 141.3 Hz. Dept. of State & Border Patrol is 151.4 Hz. Drug Enforcement Agency, Fed. Aviation Admin., & Nat. Marine Fisheries is 156.7. Justice Dept., FBI is 167.9.

10≤ (10 x 10) Ultrasonic

10≥ Lower range of true Hertzian waves, waves in cycles per sec lower than this such as the human heart beat or Brain alpha waves are not Hertzian.

104 (10,000)

16,000-32,000 Range of Frequencies used in European implants to signal the implant.

54,900,000 Hz (54.9 MHz) Cellular phones (Also 435 MHz, 750 MHz, & 1080 MHz have been discovered being targeted on victims of implant mind-control.)

10ĻĻ to 10Ļ≤ Far infra-red

10Ļ≥ "Raman" I.R.

10Ļ4 Near Infra-red

10Ļ4 to 10Ļ5 Visible light spectrum

Page 158 For picture #15 p_6-15.jpg

Page 159

 

 

Section C. Specific Implants

Cl. Audio implants (a. public. b. secret)

C2. Body manipulation implants

C3. Visual holographic implants

C4. Memex/Brain Link implants

 

 

C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants

C6. Tracking & I.D. Implants.

 

 

C1. AUDIO IMPLANTS

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The concepts used in audio implants had been discovered in the first half of the 20th century, but the refinement of technology to take advantage of what had been discovered waited until the second half of the century. The development of audio implants ran on two tracks, one was the public medical research and the other was the secret Illuminati/Intelligence Agenciesí research. Audio implants began to be publicly placed into people in the 1960s. The Illuminati was experimenting on some victims at this stage, and the military in the Vietnam war used auditory implant devices to aid communicating to their men who were sent into tunnels and who were placed into forest situations where audible noise would compromise their locations to the enemy. The Illuminati/Intelligence/& Military consortium was keeping the experimentation secret. It appears from looking at the worldwide research on audio implants that the Illuminati realized that the field was so ambiguous, and open to so many different approaches, that rather than straightjacket the research community by a specific strategy, they encouraged a wide variety of approaches in the research. Consequently, research by one group would overlap or duplicate research by another. Much to their credit, a few researchers rejected offers to get involved because they saw the sinister ramifications. By the 1970s, the intelligence agencies were willing to start using hundreds of people

to experiment operationally with the implants. People in every state of the U.S. were selected as victims. Many of these implant victims had programmed multiple personalities already. The controllers were very heavy handed with the people they implanted, and they used the full force of the Illuminati/Intelligence agencies power to keep these people under their control at all times. These innocent victims have had their lives totally destroyed. Some tried to fight back, spending thousands of dollars to get out from underneath the incessant audio messages that the implants sent, but the system was too big and too powerful to fight. Police, congressmen, psychologists and many other people turned their backs on these victims. Some victims who initially fought back gave up resisting, some committed suicide, and some continued to fight. Meanwhile, on the public track during the 1970s & 1980s, medical researchers kept putting more and more audio